summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/macros/latex
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'macros/latex')
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/README.md2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/beautybook-cn.cls (renamed from macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/beautybook-CN.cls)4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/beautybook-cn.pdfbin6212741 -> 6155656 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/beautybook-cn.tex12
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/beautybook-en.cls (renamed from macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/beautybook-EN.cls)19
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/beautybook-en.pdfbin3584660 -> 3599840 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/beautybook-en.tex6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/inner_pics/beautybook-logo.pngbin0 -> 34323 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/inner_pics/hummingbird-8013214.jpgbin0 -> 5569816 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/inner_pics/logo.pngbin25086 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/inner_pics/mystery-1599527.jpgbin0 -> 1688394 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/stys/beautybook-bottompage.sty8
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/stys/beautybook-cover-birkar.sty195
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/stys/beautybook-cover-cn.sty124
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/stys/beautybook-cover-en.sty82
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/stys/beautybook-cover-enfig.sty56
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/stys/symbols.tex141
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-publist/README4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-publist/biblatex-publist.pdfbin414056 -> 417904 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-publist/biblatex-publist.tex144
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-publist/publist.bbx41
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-publist/publist.cbx40
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-publist/publist.dbx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lni/CHANGELOG.md7
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lni/README.md2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lni/lni-author-template.tex13
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lni/lni.dtx103
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lni/lni.pdfbin377695 -> 377652 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-Thesis.pdfbin486984 -> 484515 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/MIT-Thesis.tex117
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/acknowledgments.tex6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/biography.tex5
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/chapter1.tex21
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-defaultfonts.tex6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-fira-newtxsf.tex6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-heros-stix2.tex6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-libertine.tex6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-lucida.tex4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-newtx-sans-text.tex10
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-newtx.tex6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-stix2.tex6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-termes-stix2.tex6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-termes.tex6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/mydesign.tex6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/README.md17
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/cover_page_samples/Two_authors_one_degree_two_departments.pdfbin0 -> 132206 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/cover_page_samples/latex_sources/Two_authors_one_degree_two_departments.tex129
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/cover_page_samples/latex_sources/Two_authors_two_degrees.tex2
-rwxr-xr-xmacros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/cover_page_samples/latex_sources/cover_compile.sh31
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Defaultfonts.pdfbin486372 -> 482879 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Fira_Newtxsf.pdfbin319692 -> 350734 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Heros-Stix2.pdfbin151566 -> 153678 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Libertine.pdfbin455381 -> 462305 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Lucida.pdfbin171619 -> 173819 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Newtx-sans-text.pdfbin269937 -> 279552 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Newtx.pdfbin316317 -> 320853 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Stix2.pdfbin159877 -> 163413 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Termes-stix2.pdfbin161667 -> 165290 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Termes.pdfbin158014 -> 161633 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Defaultfonts.tex14
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Fira_Newtxsf.tex15
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Heros-Stix2.tex10
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Libertine.tex14
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Lucida.tex14
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Newtx-sans-text.tex15
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Newtx.tex14
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/README_font_sample_sources.txt2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Stix2.tex14
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Termes-stix2.tex14
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Termes.tex14
-rwxr-xr-xmacros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/compile-font-samples.sh72
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/mitthesis-doc/mitthesis-doc.pdfbin94846 -> 96037 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/mitthesis-doc/mitthesis-doc.tex8
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/mitthesis.cls246
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/pdfx/pdfx.pdfbin2442175 -> 2674056 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/pdfx/src/pdfx.dtx1536
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/pdfx/src/pdfx.ins4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/pdfx/src/pdfx.xmpdata33
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/thuthesis/CHANGELOG.md14
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/thuthesis/thuthesis-example.pdfbin407055 -> 407059 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/thuthesis/thuthesis.dtx46
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/thuthesis/thuthesis.pdfbin1190791 -> 1193751 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/README.md7
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaAnnouncement.pdfbin551993 -> 551956 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaBeamer.pdfbin601729 -> 601729 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaBeamer2023.pdfbin561720 -> 561720 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaExercise.pdfbin570473 -> 570469 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaLeaflet.pdfbin559903 -> 559903 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaLetter.pdfbin571287 -> 571304 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaPhD.pdfbin622886 -> 622755 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaPoster.pdfbin536150 -> 536115 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaPub.pdfbin655660 -> 655635 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaReport.pdfbin527627 -> 527571 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaSciPoster.pdfbin563701 -> 563701 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaThesis.pdfbin621517 -> 621490 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaAnnouncement.tex6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaBeamer.tex14
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaBeamer2023.tex2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaBibliography.bib2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaExercise.tex6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaFromaddress.lco2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaLeaflet.tex4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaLetter.tex10
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaPhD.tex13
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaPoster.tex6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaPub.tex9
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaReport.tex6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaSciPoster.tex4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaThesis.tex13
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamercolorthemeTUDa.sty2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamercolorthemeTUDa2008.sty2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerfontthemeTUDa.sty2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerfontthemeTUDa2008.sty2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerinnerthemeTUDa.sty2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerinnerthemeTUDa2008.sty2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerinnerthemeTUDa2023.sty2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerouterthemeTUDa.sty2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerouterthemeTUDa2008.sty2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerthemeTUDa-mecheng.sty6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerthemeTUDa.sty2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerthemeTUDa2008.sty6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerthemeTUDa2023.sty2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-a0paper.clo20
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-a1paper.clo20
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-a2paper.clo18
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-a3paper.clo20
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-a4paper.clo20
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-a5paper.clo20
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-pgfplots.sty6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudabeamer.cls15
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudacolors.def6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudacolors.sty6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudaexercise.cls6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudafonts.sty6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudaleaflet.cls6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudaletter.cls53
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudalettersize10pt.clo84
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudamecheng.cfg6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudaposter.cls6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudapub.cls18
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudarules.sty6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudasciposter.cls18
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudasize9pt.clo2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudathesis.cfg19
144 files changed, 2645 insertions, 1374 deletions
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/README.md
index 78eb52617b..8db0419a27 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/README.md
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/README.md
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ If you are an English user, then please use a cls file with the "-EN" suffix and
---
## Version
-Release 2024-06-30.
+Release 2024-07-01.
---
## License
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/beautybook-CN.cls b/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/beautybook-cn.cls
index 49f94464bf..ee8f8ceb2b 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/beautybook-CN.cls
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/beautybook-cn.cls
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
%This Class is based on the default book class and options will be passed
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesClass{beautybook-CN}[30-06-2024 V10.0 Beautybook Class]
+\ProvidesClass{beautybook-cn}[01-07-2024 V10.0 Beautybook Class]
\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{ctexbook}}
\ProcessOptions\relax
-\LoadClass[twoside,a4paper]{ctexbook}
+\LoadClass[twoside]{ctexbook}
\RequirePackage[dvipsnames,svgnames,x11names,table]{xcolor}
\RequirePackage{cncolours}
\usepackage{fontspec}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/beautybook-cn.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/beautybook-cn.pdf
index 7dadd8e3c9..c0bcde4e3a 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/beautybook-cn.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/beautybook-cn.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/beautybook-cn.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/beautybook-cn.tex
index bbfa40c4ae..e1b9b4ced1 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/beautybook-cn.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/beautybook-cn.tex
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
%% This work is released under the LaTeX Project Public License, v1.3c or later.
% This template is made by Ethan Lu.
% Please use XeLaTeX engine!
-\documentclass[zihao=-4,fontset=windows]{beautybook-CN}
+\documentclass[zihao=-4,a4paper,fontset=windows]{beautybook-cn}
% ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
% The Cover Theme Chosen %
% ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
@@ -19,7 +19,9 @@
\mathstyle={ % 数学字体键值列表
math-font=plain, %plain (默认数学字体); stix; mtpro2
}
-\setmainfont{Times New Roman}
+\setmainfont{XITS}
+\setsansfont{DejaVu Sans}
+\setmonofont{Latin Modern Mono}
\renewcommand{\partial}{∂}
%% First one
\mynewtheorem{
@@ -243,12 +245,12 @@ sorting=nty
\begin{document}
\thispagestyle{empty}
\title{Beautybook模板简介}
-\subtitle{}
+\subtitle{这是一个副标题!}
\edition{First Edition}
\bookseries{Illustrated by Ethan Lu}
\author{Ethan Lu}
\pressname{Beautybook}
-\presslogo{inner_pics/logo.png}
+\presslogo{inner_pics/beautybook-logo.png}
\coverimage{inner_pics/coverimage.jpg}%ivy-ge998908f8_1280.jpg
\makecover
@@ -355,7 +357,7 @@ Beauty\LaTeX{} 系列模板是由我所做的书籍模板系列, 名叫\textbf{B
以下是最小工作示例:
\begin{lstlisting}
-\documentclass[zihao=-4,fontset=windows]{beautybook-CN}
+\documentclass[zihao=-4,a4paper,fontset=windows]{beautybook-CN}
\coverstyle={ % 封面键值列表
cover-choose=cn, % cn ; en ; enfig ; birkar
}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/beautybook-EN.cls b/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/beautybook-en.cls
index 1aa67be4a3..34c477482e 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/beautybook-EN.cls
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/beautybook-en.cls
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
%This Class is based on the default book class and options will be passed
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesClass{beautybook-EN}[30-06-2024 V10.0 beautybook Class]
+\ProvidesClass{beautybook-en}[01-07-2024 V10.0 beautybook Class]
\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{book}}
\ProcessOptions\relax
\LoadClass[twoside]{book}
@@ -22,6 +22,23 @@
\RequirePackage{pgfplots} %画图 %%页面样式设计核心包 %提供\pgfonlayer命令以及下列图层指令
\pgfplotsset{compat=1.18}
%
+% /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+% /* 解决birkar封面不能用于a4paper问题 */
+% /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+\makeatletter
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\cs_new:Npn \ifaivpaper@TF
+ {
+ \bool_lazy_and:nnTF
+ { \dim_compare_p:nNn { 297mm } = { \paperheight } } % 不能是 29.7cm
+ { \dim_compare_p:nNn { 210mm } = { \paperwidth } }
+ }
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+% \ifaivpaper@TF{a4paper内容}{not a4paper内容} % 这个用在想要判断a4paper的地方
+\makeatother
+% /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+% /* 解决birkar封面不能用于a4paper问题 */
+% /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
\ExplSyntaxOn
% 封面切换程序 (LaTeX3)!
\keys_define:nn {beautybook/coverstyle}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/beautybook-en.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/beautybook-en.pdf
index 3203378b04..a0f65f00cb 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/beautybook-en.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/beautybook-en.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/beautybook-en.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/beautybook-en.tex
index 18c81b9fbf..275b5040ca 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/beautybook-en.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/beautybook-en.tex
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-\documentclass[12pt]{beautybook-EN}
+\documentclass[12pt]{beautybook-en}
% ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
% The Cover Theme Chosen %
% ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
@@ -240,12 +240,12 @@ sorting=nty
\begin{document}
\thispagestyle{empty}
\title{An Introduction to beautybook template}
-\subtitle{}
+\subtitle{A subtitle here}
\edition{First Edition}
\bookseries{Illustrated by Ethan Lu}
\author{Ethan Lu}
\pressname{beautybook}
-\presslogo{inner_pics/logo.png}
+\presslogo{inner_pics/beautybook-logo.png}
\coverimage{inner_pics/coverimage.jpg}%ivy-ge998908f8_1280.jpg
\makecover
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/inner_pics/beautybook-logo.png b/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/inner_pics/beautybook-logo.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9a1c819103
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/inner_pics/beautybook-logo.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/inner_pics/hummingbird-8013214.jpg b/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/inner_pics/hummingbird-8013214.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..424cd0909f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/inner_pics/hummingbird-8013214.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/inner_pics/logo.png b/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/inner_pics/logo.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 470edd8a51..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/inner_pics/logo.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/inner_pics/mystery-1599527.jpg b/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/inner_pics/mystery-1599527.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..19c0518b00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/inner_pics/mystery-1599527.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/stys/beautybook-bottompage.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/stys/beautybook-bottompage.sty
index 069dc61f60..814b929bb6 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/stys/beautybook-bottompage.sty
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/stys/beautybook-bottompage.sty
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{stys/beautybook-bottompage}[2024/06/30,v2.0]
+\ProvidesPackage{stys/beautybook-bottompage}[2024/07/01,v2.0]
\usepackage[ISBN=978-80-85955-35-4,SC0]{ean13isbn}
\makeatletter
%%----------------------------------封面信息定义--------------------------------------------------------%%
@@ -45,9 +45,9 @@
\raggedright
\sc\fontsize{20}{23}\selectfont\@bookseries}
}; %系列丛书名称
- \node[right,text=white,font=\rmfamily\Large,] at
- ([shift={(-.5cm,1.5cm)}]current page.south west) %
- {\raisebox{-1.1cm}{\includegraphics[width=0.2\linewidth]{\@presslogo}}\hspace*{-3.5ex}\begin{varwidth}{.4\textwidth}\tikz\draw[white,line width=1.25pt] (0,0)--++(0,1cm);\,\raisebox{.25cm}{\@pressname} \end{varwidth}};%
+ \node[left,text=white,font=\rmfamily\Large,] at
+ ([shift={(5.6cm,2cm)}]current page.south west) %
+ {\raisebox{-0.5cm}{\includegraphics[width=0.1\linewidth]{\@presslogo}}\hspace*{0ex}\begin{varwidth}{.4\textwidth}\tikz\draw[white,line width=1.25pt] (0,0)--++(0,1cm);\,\raisebox{.25cm}{\@pressname} \end{varwidth}};%
\ifdefvoid{\@ISBNcode}{}{
\node[scale=1.5] (isbn) at ([shift={(-1.85\outermarginwidth,.5\covershift)}]current page.south east) {\@ISBNcode};%
\begin{pgfonlayer}{bottom}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/stys/beautybook-cover-birkar.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/stys/beautybook-cover-birkar.sty
index 4253b6a3a0..6668db854b 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/stys/beautybook-cover-birkar.sty
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/stys/beautybook-cover-birkar.sty
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{stys/beautybook-cover-birkar}[2024/06/30,v2.0]
+\ProvidesPackage{stys/beautybook-cover-birkar}[2024/07/01,v2.0]
\usepackage{anyfontsize} % 提供\fontsize{}{}\selectfont命令
\usepackage{etoolbox} %提供自定义封面选项接口
\usepackage[dvipsnames,svgnames,x11names,table]{xcolor}%颜色宏包 % Driver-independent color extensions
@@ -34,59 +34,69 @@ decorations.pathmorphing, graphs, quotes, angles, calc, through, backgrounds} %
top color=transparent!50]
\makeatletter
\newcommand{\aivcover}{
- \begin{scope}[opacity=0.8]
- \coordinate (triangleA) at ([shift={(1cm,-1.5cm)}]current page.north);
- \coordinate (triangleB) at ([shift={(-.75\linewidth,-.44\paperheight)}]triangleA);
- \coordinate (triangleC) at ([shift={(.5\linewidth,-.44\paperheight)}]triangleA);
- \draw[name path=triangle,very thick,coverfgcolor!70!white]
- (triangleA)--(triangleB)--(triangleC)--cycle;
- \draw[name path=circle,very thick,coverfgcolor!70!white]
- ([shift={(-1.65cm,-7.8cm)}]triangleA) coordinate (O) circle(6cm);
- %标注每个交点坐标
- \fill [name intersections={of=triangle and circle, name=i, total=\t}]
- [coverbar,opacity=0.5, every node/.style={above left, white, opacity=1}]
- \foreach \s in {1,...,\t}{(i-\s) circle (1em) node {}};
- \draw[name path=l,very thick,coverfgcolor!70!white] (i-1) -- (triangleC);
- \draw[very thick,coverfgcolor!70!white] (i-6) -- (triangleB);
- \draw[name path=l2,very thick,coverfgcolor!70!white] (i-4) -- (triangleA);
- \fill[name intersections={of=l and circle,name=j,total=\l}]
- [coverbar,opacity=0.5, every node/.style={above left, white, opacity=1}]
- \foreach \c in {1,...,\l}{(j-\c) circle (1em) node {}};
-
- \fill[name intersections={of=l2 and l,name=jj,total=\ll}]
- [coverbar,opacity=0.5, every node/.style={above left, white, opacity=1}]
- \foreach \cc in {1,...,\ll}{(jj-\cc) circle (1em) node {}};
- \end{scope}
-}
-
-\newcommand{\lettercover}{
+ \begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture,overlay]
+ \begin{pgfonlayer}{bottom}
+ \fill[coverfgcolor]
+ (current page.north west) rectangle (current page.south east);% 填充封面背景颜色 (coverbgcolor)
+ \fill[RED]
+ ([shift={(2.05cm,0)}]current page.north west) rectangle ([shift={(2.35cm,-6cm)}]current page.north west);
+ \fill[coverfgcolor!80,opacity=0.5]
+ ([shift={(0,-2cm)}]current page.north west) arc (90:-90:.3\paperheight) --cycle;
+ \fill[coverfgcolor!80,opacity=0.5]
+ ([shift={(0,-4cm)}]current page.north east) arc (90:270:.2\paperheight) --cycle;
+ \fill[coverfgcolor!80]
+ (current page.north west) rectangle ([shift={(2cm,0)}]current page.south west);
\begin{scope}[opacity=0.8]
- \coordinate (triangleA) at ([shift={(1cm,-1cm)}]current page.north);
- \coordinate (triangleB) at ([shift={(-.85\linewidth,-.46\paperheight)}]triangleA);
- \coordinate (triangleC) at ([shift={(.52\linewidth,-.46\paperheight)}]triangleA);
- \draw[name path=triangle,very thick,coverfgcolor!70!white]
- (triangleA)--(triangleB)--(triangleC)--cycle;
- \draw[name path=circle,very thick,coverfgcolor!70!white]
- ([shift={(-1.6cm,-7.3cm)}]triangleA) coordinate (O) circle(6cm);
- %标注每个交点坐标
- \fill [name intersections={of=triangle and circle, name=i, total=\t}]
- [coverbar,opacity=0.5, every node/.style={above left, white, opacity=1}]
- \foreach \s in {1,...,\t}{(i-\s) circle (1em) node {}};
- \draw[name path=l,very thick,coverfgcolor!70!white] (i-1) -- (triangleC);
- \draw[very thick,coverfgcolor!70!white] (i-6) -- (triangleB);
- \draw[name path=l2,very thick,coverfgcolor!70!white] (i-4) -- (triangleA);
- \fill[name intersections={of=l and circle,name=j,total=\l}]
- [coverbar,opacity=0.5, every node/.style={above left, white, opacity=1}]
- \foreach \c in {1,...,\l}{(j-\c) circle (1em) node {}};
-
- \fill[name intersections={of=l2 and l,name=jj,total=\ll}]
- [coverbar,opacity=0.5, every node/.style={above left, white, opacity=1}]
- \foreach \cc in {1,...,\ll}{(jj-\cc) circle (1em) node {}};
- \end{scope}
+ \coordinate (triangleA) at ([shift={(1cm,-1.5cm)}]current page.north);
+ \coordinate (triangleB) at ([shift={(-.75\linewidth,-.44\paperheight)}]triangleA);
+ \coordinate (triangleC) at ([shift={(.5\linewidth,-.44\paperheight)}]triangleA);
+ \draw[name path=triangle,very thick,coverfgcolor!70!white]
+ (triangleA)--(triangleB)--(triangleC)--cycle;
+ \draw[name path=circle,very thick,coverfgcolor!70!white]
+ ([shift={(-1.65cm,-7.8cm)}]triangleA) coordinate (O) circle(6cm);
+ %标注每个交点坐标
+ \fill [name intersections={of=triangle and circle, name=i, total=\t}]
+ [coverbar,opacity=0.5, every node/.style={above left, white, opacity=1}]
+ \foreach \s in {1,...,\t}{(i-\s) circle (1em) node {}};
+ \draw[name path=l,very thick,coverfgcolor!70!white] (i-1) -- (triangleC);
+ \draw[very thick,coverfgcolor!70!white] (i-6) -- (triangleB);
+ \draw[name path=l2,very thick,coverfgcolor!70!white] (i-4) -- (triangleA);
+ \fill[name intersections={of=l and circle,name=j,total=\l}]
+ [coverbar,opacity=0.5, every node/.style={above left, white, opacity=1}]
+ \foreach \c in {1,...,\l}{(j-\c) circle (1em) node {}};
+
+ \fill[name intersections={of=l2 and l,name=jj,total=\ll}]
+ [coverbar,opacity=0.5, every node/.style={above left, white, opacity=1}]
+ \foreach \cc in {1,...,\ll}{(jj-\cc) circle (1em) node {}};
+ \end{scope}
+ \end{pgfonlayer}
+ \begin{pgfonlayer}{foreground}
+ \fill[coverbar,opacity=.5]
+ ([yshift=2\outermarginwidth]current page.west) rectangle ([xshift=\outermarginwidth,yshift=-.2\outermarginwidth]current page.west); % 最左侧装饰矩形
+ \end{pgfonlayer}
+ \shade[left color=coverfgcolor,right color=coverfgcolor!60,opacity=.3]
+ ([xshift=\outermarginwidth,yshift=2\outermarginwidth]current page.west) rectangle (current page.south east); % 标题背景大矩形
+ \node[anchor=south] at ([xshift=.3\outermarginwidth,yshift=-.4\covershift]current page.north) {%
+ \parbox{.8\paperwidth}{
+ \filright
+ \color{white}\sffamily\fontsize{20}{23}\selectfont\@bookseries}
+ }; %系列丛书名称
+ \node[ anchor=south,below right] (covertitles) at ([xshift=1.8\outermarginwidth-0.2cm,yshift=2.7cm]current page.west)
+ {\parbox{.8\paperwidth}{%
+ \raggedright%
+ {\renewcommand\baselinestretch{1.1}\selectfont \color{white}\sffamily\bfseries\fontsize{40}{40}\selectfont\@title\\[0.5ex]
+ \color{white}\sc\fontsize{30}{30}\selectfont
+ \ifdefvoid{\@subtitle}{}{\@subtitle}\par}
+ }};% 封面标题与副标题
+ \node[anchor=west,font=\sc\fontsize{23}{23}\selectfont,text=white] at ([shift={(-.4\paperwidth,-6cm)}]covertitles) {\@edition};
+ \node[anchor=west,font=\sffamily\Huge,text=white] at ([xshift=1.8\outermarginwidth-0.3cm,yshift=\covershift]current page.west) {\@author};
+ \node[left,text=white,font=\rmfamily\Large,] at
+ ([shift={(-2cm,2cm)}]current page.south east)
+ {\raisebox{-0.5cm}{\includegraphics[width=0.1\linewidth]{\@presslogo}}\hspace*{0ex}\begin{varwidth}{.4\textwidth}\tikz\draw[white,line width=1.25pt] (0,0)--++(0,1cm);\,\raisebox{.25cm}{\@pressname} \end{varwidth}};%
+\end{tikzpicture}%
}
-\newcommand*\makecover{
- \thispagestyle{empty}
+\newcommand{\lettercover}{
\begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture,overlay]
\begin{pgfonlayer}{bottom}
\fill[coverfgcolor]
@@ -99,38 +109,59 @@ decorations.pathmorphing, graphs, quotes, angles, calc, through, backgrounds} %
([shift={(0,-4cm)}]current page.north east) arc (90:270:.2\paperheight) --cycle;
\fill[coverfgcolor!80]
(current page.north west) rectangle ([shift={(2cm,0)}]current page.south west);
- % /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
- % /* 判断a4paper */
- % /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
- \ifaivpaper@TF{\aivcover}{\lettercover}
- % /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
- % /* 判断a4paper */
- % /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-\end{pgfonlayer}
-\begin{pgfonlayer}{foreground}
- \fill[coverbar,opacity=.5]
-([yshift=2\outermarginwidth]current page.west) rectangle ([xshift=\outermarginwidth,yshift=-.2\outermarginwidth]current page.west); % 最左侧装饰矩形
-\end{pgfonlayer}
-\shade[left color=coverfgcolor,right color=coverfgcolor!60,opacity=.3]
-([xshift=\outermarginwidth,yshift=2\outermarginwidth]current page.west) rectangle (current page.south east); % 标题背景大矩形
-\node[anchor=south] at ([xshift=.3\outermarginwidth,yshift=-.4\covershift]current page.north) {%
-\parbox{.8\paperwidth}{
-\filright
-\color{white}\sffamily\fontsize{20}{23}\selectfont\@bookseries}
-}; %系列丛书名称
-\node[ anchor=south] at ([xshift=.3\outermarginwidth,yshift=-.57\paperheight]current page.north)
-{\parbox{.8\paperwidth}{%
- \raggedright%
-{\renewcommand\baselinestretch{1.1}\selectfont \color{white}\sffamily\bfseries\fontsize{40}{40}\selectfont\@title\\[0.5ex]
- \color{white}\sffamily\fontsize{30}{30}\selectfont
- \ifdefvoid{\@subtitle}{}{\@subtitle}\par}
-}};% 封面标题与副标题
-\node[anchor=west,font=\sffamily\fontsize{23}{23}\selectfont,text=white] at ([xshift=1.8\outermarginwidth,yshift=-.6\covershift]current page.west) {\@edition};
-\node[anchor=west,font=\sffamily\Huge,text=white] at ([xshift=1.8\outermarginwidth,yshift=\covershift]current page.west) {\@author};
-\node[left,text=white,font=\rmfamily\Large,] at
-([shift={(-1cm,2cm)}]current page.south east) %
-{\raisebox{-1.1cm}{\includegraphics[width=0.2\linewidth]{\@presslogo}}\hspace*{-3.5ex}\begin{varwidth}{.4\textwidth}\tikz\draw[white,line width=1.25pt] (0,0)--++(0,1cm);\,\raisebox{.25cm}{\@pressname} \end{varwidth}};%
+ \begin{scope}[opacity=0.8]
+ \coordinate (triangleA) at ([shift={(1cm,-1cm)}]current page.north);
+ \coordinate (triangleB) at ([shift={(-.85\linewidth,-.46\paperheight)}]triangleA);
+ \coordinate (triangleC) at ([shift={(.52\linewidth,-.46\paperheight)}]triangleA);
+ \draw[name path=triangle,very thick,coverfgcolor!70!white]
+ (triangleA)--(triangleB)--(triangleC)--cycle;
+ \draw[name path=circle,very thick,coverfgcolor!70!white]
+ ([shift={(-1.6cm,-7.3cm)}]triangleA) coordinate (O) circle(6cm);
+ %标注每个交点坐标
+ \fill [name intersections={of=triangle and circle, name=i, total=\t}]
+ [coverbar,opacity=0.5, every node/.style={above left, white, opacity=1}]
+ \foreach \s in {1,...,\t}{(i-\s) circle (1em) node {}};
+ \draw[name path=l,very thick,coverfgcolor!70!white] (i-1) -- (triangleC);
+ \draw[very thick,coverfgcolor!70!white] (i-6) -- (triangleB);
+ \draw[name path=l2,very thick,coverfgcolor!70!white] (i-4) -- (triangleA);
+ \fill[name intersections={of=l and circle,name=j,total=\l}]
+ [coverbar,opacity=0.5, every node/.style={above left, white, opacity=1}]
+ \foreach \c in {1,...,\l}{(j-\c) circle (1em) node {}};
+
+ \fill[name intersections={of=l2 and l,name=jj,total=\ll}]
+ [coverbar,opacity=0.5, every node/.style={above left, white, opacity=1}]
+ \foreach \cc in {1,...,\ll}{(jj-\cc) circle (1em) node {}};
+ \end{scope}
+ \end{pgfonlayer}
+ \begin{pgfonlayer}{foreground}
+ \fill[coverbar,opacity=.5]
+ ([yshift=2\outermarginwidth]current page.west) rectangle ([xshift=\outermarginwidth,yshift=-.2\outermarginwidth]current page.west); % 最左侧装饰矩形
+ \end{pgfonlayer}
+ \shade[left color=coverfgcolor,right color=coverfgcolor!60,opacity=.3]
+ ([xshift=\outermarginwidth,yshift=2\outermarginwidth]current page.west) rectangle (current page.south east); % 标题背景大矩形
+ \node[anchor=south] at ([xshift=.3\outermarginwidth,yshift=-.4\covershift]current page.north) {%
+ \parbox{.8\paperwidth}{
+ \filright
+ \color{white}\sffamily\fontsize{20}{23}\selectfont\@bookseries}
+ }; %系列丛书名称
+ \node[ anchor=south,below right] (covertitles) at ([xshift=1.8\outermarginwidth-0.2cm,yshift=2.7cm]current page.west)
+ {\parbox{.8\paperwidth}{%
+ \raggedright%
+ {\renewcommand\baselinestretch{1.1}\selectfont \color{white}\sffamily\bfseries\fontsize{40}{40}\selectfont\@title\\[0.5ex]
+ \color{white}\sc\fontsize{30}{30}\selectfont
+ \ifdefvoid{\@subtitle}{}{\@subtitle}\par}
+ }};% 封面标题与副标题
+ \node[anchor=west,font=\sc\fontsize{23}{23}\selectfont,text=white] at ([shift={(-.4\paperwidth,-6cm)}]covertitles) {\@edition};
+ \node[anchor=west,font=\sffamily\Huge,text=white] at ([xshift=1.8\outermarginwidth-0.3cm,yshift=\covershift]current page.west) {\@author};
+ \node[left,text=white,font=\rmfamily\Large,] at
+ ([shift={(-2cm,2cm)}]current page.south east)
+ {\raisebox{-0.5cm}{\includegraphics[width=0.1\linewidth]{\@presslogo}}\hspace*{0ex}\begin{varwidth}{.4\textwidth}\tikz\draw[white,line width=1.25pt] (0,0)--++(0,1cm);\,\raisebox{.25cm}{\@pressname} \end{varwidth}};%
\end{tikzpicture}%
+}
+
+\newcommand\makecover{
+ \thispagestyle{empty}
+ \ifaivpaper@TF{\aivcover}{\lettercover}
{\newpage\thispagestyle{empty}}
}
\makeatother
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/stys/beautybook-cover-cn.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/stys/beautybook-cover-cn.sty
index 176e740f6f..2c871fcf89 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/stys/beautybook-cover-cn.sty
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/stys/beautybook-cover-cn.sty
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{stys/beautybook-cover-cn}[2024/06/30,v2.0]
+\ProvidesPackage{stys/beautybook-cover-cn}[2024/07/01,v2.0]
\usetikzlibrary{calc,fadings,patterns}
\usepackage{adjustbox} %修正minipage顶部对齐问题
%%%%===============================================================%%%%%
@@ -19,34 +19,41 @@
bottom color =transparent!100,
top color=transparent!50]
\makeatletter
-\newcommand*\makecover{
- %% Use the Tikz library positioning and clear the page header and footer
- \usetikzlibrary{positioning}
- \thispagestyle{empty}
+\newcommand{\aivcover}{
\begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture,overlay]
\fill[coverfgcolor!75]
(current page.north west) rectangle (current page.south east);% 填充封面背景颜色 (coverbgcolor)
- \fill[coverfgcolor!50]
- ([xshift=-3\covershift,yshift=-.4\covershift]current page.east) rectangle ([yshift=-1.35\covershift]current page.east); % 被标题背景遮挡露出一部分的装饰矩形
+ \ifaivpaper@TF{ % A4
+ \fill[coverfgcolor!50]
+ ([xshift=-3\covershift,yshift=-.4\covershift]current page.east) rectangle ([yshift=-1.35\covershift]current page.east); % 被标题背景遮挡露出一部分的装饰矩形
+ }{ % Letter
+ \fill[coverfgcolor!50]
+ ([xshift=-3\covershift,yshift=-.4\covershift]current page.east) rectangle ([yshift=-1.1\covershift]current page.east); % 被标题背景遮挡露出一部分的装饰矩形
+ }
\fill[coverfgcolor]
([xshift=\outermarginwidth]current page.north west) rectangle ([xshift=-\outermarginwidth,yshift=1.5\covershift]current page.south east); % 标题背景大矩形
- \fill[coverbar]
- ([yshift=.44\covershift]current page.west) rectangle ([xshift=\outermarginwidth,yshift=-.4\covershift]current page.west); % 最左侧装饰矩形
+ \ifaivpaper@TF{
+ \fill[coverbar]
+ ([yshift=.44\covershift+0.05cm]current page.west) rectangle ([xshift=\outermarginwidth,yshift=-.4\covershift]current page.west); % 最左侧装饰矩形
+ }{
+ \fill[coverbar]
+ ([yshift=.44\covershift-0.1cm]current page.west) rectangle ([xshift=\outermarginwidth,yshift=-.4\covershift]current page.west); % 最左侧装饰矩形
+ }
\node[left] at ([xshift=-1.8cm,yshift=-1.5cm]current page.north east) {%
\parbox{3\covershift}{
\raggedleft
\color{white}\sffamily\bfseries\fontsize{18}{22}\selectfont\@bookseries}
}; %系列丛书名称
- \node[right] at ([xshift=\outermarginwidth,yshift=1.5*\covershift]current page.west)
- {\parbox{.8\paperwidth}{%
- \filright%
- \color{white}\sffamily\bfseries\fontsize{30}{30}\selectfont\@title\\[-1.2ex]
- \begin{tikzpicture}
- \draw[white,line width=1pt] (0,0) --++ (\paperwidth-3\outermarginwidth,0);
- \end{tikzpicture}\\[-.5ex]
- \color{white}\sffamily\bfseries\fontsize{30}{30}\selectfont
- \ifdefvoid{\@subtitle}{}{\@subtitle}
- }};% 封面英文书名与中文书名
+ \node[right] at ([xshift=\outermarginwidth,yshift=1.5*\covershift]current page.west)
+ {\parbox{.8\paperwidth}{%
+ \filright%
+ \color{white}\sffamily\bfseries\fontsize{30}{30}\selectfont\@title\\[-1ex]
+ \begin{tikzpicture}
+ \draw[white,line width=1pt] (0,0) --++ (\paperwidth-3\outermarginwidth,0);
+ \end{tikzpicture}\\[0ex]
+ \color{white}\sffamily\bfseries\fontsize{30}{30}\selectfont
+ \ifdefvoid{\@subtitle}{}{\@subtitle}
+ }};% 封面英文书名与中文书名
\node[left,inner sep=0pt,outer sep=0pt] at ([xshift=1.2\outermarginwidth,yshift=1.8cm]current page.east)
{%
\adjustbox{valign=t}{
@@ -68,15 +75,84 @@
([xshift=\outermarginwidth]current page.south west) rectangle ++(1.8*\covershift,.575\paperheight);
\fill[pattern color=coverfgcolor!70,pattern=horizontal lines,opacity=0.8]
([xshift=\outermarginwidth,yshift=.2\covershift]current page.south west) rectangle ([xshift=-\outermarginwidth,yshift=1.43\covershift]current page.south east);
- \fill [coverfgcolor!80,path fading=fade right]%
- ([xshift=\outermarginwidth+.5\linewidth+.5cm,yshift=.2\covershift]current page.south west) rectangle ([xshift=-\outermarginwidth,yshift=1.43\covershift]current page.south east);
- \fill [coverfgcolor!80,path fading=fade left]%
+ \ifaivpaper@TF{ % A4Paper
+ \fill [coverfgcolor!80,path fading=fade right]%
([xshift=\outermarginwidth+.5\linewidth+.5cm,yshift=.2\covershift]current page.south west) rectangle ([xshift=-\outermarginwidth,yshift=1.43\covershift]current page.south east);
+ \fill [coverfgcolor!80,path fading=fade left]%
+ ([xshift=\outermarginwidth+.5\linewidth+.5cm,yshift=.2\covershift]current page.south west) rectangle ([xshift=-\outermarginwidth,yshift=1.43\covershift]current page.south east);
+ }{ % Letterpaper
+ \fill [coverfgcolor!80,path fading=fade right]%
+ ([xshift=\outermarginwidth+.5\linewidth+.2cm,yshift=.2\covershift]current page.south west) rectangle ([xshift=-\outermarginwidth,yshift=1.43\covershift]current page.south east);
+ \fill [coverfgcolor!80,path fading=fade left]%
+ ([xshift=\outermarginwidth+.5\linewidth+.2cm,yshift=.2\covershift]current page.south west) rectangle ([xshift=-\outermarginwidth,yshift=1.43\covershift]current page.south east);
+ }
\node[left,text=white,font=\rmfamily\Large,] at
([shift={(-2cm,2cm)}]current page.south east) %
- {\raisebox{-1.1cm}{\includegraphics[width=0.2\linewidth]{\@presslogo}}\hspace*{-3.5ex}\begin{varwidth}{.4\textwidth}\tikz\draw[white,line width=1.25pt] (0,0)--++(0,1cm);\,\raisebox{.25cm}{\@pressname} \end{varwidth}};%
+ {\raisebox{-0.5cm}{\includegraphics[width=0.1\linewidth]{\@presslogo}}\hspace*{0ex}\begin{varwidth}{.4\textwidth}\tikz\draw[white,line width=1.25pt] (0,0)--++(0,1cm);\,\raisebox{.25cm}{\@pressname} \end{varwidth}};%
\end{tikzpicture}%
- {\newpage\thispagestyle{empty}}}
+ }
+
+\newcommand{\lettercover}{
+ \begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture,overlay]
+ \fill[coverfgcolor!75]
+ (current page.north west) rectangle (current page.south east);% 填充封面背景颜色 (coverbgcolor)
+ \fill[coverfgcolor!50]
+ ([xshift=-3\covershift,yshift=-.4\covershift]current page.east) rectangle ([yshift=-1.2\covershift]current page.east); % 被标题背景遮挡露出一部分的装饰矩形
+ \fill[coverfgcolor]
+ ([xshift=\outermarginwidth]current page.north west) rectangle ([xshift=-\outermarginwidth,yshift=1.5\covershift]current page.south east); % 标题背景大矩形
+ \fill[coverbar]
+ ([yshift=.44\covershift-0.1cm]current page.west) rectangle ([xshift=\outermarginwidth,yshift=-.4\covershift]current page.west); % 最左侧装饰矩形
+ \node[left] at ([xshift=-1.8cm,yshift=-1.5cm]current page.north east) {%
+ \parbox{3\covershift}{
+ \raggedleft
+ \color{white}\sffamily\bfseries\fontsize{18}{22}\selectfont\@bookseries}
+ }; %系列丛书名称
+ \node[right] at ([xshift=\outermarginwidth,yshift=1.5*\covershift]current page.west)
+ {\parbox{.8\paperwidth}{%
+ \filright%
+ \color{white}\sffamily\bfseries\fontsize{30}{30}\selectfont\@title\\[-1ex]
+ \begin{tikzpicture}
+ \draw[white,line width=1pt] (0,0) --++ (\paperwidth-3\outermarginwidth,0);
+ \end{tikzpicture}\\[0ex]
+ \color{white}\sffamily\bfseries\fontsize{30}{30}\selectfont
+ \ifdefvoid{\@subtitle}{}{\@subtitle}
+ }};% 封面英文书名与中文书名
+ \node[left,inner sep=0pt,outer sep=0pt] at ([xshift=1.2\outermarginwidth,yshift=1.8cm]current page.east)
+ {%
+ \adjustbox{valign=t}{
+ \begin{minipage}{.25\textwidth}
+ \begin{tikzpicture}
+ \foreach \x/\r in {1.2/6,.8/4} {
+ \draw[white,line width=\x pt] (0,0) circle [radius=\r pt];}
+ \fill[white] (0,0) circle [radius=2.5pt];
+ \end{tikzpicture}
+ \hspace{2pt}\color{white}\sffamily\fontsize{20}{25}\selectfont Editors
+ \end{minipage}}
+ \hfill
+ \adjustbox{valign=t}{\begin{minipage}{.45\textwidth}
+ \raggedright\color{white}\sffamily\fontsize{20}{25}\selectfont\@author
+ \end{minipage}}
+ };% 封面作者信息栏
+ \fill [path picture={ \node at (path picture bounding box.center)
+ {\includegraphics[height=1.1\linewidth,keepaspectratio]{\@coverimage}};}]
+ ([xshift=\outermarginwidth]current page.south west) rectangle ++(1.8*\covershift,.575\paperheight);
+ \fill[pattern color=coverfgcolor!70,pattern=horizontal lines,opacity=0.8]
+ ([xshift=\outermarginwidth,yshift=.2\covershift]current page.south west) rectangle ([xshift=-\outermarginwidth,yshift=1.43\covershift]current page.south east);
+ \fill [coverfgcolor!80,path fading=fade right]%
+ ([xshift=\outermarginwidth+.5\linewidth+.2cm,yshift=.2\covershift]current page.south west) rectangle ([xshift=-\outermarginwidth,yshift=1.43\covershift]current page.south east);
+ \fill [coverfgcolor!80,path fading=fade left]%
+ ([xshift=\outermarginwidth+.5\linewidth+.2cm,yshift=.2\covershift]current page.south west) rectangle ([xshift=-\outermarginwidth,yshift=1.43\covershift]current page.south east);
+ \node[left,text=white,font=\rmfamily\Large,] at
+ ([shift={(-2cm,2cm)}]current page.south east) %
+ {\raisebox{-0.5cm}{\includegraphics[width=0.1\linewidth]{\@presslogo}}\hspace*{0ex}\begin{varwidth}{.4\textwidth}\tikz\draw[white,line width=1.25pt] (0,0)--++(0,1cm);\,\raisebox{.25cm}{\@pressname} \end{varwidth}};%
+ \end{tikzpicture}%
+ }
+
+\newcommand\makecover{
+ \thispagestyle{empty}
+ \ifaivpaper@TF{\aivcover}{\lettercover}
+ {\newpage\thispagestyle{empty}}
+}
\makeatother
\endinput
% %%%%===============================================================%%%%%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/stys/beautybook-cover-en.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/stys/beautybook-cover-en.sty
index 1c86810380..76d358c627 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/stys/beautybook-cover-en.sty
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/stys/beautybook-cover-en.sty
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{stys/beautybook-cover-en}[2024/06/30,v2.0]
+\ProvidesPackage{stys/beautybook-cover-en}[2024/07/01,v2.0]
\usepackage{anyfontsize} % 提供\fontsize{}{}\selectfont命令
\usepackage{etoolbox} %提供自定义封面选项接口
\usepackage[dvipsnames,svgnames,x11names,table]{xcolor}%颜色宏包 % Driver-independent color extensions
@@ -20,10 +20,66 @@
bottom color =transparent!100,
top color=transparent!50]
\makeatletter
-\newcommand*\makecover{
- %% Use the Tikz library positioning and clear the page header and footer
- \usetikzlibrary{positioning}
- \thispagestyle{empty}
+\newcommand{\aivcover}{
+ \begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture,overlay]
+ \fill[coverfgcolor]
+ (current page.north west) rectangle (current page.south east);% 填充封面背景颜色 (coverbgcolor)
+ \coordinate (start) at ($(current page.east)!0.5!(current page.north east)+(1,-1)$);
+ \coordinate (end) at (current page.north west);
+ \foreach \i in {0,0.01,...,1}
+ {
+ \coordinate (point) at ($(start)!\i!(end)$);
+ \draw[coverfgcolor!50]
+ ($(point)+(310*\i:6)$)--
+ ($(point)+(310*\i+120:6)$)--
+ ($(point)+(310*\i+240:6)$)--
+ ($(point)+(310*\i:6)$);
+ }
+ \coordinate (start) at (current page.south west);
+ \coordinate (end) at (current page.east);
+ \foreach \i in {0,0.02,...,1}
+ {
+ \coordinate (point) at ($(start)!\i!(end)$);
+ \draw[coverfgcolor!50]
+ ($(point)+(310*\i:10)$)--
+ ($(point)+(310*\i+120:10)$)--
+ ($(point)+(310*\i+240:10)$)--
+ ($(point)+(310*\i:10)$);
+ }
+ \shade[bottom color=coverfgcolor,top color=coverfgcolor!70,opacity=0.7]
+ ([xshift=.5\outermarginwidth]current page.north west) rectangle (current page.south east); % 背景大矩形
+ \shade[left color=coverfgcolor,right color=coverfgcolor!60,opacity=0.5]
+ ([xshift=\outermarginwidth,yshift=2\outermarginwidth]current page.west) rectangle (current page.south east); % 标题背景大矩形
+ \fill[coverbar!90,opacity=0.8]
+ ([yshift=2\outermarginwidth]current page.west) rectangle ([xshift=\outermarginwidth,yshift=-.2\outermarginwidth]current page.west); % 最左侧装饰矩形
+ \foreach \lx/\rx/\ry/\bc/\tc in {
+ 1/1.5/1.75/70/80,1.5/2/1.6/65/75,2/2.5/1.3/60/70,2.5/3/1/55/65,3/3.5/.7/50/60,3.5/4/1.2/60/70,4/4.5/1.9/75/85,4.5/5/1.1/55/65,5/5.5/1.2/60/70,6/6.5/1.6/65/75,6.5/7/1.3/60/70,7/7.5/1.87/70/80,7.5/8/1/55/65,8/8.5/.9/50/60,8.5/9/1.8/70/80,9/9.5/1.6/65/75,9.5/10/1.4/60/70,10/10.5/1/55/65,10.5/11/.7/50/60,11/11.5/1.3/55/65,11.5/12/1/70/80,12/12.5/1.3/65/75,12.5/13/1.6/60/70,13/13.5/1.75/55/65,13.5/14/1.6/65/75,14/14.5/1.3/60/70
+ }{
+ \shade[bottom color=coverfgcolor!\bc,top color=coverfgcolor!\tc,opacity=.5]
+ ([xshift=\lx\outermarginwidth]current page.north west) rectangle ([xshift=\rx\outermarginwidth,yshift=-\ry\covershift]current page.north west);%顶部琴键矩形
+ }
+ \node[anchor=south] at ([xshift=.3\outermarginwidth,yshift=-.4\covershift]current page.north) {%
+ \parbox{.8\paperwidth}{
+ \filright
+ \color{white}\sffamily\fontsize{20}{23}\selectfont\@bookseries}
+ }; %系列丛书名称
+ \node[ anchor=south,below right] (covertitles) at ([xshift=1.8\outermarginwidth-0.2cm,yshift=2.7cm]current page.west)
+ {\parbox{.8\paperwidth}{%
+ \raggedright%
+ {\renewcommand\baselinestretch{1.1}\selectfont \color{white}\sffamily\bfseries\fontsize{40}{40}\selectfont\@title\\[0.5ex]
+ \color{white}\sffamily\fontsize{30}{30}\selectfont
+ \ifdefvoid{\@subtitle}{}{\@subtitle}\par}
+ }};% 封面标题与副标题
+ \node[anchor=west,font=\sc\fontsize{23}{23}\selectfont,text=white] at ([shift={(-.4\paperwidth,-6cm)}]covertitles) {\@edition};
+ \node[anchor=west,font=\sffamily\Huge,text=white] at ([xshift=1.8\outermarginwidth-0.3cm,yshift=\covershift]current page.west) {\@author};
+ \node[left,text=white,font=\rmfamily\Large,] at
+ ([shift={(-2cm,2cm)}]current page.south east) %
+ {\raisebox{-0.5cm}{\includegraphics[width=0.1\linewidth]{\@presslogo}}\hspace*{0ex}\begin{varwidth}{.4\textwidth}\tikz\draw[white,line width=1.25pt] (0,0)--++(0,1cm);\,\raisebox{.25cm}{\@pressname} \end{varwidth}};%
+ \end{tikzpicture}%
+ {\newpage\thispagestyle{empty}}
+}
+
+\newcommand{\lettercover}{
\begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture,overlay]
\fill[coverfgcolor]
(current page.north west) rectangle (current page.south east);% 填充封面背景颜色 (coverbgcolor)
@@ -66,21 +122,27 @@
\filright
\color{white}\sffamily\fontsize{20}{23}\selectfont\@bookseries}
}; %系列丛书名称
- \node[ anchor=south] at ([xshift=.3\outermarginwidth,yshift=-.57\paperheight]current page.north)
+ \node[ anchor=south,below right] (covertitles) at ([xshift=1.8\outermarginwidth-0.2cm,yshift=2.7cm]current page.west)
{\parbox{.8\paperwidth}{%
\raggedright%
{\renewcommand\baselinestretch{1.1}\selectfont \color{white}\sffamily\bfseries\fontsize{40}{40}\selectfont\@title\\[0.5ex]
\color{white}\sffamily\fontsize{30}{30}\selectfont
\ifdefvoid{\@subtitle}{}{\@subtitle}\par}
}};% 封面标题与副标题
- \node[anchor=west,font=\sffamily\fontsize{23}{23}\selectfont,text=white] at ([xshift=1.8\outermarginwidth,yshift=-.6\covershift]current page.west) {\@edition};
- \node[anchor=west,font=\sffamily\Huge,text=white] at ([xshift=1.8\outermarginwidth,yshift=\covershift]current page.west) {\@author};
+ \node[anchor=west,font=\sc\fontsize{23}{23}\selectfont,text=white] at ([shift={(-.4\paperwidth,-6cm)}]covertitles) {\@edition};
+ \node[anchor=west,font=\sffamily\Huge,text=white] at ([xshift=1.8\outermarginwidth-0.3cm,yshift=\covershift]current page.west) {\@author};
\node[left,text=white,font=\rmfamily\Large,] at
- ([shift={(-1cm,2cm)}]current page.south east) %
- {\raisebox{-1.1cm}{\includegraphics[width=0.2\linewidth]{\@presslogo}}\hspace*{-3.5ex}\begin{varwidth}{.4\textwidth}\tikz\draw[white,line width=1.25pt] (0,0)--++(0,1cm);\,\raisebox{.25cm}{\@pressname} \end{varwidth}};%
+ ([shift={(-2cm,2cm)}]current page.south east) %
+ {\raisebox{-0.5cm}{\includegraphics[width=0.1\linewidth]{\@presslogo}}\hspace*{0ex}\begin{varwidth}{.4\textwidth}\tikz\draw[white,line width=1.25pt] (0,0)--++(0,1cm);\,\raisebox{.25cm}{\@pressname} \end{varwidth}};%
\end{tikzpicture}%
{\newpage\thispagestyle{empty}}
}
+
+\newcommand\makecover{
+ \thispagestyle{empty}
+ \ifaivpaper@TF{\aivcover}{\lettercover}
+ {\newpage\thispagestyle{empty}}
+}
\makeatother
%%%%===============================================================%%%%%
%%------------------------------------------------------封面设计--------------------------------------------------------%%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/stys/beautybook-cover-enfig.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/stys/beautybook-cover-enfig.sty
index e84129ddea..9c24de8b3e 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/stys/beautybook-cover-enfig.sty
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/stys/beautybook-cover-enfig.sty
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{stys/beautybook-cover-enfig}[2024/06/30,v2.0]
+\ProvidesPackage{stys/beautybook-cover-enfig}[2024/07/01,v2.0]
\tikzfading[name=fade right,
right color =transparent!100,
left color=transparent!0]
@@ -13,10 +13,40 @@
bottom color =transparent!100,
top color=transparent!50]
\makeatletter
-\newcommand*\makecover{
- %% Use the Tikz library positioning and clear the page header and footer
- \usetikzlibrary{positioning}
- \thispagestyle{empty}
+\newcommand{\aivcover}{
+ \begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture,overlay]
+ \begin{pgfonlayer}{bottom}
+ \node[opacity=0.8,inner sep=0pt] at (current
+ page.center){\includegraphics[width=\paperwidth,height=\paperheight]{\@coverimage}};
+ \end{pgfonlayer}
+ \shade[left color=coverbgcolor!70,right color=coverbgcolor!50,path fading=fade right,opacity=.5]
+ ([xshift=.5\outermarginwidth]current page.north west) rectangle ([xshift=4\outermarginwidth]current page.south west); % 背景大矩形虚化
+ \shade[left color=coverfgcolor,right color=coverfgcolor!60,opacity=.8]
+ ([xshift=\outermarginwidth,yshift=2\outermarginwidth]current page.west) rectangle (current page.south east); % 标题背景大矩形
+ \fill[coverbar,opacity=0.8]
+ ([yshift=2\outermarginwidth]current page.west) rectangle ([xshift=\outermarginwidth,yshift=-.2\outermarginwidth]current page.west); % 最左侧装饰矩形
+ \node[anchor=south] at ([xshift=.3\outermarginwidth,yshift=-.4\covershift]current page.north) {%
+ \parbox{.8\paperwidth}{
+ \filright
+ \color{white}\sc\fontsize{20}{23}\selectfont\@bookseries}
+ }; %系列丛书名称
+ \node[ anchor=south,below right] (covertitles) at ([xshift=1.8\outermarginwidth-0.2cm,yshift=2.7cm]current page.west)
+ {\parbox{.8\paperwidth}{%
+ \raggedright%
+ {\renewcommand\baselinestretch{1.1}\selectfont \color{white}\sffamily\bfseries\fontsize{40}{40}\selectfont\@title\\[0.5ex]
+ \color{white}\sc\fontsize{30}{30}\selectfont
+ \ifdefvoid{\@subtitle}{}{\@subtitle}\par}
+ }};% 封面标题与副标题
+ \node[anchor=west,font=\sc\fontsize{23}{23}\selectfont,text=white] at ([shift={(-.4\paperwidth,-6cm)}]covertitles) {\@edition};
+ \node[anchor=west,font=\sffamily\Huge,text=white] at ([xshift=1.8\outermarginwidth-0.3cm,yshift=\covershift]current page.west) {\@author};
+ \node[left,text=white,font=\rmfamily\Large,] at
+ ([shift={(-2cm,2cm)}]current page.south east) %
+ {\raisebox{-0.5cm}{\includegraphics[width=0.1\linewidth]{\@presslogo}}\hspace*{0ex}\begin{varwidth}{.4\textwidth}\tikz\draw[white,line width=1.25pt] (0,0)--++(0,1cm);\,\raisebox{.25cm}{\@pressname} \end{varwidth}};%
+ \end{tikzpicture}%
+ {\newpage\thispagestyle{empty}}
+}
+
+\newcommand{\lettercover}{
\begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture,overlay]
\begin{pgfonlayer}{bottom}
\node[opacity=0.8,inner sep=0pt] at (current
@@ -33,20 +63,26 @@
\filright
\color{white}\sc\fontsize{20}{23}\selectfont\@bookseries}
}; %系列丛书名称
- \node[ anchor=south] at ([xshift=.3\outermarginwidth,yshift=-.55\paperheight]current page.north)
+ \node[ anchor=south,below right] (covertitles) at ([xshift=1.8\outermarginwidth-0.2cm,yshift=2.7cm]current page.west)
{\parbox{.8\paperwidth}{%
\raggedright%
{\renewcommand\baselinestretch{1.1}\selectfont \color{white}\sffamily\bfseries\fontsize{40}{40}\selectfont\@title\\[0.5ex]
\color{white}\sc\fontsize{30}{30}\selectfont
\ifdefvoid{\@subtitle}{}{\@subtitle}\par}
}};% 封面标题与副标题
- \node[anchor=west,font=\sc\fontsize{23}{23}\selectfont,text=white] at ([xshift=1.8\outermarginwidth,yshift=-.6\covershift]current page.west) {\@edition};
- \node[anchor=west,font=\sffamily\Huge,text=white] at ([xshift=1.8\outermarginwidth,yshift=\covershift]current page.west) {\@author};
+ \node[anchor=west,font=\sc\fontsize{23}{23}\selectfont,text=white] at ([shift={(-.4\paperwidth,-6cm)}]covertitles) {\@edition};
+ \node[anchor=west,font=\sffamily\Huge,text=white] at ([xshift=1.8\outermarginwidth-0.3cm,yshift=\covershift]current page.west) {\@author};
\node[left,text=white,font=\rmfamily\Large,] at
- ([shift={(-1cm,2cm)}]current page.south east) %
- {\raisebox{-1.1cm}{\includegraphics[width=0.2\linewidth]{\@presslogo}}\hspace*{-3.5ex}\begin{varwidth}{.4\textwidth}\tikz\draw[white,line width=1.25pt] (0,0)--++(0,1cm);\,\raisebox{.25cm}{\@pressname} \end{varwidth}};%
+ ([shift={(-2cm,2cm)}]current page.south east) %
+ {\raisebox{-0.5cm}{\includegraphics[width=0.1\linewidth]{\@presslogo}}\hspace*{0ex}\begin{varwidth}{.4\textwidth}\tikz\draw[white,line width=1.25pt] (0,0)--++(0,1cm);\,\raisebox{.25cm}{\@pressname} \end{varwidth}};%
\end{tikzpicture}%
{\newpage\thispagestyle{empty}}
}
+
+\newcommand\makecover{
+ \thispagestyle{empty}
+ \ifaivpaper@TF{\aivcover}{\lettercover}
+ {\newpage\thispagestyle{empty}}
+}
\makeatother
\endinput
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/stys/symbols.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/stys/symbols.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cd65b06195
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/beautybook/stys/symbols.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+%---------------------------------
+\newcommand{\fraka}{{\mathfrak a}}
+\newcommand{\frakb}{{\mathfrak b}}
+\newcommand{\frakc}{{\mathfrak c}}
+\newcommand{\frakd}{{\mathfrak d}}
+\newcommand{\frake}{{\mathfrak e}}
+\newcommand{\frakf}{{\mathfrak f}}
+\newcommand{\frakg}{{\mathfrak g}}
+\newcommand{\frakh}{{\mathfrak h}}
+\newcommand{\fraki}{{\mathfrak i}}
+\newcommand{\frakj}{{\mathfrak j}}
+\newcommand{\frakk}{{\mathfrak k}}
+\newcommand{\frakl}{{\mathfrak l}}
+\newcommand{\frakm}{{\mathfrak m}}
+\newcommand{\frakn}{{\mathfrak n}}
+\newcommand{\frako}{{\mathfrak o}}
+\newcommand{\frakp}{{\mathfrak p}}
+\newcommand{\frakq}{{\mathfrak q}}
+\newcommand{\frakr}{{\mathfrak r}}
+\newcommand{\fraks}{{\mathfrak s}}
+\newcommand{\frakt}{{\mathfrak t}}
+\newcommand{\fraku}{{\mathfrak u}}
+\newcommand{\frakv}{{\mathfrak v}}
+\newcommand{\frakw}{{\mathfrak w}}
+\newcommand{\frakx}{{\mathfrak x}}
+\newcommand{\fraky}{{\mathfrak y}}
+\newcommand{\frakz}{{\mathfrak z}}
+%---------------------------------
+%---------------------------------
+\newcommand{\frakA}{{\mathfrak A}}
+\newcommand{\frakB}{{\mathfrak B}}
+\newcommand{\frakC}{{\mathfrak C}}
+\newcommand{\frakD}{{\mathfrak D}}
+\newcommand{\frakE}{{\mathfrak E}}
+\newcommand{\frakF}{{\mathfrak F}}
+\newcommand{\frakG}{{\mathfrak G}}
+\newcommand{\frakH}{{\mathfrak H}}
+\newcommand{\frakI}{{\mathfrak I}}
+\newcommand{\frakJ}{{\mathfrak J}}
+\newcommand{\frakK}{{\mathfrak K}}
+\newcommand{\frakL}{{\mathfrak L}}
+\newcommand{\frakM}{{\mathfrak V}}
+\newcommand{\frakN}{{\mathfrak N}}
+\newcommand{\frakO}{{\mathfrak O}}
+\newcommand{\frakP}{{\mathfrak P}}
+\newcommand{\frakQ}{{\mathfrak Q}}
+\newcommand{\frakR}{{\mathfrak R}}
+\newcommand{\frakS}{{\mathfrak S}}
+\newcommand{\frakT}{{\mathfrak T}}
+\newcommand{\frakU}{{\mathfrak U}}
+\newcommand{\frakV}{{\mathfrak V}}
+\newcommand{\frakW}{{\mathfrak W}}
+\newcommand{\frakX}{{\mathfrak X}}
+\newcommand{\frakY}{{\mathfrak Y}}
+\newcommand{\frakZ}{{\mathfrak Z}}
+%---------------------------------
+%---------------------------------
+\newcommand{\bA}{{\mathbb A}}
+\newcommand{\bB}{{\mathbb B}}
+\newcommand{\bC}{{\mathbb C}}
+\newcommand{\bD}{{\mathbb D}}
+\newcommand{\bE}{{\mathbb E}}
+\newcommand{\bF}{{\mathbb F}}
+\newcommand{\bG}{{\mathbb G}}
+\newcommand{\bH}{{\mathbb H}}
+\newcommand{\bI}{{\mathbb I}}
+\newcommand{\bJ}{{\mathbb J}}
+\newcommand{\bK}{{\mathbb K}}
+\newcommand{\bL}{{\mathbb L}}
+\newcommand{\bM}{{\mathbb M}}
+\newcommand{\bN}{{\mathbb N}}
+\newcommand{\bO}{{\mathbb O}}
+\newcommand{\bP}{{\mathbb P}}
+\newcommand{\bQ}{{\mathbb Q}}
+\newcommand{\bR}{{\mathbb R}}
+\newcommand{\bS}{{\mathbb S}}
+\newcommand{\bT}{{\mathbb T}}
+\newcommand{\bU}{{\mathbb U}}
+\newcommand{\bV}{{\mathbb V}}
+\newcommand{\bW}{{\mathbb W}}
+\newcommand{\bX}{{\mathbb X}}
+\newcommand{\bY}{{\mathbb Y}}
+\newcommand{\bZ}{{\mathbb Z}}
+%---------------------------------
+%---------------------------------
+\newcommand{\mA}{{\mathcal A}}
+\newcommand{\mB}{{\mathcal B}}
+\newcommand{\mC}{{\mathcal C}}
+\newcommand{\mD}{{\mathcal D}}
+\newcommand{\mE}{{\mathcal E}}
+\newcommand{\mF}{{\mathcal F}}
+\newcommand{\mG}{{\mathcal G}}
+\newcommand{\mH}{{\mathcal H}}
+\newcommand{\mI}{{\mathcal I}}
+\newcommand{\mJ}{{\mathcal J}}
+\newcommand{\mK}{{\mathcal K}}
+\newcommand{\mL}{{\mathcal L}}
+\newcommand{\mM}{{\mathcal V}}
+\newcommand{\mN}{{\mathcal N}}
+\newcommand{\mO}{{\mathcal O}}
+\newcommand{\mP}{{\mathcal P}}
+\newcommand{\mQ}{{\mathcal Q}}
+\newcommand{\mR}{{\mathcal R}}
+\newcommand{\mS}{{\mathcal S}}
+\newcommand{\mT}{{\mathcal T}}
+\newcommand{\mU}{{\mathcal U}}
+\newcommand{\mV}{{\mathcal V}}
+\newcommand{\mW}{{\mathcal W}}
+\newcommand{\mX}{{\mathcal X}}
+\newcommand{\mY}{{\mathcal Y}}
+\newcommand{\mZ}{{\mathcal Z}}
+%---------------------------------
+%---------------------------------
+\newcommand{\sA}{{\mathscr A}}
+\newcommand{\sB}{{\mathscr B}}
+\newcommand{\sC}{{\mathscr C}}
+\newcommand{\sD}{{\mathscr D}}
+\newcommand{\sE}{{\mathscr E}}
+\newcommand{\sF}{{\mathscr F}}
+\newcommand{\sG}{{\mathscr G}}
+\newcommand{\sH}{{\mathscr H}}
+\newcommand{\sI}{{\mathscr I}}
+\newcommand{\sJ}{{\mathscr J}}
+\newcommand{\sK}{{\mathscr K}}
+\newcommand{\sL}{{\mathscr L}}
+\newcommand{\sM}{{\mathscr V}}
+\newcommand{\sN}{{\mathscr N}}
+\newcommand{\sO}{{\mathscr O}}
+\newcommand{\sP}{{\mathscr P}}
+\newcommand{\sQ}{{\mathscr Q}}
+\newcommand{\sR}{{\mathscr R}}
+\newcommand{\sS}{{\mathscr S}}
+\newcommand{\sT}{{\mathscr T}}
+\newcommand{\sU}{{\mathscr U}}
+\newcommand{\sV}{{\mathscr V}}
+\newcommand{\sW}{{\mathscr W}}
+\newcommand{\sX}{{\mathscr X}}
+\newcommand{\sY}{{\mathscr Y}}
+\newcommand{\sZ}{{\mathscr Z}}
+%---------------------------------
+%------------------------- end list of symbols --------------
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-publist/README b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-publist/README
index 8d8b26f969..aed0f34774 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-publist/README
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-publist/README
@@ -46,6 +46,10 @@ instructions.
== CHANGES ==
+* V. 2.11 (2024-07-02):
+ - Add \citesecitem and \citesecitem* commands.
+ - Support multiple sections in \GetSectionCount.
+
* V. 2.10 (2024-06-17):
- Add bibchecks to show only/no peer-reviewed items.
- Fix bibchecks to work with braced and non-braced values.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-publist/biblatex-publist.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-publist/biblatex-publist.pdf
index a7dfe989e1..ecc06e956e 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-publist/biblatex-publist.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-publist/biblatex-publist.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-publist/biblatex-publist.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-publist/biblatex-publist.tex
index 788f3e6df0..5e07d272c0 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-publist/biblatex-publist.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-publist/biblatex-publist.tex
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
\thanks{Please report issues via \protect\url{https://github.com/jspitz/biblatex-publist}.}%
}
-\date{Version 2.10, 2024/06/17}
+\date{Version 2.11, 2024/07/02}
\maketitle
\begin{abstract}
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ forms of citing may break or not produce the expected result. The reason is that
The standard way of using the package is to load the style file via
\begin{lstlisting}[moretexcs={[1]{plauthorname}}]
-\usepackage[bibstyle=publist]{biblatex}
+\usepackage[style=publist]{biblatex}
\plauthorname[first name][von-part]{surname}
\end{lstlisting}
The \jcsmacro*{plauthorname} macro\footnote{The macro was named \jfcsmacro{omitname} until v.\,1.4
@@ -213,31 +213,27 @@ it defines the name(s) of the person(s) whose publications are listed.
By default, the author\slash editor name(s) will be omitted completely
for all publications which are authored or edited only by the specified person(s), as in:
-\begin{quote}
-\textbf{2012.} Some recent trends in gardening. In: \emph{Gardening
-Practice} 56, pp.~34--86.
-\end{quote}
+\begin{itemize}
+\item[{[1]}] \textbf{2012.} Some recent trends in gardening. In: \emph{Gardening
+ Practice} 56, pp.~34--86.
+\end{itemize}
If there are co-authors\slash co-editors, your name(s) will be filtered
out and the collaborators added in parentheses, as in:
-\begin{quote}
-\textbf{1987} (with John Doe and Mary Hall). Are there new trends
-in gardening? In: \emph{Gardening Practice} 24, pp.~10--15.
-\end{quote}
+\begin{itemize}
+\item[{[2]}] \textbf{1987} (with John Doe and Mary Hall). Are there new trends
+ in gardening? In: \emph{Gardening Practice} 24, pp.~10--15.
+\end{itemize}
If \joption{plauthorhandling=highlight} is used (see next section), the plauthor(s)
will be printed in bold face instead, as in:
-\begin{quote}
- Doe, John, \textbf{Myself, Me} and Hall, Mary, \textbf{1987}. Are there new trends
- in gardening? In: \emph{Gardening Practice} 24, pp.~10--15.
-\end{quote}
+\begin{itemize}
+\item[{[2]}] Doe, John, \textbf{Myself, Me} and Hall, Mary, \textbf{1987}. Are there new trends
+ in gardening? In: \emph{Gardening Practice} 24, pp.~10--15.
+\end{itemize}
%
Note that \jcsmacro{plauthorname} expects the name constituents as they are recorded in the
database (special characters are handled). The option \joption{plauthorfirstinit} (see next section),
however, allows you to pass only an initial character instead of a first name.
-If you want to refer to an item number, use \jcsmacro*{citeitem}\jmacro{\{<key>\}} within your publication list.
-This will print the item number in square brackets (like the \jfcsmacro{cite} command in numeric citation styles),
-but as opposed to normal \jfcsmacro{cite} it also considers all numbering tweaks you make via the \bpl\ options.
-
\subsection{Additional Options}\label{sec:addopts}
@@ -374,8 +370,8 @@ See section~\ref{sec:clicktitles} for details.
All options listed here should be passed directly to \bibltx\ via \jfcsmacro{usepackage} when loading \bibltx, and they apply to the whole
document.
-For most options, it is possible to change them (repeatedly) within the document. To this end, the macro
-\jcsmacro*[-3]{ExecutePublistOptions} is provided. It takes a comma-separated list of options as its mandatory argument
+For most options, it is possible to change them within the document via the macro
+\jcsmacro*[-3]{ExecutePublistOptions}. It takes a comma-separated list of options as mandatory argument
and can be used (repeatedly) in preamble or anywhere in the document body.
The executed options apply as of the next bibliography (\jfcsmacro{printbibliography}) that follows.
Options that \emph{cannot} be changed within a document that way are \joption{plnumbering} and \joption{pubstateextra},
@@ -385,6 +381,46 @@ Also note that with the \joption{plauthor*} options, as opposed to repeated \jcs
repeated setting of these name options respectively \emph{overwrite}, and not extend, the previous name settings.
+\subsection{Referring to Entries}\label{sec:citeitems}
+
+Even though publication lists usually do not include citations, there might be cases where you need to refer
+to specific entries within it. Especially with sectioned lists, it is arguably most advisable to refer to the items
+by their number, as otherwise your readers will have a hard time to find the item you are referring to.
+Of course, if you do not use global numbering, you should also specify the section the item is in, as in:
+``see [13] (sec.~4)''.
+
+Since \bpl\ plays all sorts of tricks with the numbering (see sec.~\ref{sec:numbers}), the reference needs to take these
+into account. The normal citation commands will often produce inadequate or even wrong output particularly in numeric
+style.
+To account for these peculiarities, the package ships its own cite style which is used if you load \bpl\ via
+\joption{style=publist} (but not with \joption{bibstyle=publist}!). The features described in what follows require
+this particular cite style.
+
+If you want to refer to an item number, use \jcsmacro*{citeitem}\jmacro{\{<key(s)>\}} within your publication list.%
+\footnote{As with the normal citation commands, the argument might also be a comma-separated list of keys.}
+This will print the item number in square brackets (like the \jfcsmacro{cite} command in numeric citation styles),
+but as opposed to normal \jfcsmacro{cite} it also considers all numbering tweaks you make via the \bpl\ options.
+Note, however, that with refsections (see sec.~\ref{sec:example}) \jcsmacro{citeitem} only works within a given
+refsection because the references in a refsection are unknown outside of its scope.
+
+If you want to refer to an item number from outside a refsection, you can use \jcsmacro*{citesecitem}\jmacro{\{<key(s)>\}}.
+This will try to access the number of the given entry from a stored list that is generated by \bpl.
+References of this kind only make sense, of course, with global numbering and if an entry only occurs once in the bibliography,
+since otherwise they would be too ambiguous. However, for locally numbered lists, there is the starred variant
+\jcsmacro*{citesecitem*}\jmacro{\{<key(s)>\}} which will append a reference to the section the item is in.
+By default, the form of this addition is ``(sec.~<no.>)'', with ``sec.'' being localized (see sec.~\ref{sec:auxmacros}
+on how to customize this).
+
+Note that due to the design of refsections, no hyperlinks can be generated for the item number with \jcsmacro{citesecitem}
+and the \textsf{hyperref} package being loaded (the section reference of the starred command, however, is hyperlinked in
+this case).
+If you need hyperlinked item references, consider refsegments rather than refsections and the \jcsmacro{citeitem} command
+(although this will have other drawbacks).
+
+Of course, both \jcsmacro{citeitem} and \jcsmacro{citesecitem} presuppose that you do not disable numbering, and
+\jcsmacro{citesecitem*} requires numbered section headers.
+
+
\subsection{Numbers Games}\label{sec:numbers}
Among the peculiarities of publication lists is the greater variety of numbering conventions, as compared
@@ -474,12 +510,14 @@ The macro \jcsmacro*{GetTotalCount} outputs the total number of entries in your
If you want to output the number of publications per section (when employing \jfcsmacro{refsection}),
you can use the macro \jcsmacro*{GetSectionCount} which takes one optional argument, the section
-number. For instance,
+number or a comma-separated list of section numbers. For instance,
\begin{lstlisting}[moretexcs={[4]{GetSectionCount}}]
\GetSectionCount[1]
\end{lstlisting}
-outputs the number of items in the first section. If the optional argument is not given, the
-statistics for the current section is output (this requires the macro to be within a \jfcsmacro{refsection}).
+outputs the number of items in the first section, whereas \lstinline!\GetSectionCount[1,2]! outputs
+the sum of the numbers of items in the first and second section.
+If the optional argument is not given, the statistic for the current section is output
+(this requires the macro to be within a \jfcsmacro{refsection}).
Note that both values might require additional \LaTeX\ runs to get properly set. You will
get a package warning if additional runs are needed.
@@ -526,16 +564,16 @@ taken care of specifically.
With \joption{plauthorhandling=omit}, the \jfoption{maxnames} value specifies how many co-authors are added in parenthesis (the omitted
author name is not counted here). If the treshold is reached, \emph{et al.}\ (or the corresponding localized string) is appended (and the list truncated
to the \jfoption{minnames} value, \jfoption{1} by default). So you get something like:
-\begin{quote}
- \textbf{2020} (with John Doe et al.). What's up in gardening? In: \emph{Gardening Practice} 44, pp.~1--7.
-\end{quote}
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item[{[3]}] \textbf{2020} (with John Doe et al.). What's up in gardening? In: \emph{Gardening Practice} 44, pp.~1--7.
+\end{itemize}
%
With \joption{plauthorhandling=highlight}, \bpl\ outputs all publist authors, even if the \jfoption{maxnames} treshold has been reached.
However, other authors (beyond \jfoption{minnames}) are omitted. If they come before a publist author, this is indicated by [\ldots\unkern],
if authors follow after all publication list authors, \emph{et al.} is appended, as in:
-\begin{quote}
- Doe, John, [\ldots\unkern], \textbf{Myself, Me}, et al., \textbf{2020}. What's up in gardening? In: \emph{Gardening Practice} 44, pp.~1--7.
-\end{quote}
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item[{[3]}] Doe, John, [\ldots\unkern], \textbf{Myself, Me}, et al., \textbf{2020}. What's up in gardening? In: \emph{Gardening Practice} 44, pp.~1--7.
+\end{itemize}
%
The omission indicator, \jcsmacro*{plnameomission}, can be redefined. The default definition is:
\begin{lstlisting}[moretexcs={[4]{plnameomission,bibellipsis,addcomma,addspace}}]
@@ -663,6 +701,16 @@ The default definition is:
\newcommand*\plextrainfosep{\addsemicolon\addspace}
\end{lstlisting}
%
+The\jmcsmacro{secitemsecref} section reference with \jcsmacro{citesecitem*} is determined by
+\jcsmacro{secitemsecref}, which has the following default definition:
+\begin{lstlisting}[moretexcs={[2]{mkbibparens,secitemsecref,bibstring,addnbspace}}]
+\newcommand*\secitemsecref[1]{%
+ \mkbibparens{\bibstring{section}\addnbspace\ref{refsection:#1}}%
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+%
+Redefine this macro if you need a different output.
+
The indendation of the bibliographic entries (lines > 1) can be adjusted by setting the length
\jmacro*{extralabel\-numberwidth} via \jfcsmacro{setlength} (default is \texttt{0pt}).
This might be needed for long bibliographies (> 99 entries) in order to adjust to the extra
@@ -717,26 +765,26 @@ are printed, so you might get redundant output. To control (e.\,g., omit) them,
Since the package draws on \bibltx, it supports localization.
The following additional localization keys (\jfcsmacro{bibstrings})
are added by the package:
-\begin{itemize}
+\begin{description}
\setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}
-\item \emph{impactfactor}: the expression \enquote{impact factor}.
-\item \emph{openaccess:true}: the expression \enquote{OpenAccess}.
-\item \emph{openaccess:gold}: the phrase \enquote{OpenAccess (gold)}.
-\item \emph{openaccess:green}: the phrase \enquote{OpenAccess (green)}.
-\item \emph{parttranslationof}: the expression \enquote{partial translation of}
+\item[impactfactor] the expression \enquote{impact factor}.
+\item[openaccess:true] the expression \enquote{OpenAccess}.
+\item[openaccess:gold] the phrase \enquote{OpenAccess (gold)}.
+\item[{openaccess:green}] the phrase \enquote{OpenAccess (green)}.
+\item[{parttranslationof}] the phrase \enquote{partial translation of}
for entries referring to partially translated work via \bibltx's
\enquote*{related entries} feature (see sec.~\ref{sec:partial-translations}).
-\item \emph{peerreview:sb}: the phrase \enquote{single blind peer review}.
-\item \emph{peerreview:db}: the phrase \enquote{double blind peer review}.
-\item \emph{peerreview:op}: the phrase \enquote{open peer review}.
-\item \emph{peerreview:co}: the phrase \enquote{collaborative peer review}.
-\item \emph{peerreview:cc}: the phrase \enquote{cascading peer review}.
-\item \emph{peerreview:tp}: the phrase \enquote{third-party peer review}.
-\item \emph{peerreview:pp}: the phrase \enquote{post-publication peer review}.
-\item \emph{peerreview:no}: the phrase \enquote{no peer review}.
-\item \emph{with}: the preposition \enquote{with} that precedes the list of
+\item[{peerreview:sb}] the phrase \enquote{single blind peer review}.
+\item[{peerreview:db}] the phrase \enquote{double blind peer review}.
+\item[{peerreview:op}] the phrase \enquote{open peer review}.
+\item[{peerreview:co}] the phrase \enquote{collaborative peer review}.
+\item[{peerreview:cc}] the phrase \enquote{cascading peer review}.
+\item[{peerreview:tp}] the phrase \enquote{third-party peer review}.
+\item[{peerreview:pp}] the phrase \enquote{post-publication peer review}.
+\item[{peerreview:no}] the phrase \enquote{no peer review}.
+\item[{with}] the preposition \enquote{with} that precedes the list of
co-authors by default (i.\,e., with \joption{plauthorhandling=omit}).
-\end{itemize}
+\end{description}
Currently, these additional localization keys are available in the following
languages: English, French and German.%
\footnote{Please send suggestions for other languages to the package author.}
@@ -979,6 +1027,12 @@ until further change).
\section{Revision Log}
\begin{description}
+ \item [{V. 2.11 (2024/07/02):}]~
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item Add \jcsmacro{citesecitem} and \jcsmacro{citesecitem*} commands (see sec.~\ref{sec:citeitems}).
+ \item Support multiple sections in \jcsmacro{GetSectionCount}.
+ \end{itemize}
+
\item [{V. 2.10 (2024/06/17):}]~
\begin{itemize}
\item Add bibchecks to show only/no peer-reviewed items
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-publist/publist.bbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-publist/publist.bbx
index 074acd5394..d3d4381a9a 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-publist/publist.bbx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-publist/publist.bbx
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\def\bpl@version{2.10}
-\def\bpl@rdate{2024/06/17}
+\def\bpl@version{2.11}
+\def\bpl@rdate{2024/07/02}
\ProvidesFile{publist.bbx}[\bpl@rdate\space v.\bpl@version\space
biblatex bibliography style (JSP)]
@@ -552,16 +552,29 @@
{}{\PackageWarning{biblatex-publist}{Patching refsection failed!}}
}{}
-\newcommand*\GetSectionCount[1][\empty]{%
- \edef\bpl@secno{#1}%
- \ifx\bpl@secno\empty%
- \csnumdef{bpltmprefsection}{\c@refsection}%
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+
+\int_new:N \l_bpl_sec_cnt_int
+
+\NewDocumentCommand \GetSectionCount { >{\SplitList{,}} o }
+{
+ \IfNoValueTF{#1}{%
+ \csnumdef{bpltmprefsection}{\c@refsection}
\csuse{bpl@secitems:\bpltmprefsection}%
- \else%
- \csuse{bpl@secitems:#1}%
- \fi%
+ }{
+ \int_zero:N \l_bpl_sec_cnt_int
+ \ProcessList{#1}{\__bpl_add_section_count}
+ \int_use:N \l_bpl_sec_cnt_int
+ }
+}
+
+\cs_new:Npn \__bpl_add_section_count #1
+{
+ \int_add:Nn \l_bpl_sec_cnt_int { \use:c{bpl@secitems:#1} }
}
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+
\newcommand*\GetTotalCount{%
\csuse{bpl@items}%
}
@@ -897,7 +910,15 @@
\newrobustcmd{\mkbibdesc}[1]{%
% Print labelnumber as actual number, plus item total
- \number\numexpr\csuse{bpl@itemtotal}+#1+\csuse{bpl@shift@itemtotal}\relax%
+ \edef\bpl@current@item@no{\number\numexpr\csuse{bpl@itemtotal}+#1+\csuse{bpl@shift@itemtotal}\relax}%
+ \bpl@current@item@no%
+ % Store number in pbx file
+ \if@filesw%
+ \protected@write\bpl@bpxfile{}{%
+ \csedef{bpl@itemnumber:\thefield{entrykey}}{\bpl@current@item@no}%
+ \csedef{bpl@itemsec:\thefield{entrykey}}{\therefsection}%
+ }%
+ \fi%
}%
% Way to manually shift the numbering
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-publist/publist.cbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-publist/publist.cbx
index 78d144e32b..b5972d9497 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-publist/publist.cbx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-publist/publist.cbx
@@ -26,14 +26,50 @@
%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\def\bpl@version{2.10}
-\def\bpl@rdate{2024/06/17}
+\def\bpl@version{2.11}
+\def\bpl@rdate{2024/07/02}
\ProvidesFile{publist.cbx}[\bpl@rdate\space v.\bpl@version\space
biblatex citation style (JSP)]
\RequireCitationStyle{numeric}
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\citesecitem}
+ {\defcounter{maxnames}{999}%
+ \boolfalse{citetracker}%
+ \boolfalse{pagetracker}%
+ \usebibmacro{prenote}}
+ {\usebibmacro{bpl:cite:secitem}}
+ {\multicitedelim}
+ {\usebibmacro{postnote}}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand*{\citesecitem}
+ {\defcounter{maxnames}{999}%
+ \boolfalse{citetracker}%
+ \boolfalse{pagetracker}%
+ \usebibmacro{prenote}}
+ {\usebibmacro{bpl:cite:secitem}%
+ \usebibmacro{bpl:cite:secitemsec}%
+ }
+ {\multicitedelim}
+ {\usebibmacro{postnote}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{bpl:cite:secitem}{%
+ \ifcsdef{bpl@itemnumber:\thefield{entrykey}}%
+ {\mkbibbrackets{\csuse{bpl@itemnumber:\thefield{entrykey}}}}%
+ {\textbf{\mkbibbrackets{???}}}%
+}
+
+\newcommand*\secitemsecref[1]{%
+ \mkbibparens{\bibstring{section}\addnbspace\ref{refsection:#1}}%
+}
+
+\newbibmacro*{bpl:cite:secitemsec}{%
+ \ifcsdef{bpl@itemsec:\thefield{entrykey}}%
+ {\addspace\secitemsecref{\csuse{bpl@itemsec:\thefield{entrykey}}}}%
+ {}%
+}
+
\DeclareCiteCommand{\citeitem}
{\defcounter{maxnames}{999}%
\boolfalse{citetracker}%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-publist/publist.dbx b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-publist/publist.dbx
index 874cb3c801..71e9e69276 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-publist/publist.dbx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-publist/publist.dbx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
% publist.dbx, biblatex data model specification for the biblatex-publist
-% package, version 2.10 (2024/06/17).
+% package, version 2.11 (2024/07/02).
%
% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lni/CHANGELOG.md b/macros/latex/contrib/lni/CHANGELOG.md
index 84bff5fcc6..5bb6f9697c 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/lni/CHANGELOG.md
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/lni/CHANGELOG.md
@@ -6,6 +6,10 @@ The format is based on [Keep a Changelog](https://keepachangelog.com/).
## [Unreleased]
+## [1.9] - 2024-07-1
+### Added
+- Support for multiple affiliations
+
## [1.8.1] - 2024-01-08
### Changed
@@ -167,7 +171,8 @@ The format is based on [Keep a Changelog](https://keepachangelog.com/).
First release of the revised files
-[Unreleased]: https://github.com/gi-ev/LNI/compare/v1.8.1...HEAD
+[Unreleased]: https://github.com/gi-ev/LNI/compare/v1.9...HEAD
+[1.9]: https://github.com/gi-ev/LNI/compare/v1.8.1...v1.9
[1.8.1]: https://github.com/gi-ev/LNI/compare/v1.8...v1.8.1
[1.8]: https://github.com/gi-ev/LNI/compare/v1.7...v1.8
[1.7]: https://github.com/gi-ev/LNI/compare/v1.6...v1.7
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lni/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/lni/README.md
index 31fbf3da10..034ef480d8 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/lni/README.md
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/lni/README.md
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
lni -- A class for submissions to the ``Lecture Notes in Informatics''
(c) 2016-2024 Gesellschaft für Informatik (GI)
-Version: 1.8.1
+Version: 1.9
Maintainer: Martin Sievers
Email: martin.sievers@schoenerpublizieren.de
License: Released under the LaTeX Project Public License v1.3c or later
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lni/lni-author-template.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/lni/lni-author-template.tex
index 411fea056a..9a39a2d585 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/lni/lni-author-template.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/lni/lni-author-template.tex
@@ -19,12 +19,13 @@
\title[Ein Kurztitel]{Ein sehr langer Titel über mehrere Zeilen mit sehr vielen
Worten und noch mehr Buchstaben}
%% \subtitle{Untertitel / Subtitle} % if needed
-\author[1]{Firstname1 Lastname1}{firstname1.lastname1@affiliation1.org}{0000-0000-0000-0000}
-\author[2]{Firstname2 Lastname2}{firstname2.lastname2@affiliation2.org}{0000-0000-0000-0000}
-\author[1]{Firstname3 Lastname3}{firstname3.lastname3@affiliation1.org}{0000-0000-0000-0000}
-\author[1]{Firstname4 Lastname4}{firstname4.lastname4@affiliation1.org}{0000-0000-0000-0000}%
-\affil[1]{Universität\\Abteilung\\Straße\\Postleitzahl Ort\\Land}
-\affil[2]{University\\Department\\Address\\Country}
+ \author[1,2]{Firstname1 Lastname1}{firstname1.lastname1@affiliation1.org}{0000-0000-0000-0000}
+ \author[2]{Firstname2 Lastname2}{firstname2.lastname2@affiliation2.org}{0000-0000-0000-0000}
+ \author[3]{Firstname3 Lastname3}{firstname3.lastname3@affiliation1.org}{0000-0000-0000-0000}
+ \author[1]{Firstname4 Lastname4}{firstname4.lastname4@affiliation1.org}{0000-0000-0000-0000}%
+ \affil[1]{Universität 1\\Abteilung\\Straße\\Postleitzahl Ort\\Land}
+ \affil[2]{University 2 \\Department\\Address\\Country}
+ \affil[3]{University 3\\Department\\Address\\Country}
\maketitle
\begin{abstract}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lni/lni.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/lni/lni.dtx
index 20261238d4..257f0d4bb0 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/lni/lni.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/lni/lni.dtx
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ This work consists of the file lni.dtx
%<class>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01]
%<class>\ProvidesClass{lni}
%<*class>
- [2024/01/08 v1.8.1 Official class for submissions to the ``Lecture Notes
+ [2024/07/01 v1.9 Official class for submissions to the ``Lecture Notes
in Informatics'']
%</class>
%<*driver>
@@ -286,6 +286,7 @@ This work consists of the file lni.dtx
% \changes{v1.8}{2022/06/10}{Fix output error in bst files (#97)}
% \changes{v1.8}{2022/11/25}{Make class compatable with latest publisher requirements (#121)}
% \changes{v1.8}{2022/11/25}{Make usage of `hyperref` mandatory (#131)}
+% \changes{v1.9}{2024/07/01}{Support multiple affiliations (#158)}
%
% \GetFileInfo{\jobname.dtx}
% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newenvironment}
@@ -489,12 +490,13 @@ This work consists of the file lni.dtx
% \cs{affil\oarg{number}\marg{information}} where you can use
% \texttt{\textbackslash\textbackslash} to split the address.
% \begin{examplecode}[label={lst:author}]
-% \author[1]{Firstname1 Lastname1}{firstname1.lastname1@affiliation1.org}{0000-0000-0000-0000}
+% \author[1,2]{Firstname1 Lastname1}{firstname1.lastname1@affiliation1.org}{0000-0000-0000-0000}
% \author[2]{Firstname2 Lastname2}{firstname2.lastname2@affiliation2.org}{0000-0000-0000-0000}
-% \author[1]{Firstname3 Lastname3}{firstname3.lastname3@affiliation1.org}{0000-0000-0000-0000}
+% \author[3]{Firstname3 Lastname3}{firstname3.lastname3@affiliation1.org}{0000-0000-0000-0000}
% \author[1]{Firstname4 Lastname4}{firstname4.lastname4@affiliation1.org}{0000-0000-0000-0000}%
-% \affil[1]{Universität\\Abteilung\\Straße\\Postleitzahl Ort\\Land}
-% \affil[2]{University\\Department\\Address\\Country}
+% \affil[1]{Universität 1\\Abteilung\\Straße\\Postleitzahl Ort\\Land}
+% \affil[2]{University 2 \\Department\\Address\\Country}
+% \affil[3]{University 3\\Department\\Address\\Country}
% \end{examplecode}
%
% Leave the third and/or fourth argument empty if there is no email address and/or ORCID iD.
@@ -1149,53 +1151,71 @@ This work consists of the file lni.dtx
\renewcommand\Authsep{, }
\renewcommand\Authands{\iflanguage{ngerman}{ und }{, and }}
\renewcommand\Authand{\iflanguage{ngerman}{ und }{ and }}
-\renewcommand{\AB@authnote}[1]{$^{\text{\mbox{\normalfont\footnotesize #1}}}$}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\multiaffil}{ >{\SplitList{,}} m m m}{%
+ \gdef\@currEmail{#2}
+ \gdef\@currOrcid{#3}
+ \ProcessList{#1}{\@multiaffil}
+}
+
+\newcommand{\@multiaffil}[1]{%
+ \ifcsundef{@emailsandorcids#1}{\csgdef{@emailsandorcids#1}{}}{}%
+ \ifcsempty{@emailsandorcids#1}%
+ {\csgappto{@emailsandorcids#1}{%
+ \if\relax\@currEmail\relax\else\email{\@currEmail}\fi\if\relax\@currOrcid\relax\else,\ \orcid{\@currOrcid}\fi}}%
+ {\csgappto{@emailsandorcids#1}{%
+ \if\relax\@currEmail\relax\else;\ \email{\@currEmail}\fi\if\relax\@currOrcid\relax\else,\ \orcid{\@currOrcid}\fi}}%
+}
+
\renewcommand\author[4][]{%
\ifnewaffil\addtocounter{affil}{1}%
\edef\AB@thenote{\arabic{affil}}%
\fi%
\if\relax#1\relax\def\AB@note{\AB@thenote}\else\def\AB@note{#1}%
- \ifcsundef{@emailsandorcids\AB@note}{\csgdef{@emailsandorcids\AB@note}{}}{}%
\setcounter{Maxaffil}{0}\fi
\ifnum\value{authors}=0\def\@firstauthor{#2}\fi
\ifnum\value{authors}>1\relax
- \@namedef{@sep\number\c@authors}{\Authsep}\fi
+ \@namedef{@sep\number\c@authors}{\Authsep}\fi
\addtocounter{authors}{1}%
\begingroup
- \let\protect\@unexpandable@protect \let\and\AB@pand
- \def\thanks{\protect\thanks}\def\footnote{\protect\footnote}%
- \@temptokena=\expandafter{\AB@authors}%
- \@temptokenb=\expandafter{\AB@authors}%
- {\def\\{\protect\\[\@affilsep]\protect\Affilfont
- \protect\AB@resetsep}%
- \xdef\AB@author{\AB@blk@and#2}%
- \ifnewaffil\gdef\AB@las{}\gdef\AB@lasx{\protect\Authand}\gdef\AB@as{}%
- \xdef\AB@authors{\the\@temptokena\AB@blk@and}%
- \else
- \xdef\AB@authors{\the\@temptokena\AB@as\AB@au@str}%
- \global\let\AB@las\AB@lasx\gdef\AB@lasx{\protect\Authands}%
- \gdef\AB@as{\Authsep}%
- \fi
- \gdef\AB@au@str{#2}}%
- \@temptokena=\expandafter{\AB@authlist}%
- \@temptokenb=\expandafter{\@authlisthead}%
- \let\\=\authorcr
- \xdef\AB@authlist{\the\@temptokena
- \protect\@nameuse{@sep\number\c@authors}%
- \protect\Authfont#2\if\relax#4\relax\else\,\orcidlink{#4}\fi\AB@authnote{\AB@note}}%
- \xdef\@authlisthead{\the\@temptokenb
- \protect\@nameuse{@sep\number\c@authors}%
- \protect\Authfont#2}%
+ \let\protect\@unexpandable@protect \let\and\AB@pand
+ \def\thanks{\protect\thanks}\def\footnote{\protect\footnote}%
+ \@temptokena=\expandafter{\AB@authors}%
+ \@temptokenb=\expandafter{\AB@authors}%
+ {\def\\{\protect\\[\@affilsep]\protect\Affilfont
+ \protect\AB@resetsep}%
+ \xdef\AB@author{\AB@blk@and#2}%
+ \ifnewaffil\gdef\AB@las{}\gdef\AB@lasx{\protect\Authand}\gdef\AB@as{}%
+ \xdef\AB@authors{\the\@temptokena\AB@blk@and}%
+ \else
+ \xdef\AB@authors{\the\@temptokena\AB@as\AB@au@str}%
+ \global\let\AB@las\AB@lasx\gdef\AB@lasx{\protect\Authands}%
+ \gdef\AB@as{\Authsep}%
+ \fi
+ \gdef\AB@au@str{#2}}%
+ \@temptokena=\expandafter{\AB@authlist}%
+ \@temptokenb=\expandafter{\@authlisthead}%
+ \let\\=\authorcr
+ \xdef\AB@authlist{\the\@temptokena
+ \protect\@nameuse{@sep\number\c@authors}%
+ \protect\Authfont#2\if\relax#4\relax\else\,\orcidlink{#4}\fi\AB@authnote{\AB@note}}%
+ \xdef\@authlisthead{\the\@temptokenb
+ \protect\@nameuse{@sep\number\c@authors}%
+ \protect\Authfont#2}%
\endgroup
\ifnum\value{authors}>2\relax
\@namedef{@sep\number\c@authors}{\Authands}\fi
+ \ifcsundef{@emailsandorcids\AB@note}{\csgdef{@emailsandorcids\AB@note}{}}{}%
+ \sbox\z@{\@tempcnta=0#1\relax}%
+ \expandafter\ifdim\wd\z@>\z@\relax
+ \multiaffil{#1}{#3}{#4}
+ \else
+ \ifcsundef{@emailsandorcids\AB@note}{\csgdef{@emailsandorcids\AB@note}{}}{}%
\ifcsempty{@emailsandorcids\AB@note}%
{\csgappto{@emailsandorcids\AB@note}{%
- \if\relax#3\relax\else\email{#3}\fi\if\relax#4\relax\else,\ \orcid{#4}\fi}%
- }%
+ \if\relax#3\relax\else\email{#3}\fi\if\relax#4\relax\else,\ \orcid{#4}\fi}}%
{\csgappto{@emailsandorcids\AB@note}{%
\if\relax#3\relax\else;\ \email{#3}\fi\if\relax#4\relax\else,\ \orcid{#4}\fi}}%
-
+ \fi%
\newaffilfalse
}
\renewcommand\@author{%
@@ -3071,12 +3091,13 @@ EXECUTE {end.bib}
\title[Ein Kurztitel]{Ein sehr langer Titel über mehrere Zeilen mit sehr vielen
Worten und noch mehr Buchstaben}
%% \subtitle{Untertitel / Subtitle} % if needed
-\author[1]{Firstname1 Lastname1}{firstname1.lastname1@affiliation1.org}{0000-0000-0000-0000}
-\author[2]{Firstname2 Lastname2}{firstname2.lastname2@affiliation2.org}{0000-0000-0000-0000}
-\author[1]{Firstname3 Lastname3}{firstname3.lastname3@affiliation1.org}{0000-0000-0000-0000}
-\author[1]{Firstname4 Lastname4}{firstname4.lastname4@affiliation1.org}{0000-0000-0000-0000}%
-\affil[1]{Universität\\Abteilung\\Straße\\Postleitzahl Ort\\Land}
-\affil[2]{University\\Department\\Address\\Country}
+ \author[1,2]{Firstname1 Lastname1}{firstname1.lastname1@affiliation1.org}{0000-0000-0000-0000}
+ \author[2]{Firstname2 Lastname2}{firstname2.lastname2@affiliation2.org}{0000-0000-0000-0000}
+ \author[3]{Firstname3 Lastname3}{firstname3.lastname3@affiliation1.org}{0000-0000-0000-0000}
+ \author[1]{Firstname4 Lastname4}{firstname4.lastname4@affiliation1.org}{0000-0000-0000-0000}%
+ \affil[1]{Universität 1\\Abteilung\\Straße\\Postleitzahl Ort\\Land}
+ \affil[2]{University 2 \\Department\\Address\\Country}
+ \affil[3]{University 3\\Department\\Address\\Country}
\maketitle
\begin{abstract}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lni/lni.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/lni/lni.pdf
index ae032bd25b..c3b50c0cd1 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/lni/lni.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/lni/lni.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-Thesis.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-Thesis.pdf
index f0964659d8..fffb7fbf43 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-Thesis.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-Thesis.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/MIT-Thesis.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/MIT-Thesis.tex
index 2faced3b18..0a1873f3b2 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/MIT-Thesis.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/MIT-Thesis.tex
@@ -1,12 +1,11 @@
% !TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode
-% !BIB TS-program = biber
-% !BIB program = biber
+% !BIB TS-program = biber
% This file is MIT-Thesis.tex, a LaTeX template for formatting an MIT thesis with the mitthesis class.
%
-% Version: 1.11, 2023/11/02
+% Version: 1.12, 2024/07/02
%
-% Author: John H. Lienhard, copyright 2023. Reuse under the MIT license: https://ctan.org/license/mit
+% Author: John H. Lienhard, copyright 2024. Reuse under the MIT license: https://ctan.org/license/mit
% Documentation is here: https://ctan.org/pkg/mitthesis
@@ -16,8 +15,11 @@
pdfstandard = a-2b,
pdfversion = 1.7,
lang = en-US,
-% debug = {xmp-export}, % uncomment to output a separate xmpi file showing the metadata
+% pdfversion = 2.0,
+% pdfstandard = a-4,
+% debug = {xmp-export}, % uncomment to output a separate xmpi file showing the metadata
}
+
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\documentclass[twoside]{mitthesis} %,fontset=libertine, fontset=newtx-sans-text, fontset=heros-stix2, fontset=stix2
@@ -26,9 +28,9 @@
% option [lineno] provides line numbers, as for editing
% option [mydesign] loads packages for color, title and list formats, margins, or captions: edit mydesign.tex to change defaults.
% option [fontset] is a keyvalue which can be:
-% pdftex or unicode engines: defaultfonts, libertine, lucida
-% pdftex only: fira-newtxsf, newtx, newtx-sans-text
-% unicode engines (luatex): heros-stix2, stix2, termes, termes-stix2
+% for pdftex or unicode engines: defaultfonts, libertine, lucida
+% for pdftex only: fira-newtxsf, newtx, newtx-sans-text
+% for unicode engines (luatex): heros-stix2, stix2, termes, termes-stix2
% if no key value is given, fonts default to CMR (pdftex) or LMR (unicode), i.e., "the LaTeX font".
% You can edit the fontset files or you can write your own, myfonts.tex, and do [fontset=myfonts].
% If you are using multiple languages, load the babel package in your fontset file, before the fonts.
@@ -39,12 +41,23 @@
\usepackage{listings}% documentation is here https://ctan.org/pkg/listings
%% Set chemical formulas nicely
-\usepackage[version=4]{mhchem}% documentation is here https://ctan.org/pkg/mhchem
+\usepackage[version=4]{mhchem}% documentation at https://ctan.org/pkg/mhchem
-%% Latin filler used in Chapter 1, with a test for package version date. https://ctan.org/pkg/lipsum
+%% Latin filler used in Chapter 1, with a test for package version date (https://ctan.org/pkg/lipsum)
\usepackage{lipsum}
\IfPackageAtLeastTF{lipsum}{2021/09/20}{\setlipsum{auto-lang=false}}{}
+%% Table related packages
+
+\usepackage{booktabs}% publication quality tables (https://ctan.org/pkg/booktabs)
+
+\usepackage{array}% Additional options for column formats (https://ctan.org/pkg/array)
+
+%\usepackage{dcolumn}% For alignment of numbers on the decimal place (https://ctan.org/pkg/dcolumn)
+% \newcolumntype{d}[1]{D{.}{.}{#1}}% use with dcolumn package
+
+%\usepackage{tabularx}% adjustable-width columns in tabular (https://ctan.org/pkg/tabularx)
+
%%%%%%%%% Graphics path (to figure files) %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -56,8 +69,17 @@
%%%%%%%%% Representative set-up for biblatex %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\usepackage[style=ieee,maxbibnames=10,sorting=none]{biblatex}% style=ext-numeric-comp,articlein=false,giveninits=true
- \DefineBibliographyStrings{english}{url= \textsc{url} , }% replaces default "[Online]. Available" by "URL"
+%% Numerical citations of references
+\usepackage[style=ext-numeric-comp,giveninits=true,maxbibnames=10,sorting=none]{biblatex}
+
+%% IEEE style citations and references
+% \usepackage[style=ieee,maxbibnames=10,sorting=none]{biblatex}% style=ext-numeric-comp,articlein=false,giveninits=true
+% \DefineBibliographyStrings{english}{url= \textsc{url} , }% replaces the IEEE default "[Online]. Available" by "URL"
+
+%% author-year style citations and references
+%% use \parencite, not \cite, when you want "(Author, year)"
+%% The sample files are not set up to include parentheses.
+% \usepackage[style=authoryear, maxbibnames=10]{biblatex}
\addbibresource{mitthesis-sample.bib}%% <== change to YOUR bib file <= CHANGE
@@ -65,9 +87,11 @@
%% to avoid split urls and stretched white space, you can set the bibliography ragged-right:
%\appto{\bibsetup}{\raggedright}
-% biblatex is very powerful, and you can customize most aspects the reference list and citations to suit your needs.
-% documentation is here: https://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex
+%% biblatex is very powerful, and you can customize most aspects the reference list and citations to suit your needs.
+%% documentation is here: https://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex
+%% cheat sheet is here: https://tug.ctan.org/info/biblatex-cheatsheet/biblatex-cheatsheet.pdf
+%% To ensure citations are set, run Latex --> biblatex/biber --> Latex again
%%%%%%%%%% Option to use natbib %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -79,19 +103,9 @@
%%% You can use this to rename the bibliography section
%\renewcommand{\bibname}{References}
-%%% Can adjust space between bibliography items (change 4pt to something else; don't drop last two lengths, they are stretchable "glue")
+%%% To adjust space between bibliography items
%\setlength\bibsep{4pt plus 1pt minus 1pt}
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%% Table related packages %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-\usepackage{booktabs}% better quality tables, https://ctan.org/pkg/booktabs
-\usepackage{array}% additional options for table columns, https://ctan.org/pkg/array
-
-%\usepackage{tabularx}% https://ctan.org/pkg/tabularx
-
-%\usepackage{dcolumn}% alignment on decimal place, https://ctan.org/pkg/dcolumn
-%\newcolumntype{d}[1]{D{.}{.}{#1}}
+% change 4pt to something else; don't drop last two lengths (they are stretchable "glue")
%%%%%%%%%% Option for "double spacing" %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -107,13 +121,13 @@
% \usepackage{setspace}% documentation at https://ctan.org/pkg/setspace
% \setstretch{1.1}% you can choose some other value for the stretch of space between lines
%
-%% Use one or more of the these commands AFTER the frontmatter
+%% Use one or more of the these commands *AFTER* the frontmatter
%
% \onehalfspacing
% \doublespacing
% \singlespacing % will turn these effects off (you can use these anywhere in the document)
-%% The best result may be to stay with leading selected by the typographer who set up the font.
+%% The best result is usually to stay with leading selected by the typographer who set up the font.
%%%%%%%%%%% Metadata %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -128,7 +142,7 @@
pdfkeywords={Massachusetts Institute of Technology, MIT},
% Add keywords that will help search engines and libraries to find your work.
% Includes the name[s] of the author[s]
- % (If you have used \DocumentMetadata, at line 15, you can just put "\CopyrightAuthor," for the names.)
+ % (If you used \DocumentMetadata at line 14, you can just put "\CopyrightAuthor," for the names.)
%
pdfurl={},
% If you have a url for the thesis, put it here. Otherwise delete this.
@@ -162,29 +176,31 @@
% Use once for each degree fulfilled by thesis
% For two degrees from one department, leave the department argument blank for the second degree {}.
-% \Degree{Bachelor of Science in Physics}{Department of Physics}
-% \Degree{Master of Science in Physics}{}
-\Degree{Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering}{Department of Mechanical Engineering}
+\Degree{Bachelor of Science in Physics}{Department of Physics}
+%\Degree{Master of Science in Physics}{}
+%\Degree{Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering}{Department of Mechanical Engineering}
% If there is more than one supervisor, use the \Supervisor command for each.
\Supervisor{Edward C. Pickering}{Professor of Physics}
+%\Supervisor{Edward C. Pickering}{Professor of Physics, and \\ \> Professor of Something Else}
% \Supervisor{Secunda Castor}{Professor of Research}
% \Supervisor{Quintus Castor}{Professor of Log Dams}
% Professor who formally accepts theses for your department (e.g., the Graduate Officer, Professor Sméagol,...)
% If more than one department, use more than once
-% **If you need to reduce vertical space, put the acceptor title in the second argument and leave the third blank {}.**
\Acceptor{Primus Castor}{Professor of Wetlands Engineering}{Undergraduate Officer, Department of Physics}
% \Acceptor{Tertius Castor}{Professor of Log Dams}{Graduate Officer, Department of Research}
% \Acceptor{Quarta Castor}{Professor of Lodge Building}{Graduate Officer, Department of Mechanical Engineering}
+%% If you need to reduce vertical space, put the acceptor title in the second argument and leave the third blank, {}.
% Usage: \DegreeDate{Month}{year}
-% Valid degree months are September, February, or June
+% Valid degree months are February, May, June, or September
\DegreeDate{June}{1876}
% Date that final thesis is submitted to department
\ThesisDate{May 18, 1876}
+
%%%%%% Choose whether to have a CREATIVE COMMONS License %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%
% If you are using a cc license, put details of your cc license here.
@@ -208,33 +224,34 @@
% (c) you can put the acceptor name and title onto two lines, rather than three like this:
%
% \Acceptor{Tertius Castor}{Professor and Graduate Officer, Department of Research}{}
-% \Acceptor{Quarta Castor}{Professor and Graduate Officer, Department of Mechanical Engineering}{}
%
-% (d) you can change the font size of the the author name[s] with
+% (d) you can change the font size of the author name[s] with
%
% \AuthorNameSize{\normalsize}
%
-% (e) and you can omit any previous degrees from the title page, instead mentioning them in the Biosketch
+% (e) and you can omit any previous degrees from the title page, instead mentioning them in the biographical sketch
% Also, if you prefer to keep the text toward the top of the page with most white space at the bottom, you
-% can you this command to squash all of the vertical glue (stretchy space) with this command:
+% can use this command to squash all of the vertical glue (stretchy space) with this command:
%
% \Squash
%
% This command is useful when the text has not already reach the bottom of the page, since the glue gets squashed automatically
% when the page is too full.
+
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%%% Make titlepage
\maketitle
-%%%%%%%%% Contents that you need to write follows %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%%%%%%%% Contents that you need to write follows! %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% \includeonly{acknowledgments,biography,chapter1,chapter2,...,appendixa,...}
-% for usage, see https://latexref.xyz/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html
+% for usage of includeonly, see https://latexref.xyz/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html
-%%% Frontmatter (write this material in the mentioned files) %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%% Frontmatter (write this material in the mentioned files) %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% The abstract environment creates all the required headings and footers.
% You only need to the text of the abstract in the file abstract.tex
@@ -242,24 +259,22 @@
\input{abstract.tex}% use \input rather than \include because we're inside an environment
\end{abstract}
-\include{acknowledgments}% .tex extension is presumed by \include
-
-\include{biography}% optional, see MIT Libraries https://libraries.mit.edu/distinctive-collections/thesis-specs/#format
+\include{acknowledgments}% acknowledgments.tex (.tex extension is presumed by \include)
+\include{biography}% biography.tex (optional, see https://libraries.mit.edu/distinctive-collections/thesis-specs/#format)
-%%% Table of contents and lists of stuff (delete lists you don't need, e.g., if no tables) %%%%%%%%
+%%% Table of contents and lists of stuff (delete unused lists, i.e., if no tables or figures) %%%%%
\tableofcontents
\listoffigures
\listoftables
-
%%% Chapters of thesis %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%% If you want to use "double spacing", you should start here...
\include{chapter1}% .tex extension is presumed
-%\include{chapter2}
+% \include{chapter2}
%\include{chapter3}
%\include{chapter4}
@@ -270,9 +285,13 @@
\include{appendixa}
-%%% Bibliography %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%% Bibliography (biblatex) %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\defbibheading{bibintoc}{\chapter*{#1}\addcontentsline{toc}{backmatter}{\refname}}
+% this sets the title of contents name for bibliography to \refname (= References)
+% change "backmatter" to "chapter" if you prefer a bold face entry in the table of contents
-\printbibliography[title={References},heading=bibintoc]
+\printbibliography[title={\refname},heading=bibintoc]
% biblatex also supports chapter-by-chapter bibliography, https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/296502/119566
% see the biblatex manual, section 3.14.3
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/acknowledgments.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/acknowledgments.tex
index a1ceaacffd..de4fcfd51d 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/acknowledgments.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/acknowledgments.tex
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
%% acknowledgments.tex
% From mitthesis package
-% Version: 1.01, 2023/10/16
+% Version: 1.02, 2024/06/19
% Documentation: https://ctan.org/pkg/mitthesis
-
\chapter*{Acknowledgments}
-\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Acknowledgments}
+\pdfbookmark[0]{Acknowledgments}{acknowledgments}
+
Write your acknowledgments here.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/biography.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/biography.tex
index 30e4784525..6148c2f133 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/biography.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/biography.tex
@@ -2,11 +2,12 @@
%% This section is optional
% From mitthesis package
-% Version: 1.01, 2023/10/16
+% Version: 1.02, 2024/06/19
% Documentation: https://ctan.org/pkg/mitthesis
\chapter*{Biographical Sketch}
-\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Biographical Sketch}
+\pdfbookmark[0]{Biographical Sketch}{biosketch}
+
Silas Whitcomb Holman was born in Harvard, Massachusetts on January 20, 1856. He received his S.B. degree in Physics from MIT in 1876, and then joined the MIT Department of Physics as an Assistant. He became Instructor in Physics in 1880, Assistant Professor in 1882, Associate Professor in 1885, and Full Professor in 1893. Throughout this period, he struggled with increasingly severe rheumatoid arthritis. At length, he was defeated, becoming Professor Emeritus in 1897 and dying on April 1, 1900.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/chapter1.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/chapter1.tex
index cc7683744e..481e96a4c4 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/chapter1.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/chapter1.tex
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
% From mitthesis package
-% Version: 1.04, 2023/10/19
+% Version: 1.05, 2023/11/03
% Documentation: https://ctan.org/pkg/mitthesis
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
We begin with some ideas from the literature \cite{Fong2015,sharpe1}.
-\begin{equation}
+\begin{equation}\label{eqn:1}
\frac{\partial}{\partial t}\left[\rho\bigl(e + \lvert\vec{u}\rvert^2\big/2\bigr)\right] + \nabla\cdot\left[\rho\bigl(h + \lvert\vec{u}\rvert^2\big/2 \bigr)\vec{u}\right]
={}-\nabla \cdot \vec{q} + \rho \vec{u}\cdot\vec{g}+ \frac{\partial}{\partial x_j}\bigl(d_{ji}u_i\bigr)
\end{equation}
@@ -37,7 +37,8 @@ We begin with some ideas from the literature \cite{Fong2015,sharpe1}.
\lipsum[4]
-\subsection{Subsection~eqn.~\eqref{eqn:WT1}}
+%% note use of \ref* here to avoid placing a nested link in the table of contents
+\subsection[Subsection~eqn.~(\ref*{eqn:WT1})]{Subsection~eqn.~\eqref{eqn:WT1}}
\lipsum[5-6]
\subsubsection{A subsubsection}
@@ -84,9 +85,9 @@ L(\ifpdftex\bm{A}\else\symbfup{A}\fi) = \begin{pmatrix}
\ce{SO4^2- + Ba^2+ -> BaSO4 v} \\[0.5em]
\ce{Zn^2+
<=>[+ 2OH-][+ 2H+]
-$\underset{\text{amphoteric hydroxide}}{\ce{Zn(OH)2 v}}$
+$\underset{\textrm{amphoteric hydroxide}}{\ce{Zn(OH)2 v}}$
<=>[+ 2OH-][+ 2H+]
-$\underset{\text{tetrahydroxozincate}}{\ce{[Zn(OH)4]^2-}}$
+$\underset{\textrm{tetrahydroxozincate}}{\ce{[Zn(OH)4]^2-}}$
}
\end{gather}
These examples of chemical formul\ae\ are copied directly from the documentation of the \texttt{mhchem} package, which was used to typeset them.
@@ -94,7 +95,7 @@ These examples of chemical formul\ae\ are copied directly from the documentation
\section{Baroclinic generation of vorticity\label{sec:stratified-flow}}
Substitution of the particle acceleration and application Stokes theorem leads to the \textit{Kelvin-Bjerknes circulation theorem}, for
-$\rho \neq \text{fn}(p)$:
+$\rho \neq \textrm{fn}(p)$:
\begin{align}
\frac{d\Gamma}{dt} &{}= \frac{d}{dt} \int_{\mathcal{C}} \mathbf{u} \cdot d\mathbf{r}\\
&{}= \int_{\mathcal{C}} \frac{D\mathbf{u}}{Dt} \cdot d\mathbf{r} + \underbrace{\int_{\mathcal{C}} \mathbf{u}\cdot d\biggl( \frac{d\mathbf{r}}{dt}\Biggr)}_{=\, 0} \\[-2pt]
@@ -130,11 +131,11 @@ Baroclinic generation of vorticity accounts for the sea breeze and various other
\\[-0.5em]
\toprule
\multicolumn{1}{@{\hspace*{1.5em}}c}{$x$\rule{0pt}{8pt}} &
-\multicolumn{1}{c}{$\text{erf}(x)$} &
-\multicolumn{1}{c!{\hspace*{3.em}}}{$\text{erfc}(x)$} &
+\multicolumn{1}{c}{$\textrm{erf}(x)$} &
+\multicolumn{1}{c!{\hspace*{3.em}}}{$\textrm{erfc}(x)$} &
\multicolumn{1}{c}{$x$} &
-\multicolumn{1}{c}{$\text{erf}(x)$} &
-\multicolumn{1}{c@{\hspace*{1.5em}}}{$\text{erfc}(x)$} \\ \midrule
+\multicolumn{1}{c}{$\textrm{erf}(x)$} &
+\multicolumn{1}{c@{\hspace*{1.5em}}}{$\textrm{erfc}(x)$} \\ \midrule
0.00 & 0.00000 & 1.00000 & 1.10 & 0.88021 & 0.11980 \\
0.05 & 0.05637 & 0.94363 & 1.20 & 0.91031 & 0.08969 \\
0.10 & 0.11246 & 0.88754 & 1.30 & 0.93401 & 0.06599 \\
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-defaultfonts.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-defaultfonts.tex
index 8795eb547e..bc7ba62c91 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-defaultfonts.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-defaultfonts.tex
@@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
% From mitthesis package
% Documentation: https://ctan.org/pkg/mitthesis
-\ProvidesFile{mitthesis-defaultfonts.tex}[2023/09/12 v1.03 Load Computer/Latin Modern text and math fonts]
+\ProvidesFile{mitthesis-defaultfonts.tex}[2024/06/28 v1.04 Load Computer/Latin Modern text and math fonts]
%% Default fonts
%
\ifpdftex
- \typeout{^^JLoading Computer Modern text and math fonts (default for pdftex).^^J}
+ \ClassNoteNoLine{\ClassName}{Loading Computer Modern text and math fonts (default for pdftex)}
\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}
\RequirePackage{bm}
\else
- \typeout{^^JLoading Latin Modern text and math fonts (default for unicode engines).^^J}
+ \ClassNoteNoLine{\ClassName}{Loading Latin Modern text and math fonts (default for unicode engines)}
%
\RequirePackage[warnings-off={mathtools-colon,mathtools-overbracket}]{unicode-math}
% suppress tiresome warnings about lack of integration between mathtools and unicode-math.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-fira-newtxsf.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-fira-newtxsf.tex
index 01fa981d78..ebba9ab190 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-fira-newtxsf.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-fira-newtxsf.tex
@@ -1,19 +1,19 @@
% From mitthesis package
% Documentation: https://ctan.org/pkg/mitthesis
-\ProvidesFile{mitthesis-fira-newtxsf.tex}[2023/09/12 v1.04 Load Fira Sans text font with newtx sans serif math font and Inconsolata typewriter font]
+\ProvidesFile{mitthesis-fira-newtxsf.tex}[2024/06/28 v1.05 Load Fira Sans text font with newtx sans serif math font and Inconsolata typewriter font]
%% Fira Sans text font with newtx sans serif math font and Inconsolata typewriter font
%
\ifpdftex
- \typeout{^^JLoading Fira sans text font with newtx sans serif math font and Inconsolata typewriter^^J}
+ \ClassNoteNoLine{\ClassName}{Loading Fira sans text font with newtx sans serif math font and Inconsolata typewriter}
\RequirePackage[sfdefault,scaled=0.90]{FiraSans} % sans serif text package %,scaled=.85
\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}
\RequirePackage[varqu,varl,scaled=1.05]{zi4} % inconsolata font for typewriter
\RequirePackage[scaled=1.05]{newtxsf} % sans serif math
\RequirePackage{bm}
\else
- \ClassWarning{mitnewthesis}{The fira-newtxsf font set requires pdflatex. Defaulting to LMR fonts}
+ \ClassWarning{\ClassName}{The fira-newtxsf font set requires pdflatex. Defaulting to LMR fonts}
\RequirePackage[warnings-off={mathtools-colon,mathtools-overbracket}]{unicode-math}
% suppress tiresome warnings about lack of integration between mathtools and unicode-math.
% Unicode-math loads the fontspec package, but the default fonts are not selected by fontspec in this case.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-heros-stix2.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-heros-stix2.tex
index 26ee2ab07b..1535771f11 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-heros-stix2.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-heros-stix2.tex
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
% From mitthesis package
% Documentation: https://ctan.org/pkg/mitthesis
-\ProvidesFile{mitthesis-heros-stix2.tex}[2023/09/12 v1.02 Load TeX Gyre Heros (sans serif) text font with STIX Two Math font and Inconsolata monospaced font]
+\ProvidesFile{mitthesis-heros-stix2.tex}[2024/06/28 v1.03 Load TeX Gyre Heros (sans serif) text font with STIX Two Math font and Inconsolata monospaced font]
%% TeX Gyre Heros (sans serif) text font with STIX Two Math font and Inconsolata monospaced font
%
@@ -12,11 +12,11 @@
% Install these as system fonts on your computer
%
\ifpdftex
- \ClassWarning{mitnewthesis}{The heros-stix2 fontset requires a unicode engine. Defaulting to CMR fonts.}
+ \ClassWarning{\ClassName}{The heros-stix2 fontset requires a unicode engine. Defaulting to CMR fonts}
\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}
\RequirePackage{bm}
\else
- \typeout{^^JTeX Gyre Heros (sans serif) text font with STIX2 math font and Inconsolata monospaced font.^^J}
+ \ClassNoteNoLine{\ClassName}{TeX Gyre Heros (sans serif) text font with STIX2 math font and Inconsolata monospaced font}
%
\RequirePackage[warnings-off={mathtools-colon,mathtools-overbracket}]{unicode-math}
% suppress tiresome warnings about lack of integration between mathtools and unicode-math
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-libertine.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-libertine.tex
index 57cf26f915..41b2f561df 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-libertine.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-libertine.tex
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
% From mitthesis package
% Documentation: https://ctan.org/pkg/mitthesis
-\ProvidesFile{mitthesis-libertine.tex}[2023/09/12 v1.02 Load Libertine and related fonts]
+\ProvidesFile{mitthesis-libertine.tex}[2024/06/28 v1.03 Load Libertine and related fonts]
%% Linux Libertine (serif) text font with newtxmath[libertine] (pdftex) or Libertinus (unicode) math font
%
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
% install these as system fonts on your computer
%
\ifpdftex
- \typeout{^^JLoading newtx-libertine text and math fonts with Insolata typewriter font^^J}
+ \ClassNoteNoLine{\ClassName}{Loading newtx-libertine text and math fonts with Insolata typewriter font}
\RequirePackage[lining,semibold]{libertine}
\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}
\RequirePackage[varqu,varl]{inconsolata}% typewriter
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
\RequirePackage[libertine,vvarbb]{newtxmath}
\RequirePackage{bm}% load after all math to give access to bold math
\else
- \typeout{^^JLoading Linux Libertine (serif) text font with Libertinus math font^^J}
+ \ClassNoteNoLine{\ClassName}{Loading Linux Libertine (serif) text font with Libertinus math font}
%
\RequirePackage[warnings-off={mathtools-colon,mathtools-overbracket}]{unicode-math}
% suppress tiresome warnings about lack of integration between mathtools and unicode-math
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-lucida.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-lucida.tex
index 6466c36929..e18c72fd92 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-lucida.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-lucida.tex
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
% From mitthesis package
% Documentation: https://ctan.org/pkg/mitthesis
-\ProvidesFile{mitthesis-lucida.tex}[2023/09/12 v1.02 Load Lucida fonts]
+\ProvidesFile{mitthesis-lucida.tex}[2024/06/28 v1.03 Load Lucida fonts]
%% Lucida Bright and Lucida Bright Math fonts (available from the TeX Users Group)
-\typeout{^^JLucida Bright and Lucida Bright Math fonts^^J}
+\ClassNoteNoLine{\ClassName}{Lucida Bright and Lucida Bright Math fonts}
\ifpdftex
\RequirePackage[LY1]{fontenc}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-newtx-sans-text.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-newtx-sans-text.tex
index a599af35e2..b76428f383 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-newtx-sans-text.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-newtx-sans-text.tex
@@ -1,20 +1,24 @@
% From mitthesis package
% Documentation: https://ctan.org/pkg/mitthesis
-\ProvidesFile{mitthesis-newtx-sans-text.tex}[2023/09/12 v1.02 Load newtx sans-serif text and regular math fonts]
+\ProvidesFile{mitthesis-newtx-sans-text.tex}[2024/06/68 v1.04 Load newtx sans-serif text and regular math fonts]
%% newtx package with sans-serif text (Helvetica-like text with Times-like math)
%
\ifpdftex
+ \ClassNoteNoLine{\ClassName}{Loading newtx sans-serif text and newtx serif math fonts}
\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}
\RequirePackage[subscriptcorrection,varvw,helvratio=0.91,defaultsups]{newtx}% upint for upright integrals
- \renewcommand{\familydefault}{\sfdefault}% use sans for main text
+ \AtEndPreamble{% added to accommodate v1.731 of newtx, 2023/11/03
+ \renewcommand{\familydefault}{\sfdefault}% use sans for main text
+% \renewcommand{\rmdefault}{\sfdefault}% uses sans for \textrm{}, if that's desired.
+ }
% these two commands enable hyphenation of the typewriter font - https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/204421/119566
% \input{t1ntxtt.fd}
% \DeclareFontFamily{\encodingdefault}{\ttdefault}{\hyphenchar\font=`\-} %
\RequirePackage{bm}% bold math
\else
- \ClassWarning{mitnewthesis}{The newtx font set requires pdflatex. Defaulting to LMR fonts}
+ \ClassWarning{\ClassName}{The newtx font set requires pdflatex. Defaulting to LMR fonts}
\RequirePackage[warnings-off={mathtools-colon,mathtools-overbracket}]{unicode-math}
% suppress tiresome warnings about lack of integration between mathtools and unicode-math.
% Unicode-math loads the fontspec package, but the default fonts are not selected by fontspec in this case.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-newtx.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-newtx.tex
index cc43427055..b1541bbd05 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-newtx.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-newtx.tex
@@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
% From mitthesis package
% Documentation: https://ctan.org/pkg/mitthesis
-\ProvidesFile{mitthesis-newtx.tex}[2023/09/12 v1.03 Load newtx text and math fonts]
+\ProvidesFile{mitthesis-newtx.tex}[2024/06/28 v1.04 Load newtx text and math fonts]
\ifpdftex
- \typeout{^^JLoading newtx fonts with inconsolata typewriter^^J}
+ \ClassNoteNoLine{\ClassName}{Loading newtx fonts with inconsolata typewriter}
\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}
\RequirePackage[subscriptcorrection,varvw,helvratio=0.91]{newtx}% stix2, upint
\RequirePackage[varl,varqu,hyphenate,mono]{inconsolata}% sans typewriter font; mono = fixed word spacing, hyphenate = allow hyphenation
\RequirePackage{bm}
\let\textsuperscript\textsu% newtx changes the default superiors font; this is needed to get commas aligned in sequential footnotes
\else
- \ClassWarning{mitnewthesis}{The newtx font set requires pdflatex. Defaulting to LMR fonts}
+ \ClassWarning{\ClassName}{The newtx font set requires pdflatex. Defaulting to LMR fonts}
\RequirePackage[warnings-off={mathtools-colon,mathtools-overbracket}]{unicode-math}
% suppress tiresome warnings about lack of integration between mathtools and unicode-math.
% Unicode-math loads the fontspec package, but the default fonts are not selected by fontspec in this case.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-stix2.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-stix2.tex
index de3983fe4e..c178ff233f 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-stix2.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-stix2.tex
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
% From mitthesis package
% Documentation: https://ctan.org/pkg/mitthesis
-\ProvidesFile{mitthesis-stix2.tex}[2023/09/12 v1.03 Load STIX Two text and math fonts]
+\ProvidesFile{mitthesis-stix2.tex}[2024/06/28 v1.04 Load STIX Two text and math fonts]
%% STIX Two text and math fonts with Heros sans serif font and Inconsolata monospaced font
%
@@ -12,11 +12,11 @@
% Install these as system fonts on your computer
%
\ifpdftex
- \ClassWarning{mitnewthesis}{The stix2 fontset requires a unicode engine. Defaulting to CMR fonts.}
+ \ClassWarning{\ClassName}{The stix2 fontset requires a unicode engine. Defaulting to CMR fonts.}
\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}
\RequirePackage{bm}
\else
- \typeout{^^JLoading STIX Two text and math fonts with Heros sans serif font and Inconsolata monospaced font.^^J}
+ \ClassNoteNoLine{\ClassName}{Loading STIX Two text and math fonts with Heros sans serif font and Inconsolata monospaced font}
%
\RequirePackage[warnings-off={mathtools-colon,mathtools-overbracket}]{unicode-math}
% suppress tiresome warnings about lack of integration between mathtools and unicode-math
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-termes-stix2.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-termes-stix2.tex
index 1e65724cc0..ed2abc1655 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-termes-stix2.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-termes-stix2.tex
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
% From mitthesis package
% Documentation: https://ctan.org/pkg/mitthesis
-\ProvidesFile{mitthesis-termes-stix2.tex}[2023/09/12 v1.03 Load TeX Gyre Termes text font with STIX2 math font, Heros sans serif font, and Inconsolata monospaced font]
+\ProvidesFile{mitthesis-termes-stix2.tex}[2024/10/28 v1.04 Load TeX Gyre Termes text font with STIX2 math font, Heros sans serif font, and Inconsolata monospaced font]
%% TeX Gyre Termes text font and Heros sans serif font with STIX2 math font and Inconsolata monospaced font
%
@@ -12,11 +12,11 @@
% Install these as system fonts on your computer
%
\ifpdftex
- \ClassWarning{mitnewthesis}{The termes-stix2 fontset requires a unicode engine. Defaulting to CMR fonts.}
+ \ClassWarning{\ClassName}{The termes-stix2 fontset requires a unicode engine. Defaulting to CMR fonts.}
\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}
\RequirePackage{bm}
\else
- \typeout{^^JLoading TeX Gyre Termes text font with STIX2 math font, Heros sans serif font, and Inconsolata monospaced font.^^J}
+ \ClassNoteNoLine{\ClassName}{Loading TeX Gyre Termes text font with STIX2 math font, Heros sans serif font, and Inconsolata monospaced font}
%
\RequirePackage[warnings-off={mathtools-colon,mathtools-overbracket}]{unicode-math}
% suppress tiresome warnings about lack of integration between mathtools and unicode-math
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-termes.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-termes.tex
index 64fffb9264..fd1e15bab8 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-termes.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/fontsets/mitthesis-termes.tex
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
% From mitthesis package
% Documentation: https://ctan.org/pkg/mitthesis
-\ProvidesFile{mitthesis-termes.tex}[2023/09/12 v1.03 Load TeX Gyre Termes text and math fonts, Heros sans serif font, and Cursor monospaced font]
+\ProvidesFile{mitthesis-termes.tex}[2024/06/28 v1.04 Load TeX Gyre Termes text and math fonts, Heros sans serif font, and Cursor monospaced font]
%% TeX Gyre Termes (Times-like) text font with Termes math font and Heros sans serif font and Cursor monospaced font
%
@@ -9,11 +9,11 @@
% install these as system fonts on your computer
%
\ifpdftex
- \ClassWarning{mitnewthesis}{The termes fontset requires a unicode engine. Defaulting to CMR fonts.}
+ \ClassWarning{\ClassName}{The termes fontset requires a unicode engine. Defaulting to CMR fonts.}
\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}
\RequirePackage{bm}
\else
- \typeout{^^JLoading TeX Gyre Termes text and math fonts, Heros sans serif font, and Cursor monospaced font^^J}
+ \ClassNoteNoLine{\ClassName}{Loading TeX Gyre Termes text and math fonts, Heros sans serif font, and Cursor monospaced font}
\RequirePackage[warnings-off={mathtools-colon,mathtools-overbracket}]{unicode-math}
% suppress tiresome warnings about lack of integration between mathtools and unicode-math
% unicode-math loads the fontspec package
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/mydesign.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/mydesign.tex
index 2a612d88a1..ef71521074 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/mydesign.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template/mydesign.tex
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
% From mitthesis package
% Documentation: https://ctan.org/pkg/mitthesis
-\ProvidesFile{mydesign.tex}[2023/10/11 v1.03 Typographic design options for thesis]
+\ProvidesFile{mydesign.tex}[20234/06/28 v1.04 Typographic design options for thesis]
%%%%%%%%%% Color support %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%% Color package: xcolor.
%% Change this if you prefer something else
-\usepackage[hyperref,dvipsnames,svgnames,x11names]{xcolor}
+\usepackage[dvipsnames,svgnames,x11names]{xcolor}
%% can add option [table] to xcolor to use color in tables (see xcolor documentation)
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
\titleformat{\subsection}{\mathversion{bold}\normalfont\large\bfseries}{\thesubsection}{1em}{}
\titleformat{\subsubsection}{\mathversion{bold}\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}{\thesubsubsection}{1em}{}
-% ==> NOT every font includes a bold math version, so you may need to use other math macros in the headings to get bold math <==
+% ==> NOT every font includes a bold math version, so you may need other math macros in the headings to get bold math <==
%%%%%%%%% Change page margins %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/README.md
index 9ead4e57e0..25392478ef 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/README.md
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/README.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
#mitthesis --- A LaTeX template for an MIT thesis#
- v1.11 dated 2023/11/02
+ v1.12 dated 2024/07/02
####Overview####
This class provides a LaTeX template to format an MIT thesis according to
@@ -54,8 +54,21 @@
####Change log####
+ v1.12 (02 July 2024)
+ - add logic for one degree issued by two departments
+ - fix missing space in abstract block for multiple departments
+ - adjust second department layout on title and abstract pages
+ - table of contents revised
+ - revise documentation
+ - switch default citation style to numeric (from IEEE). Provide examples for IEEE and author/year styles.
+ - add \\AtEndPreamble{..} to mitthesis-newtx-sans-text.tex to accommodate v1.731 of newtx
+ - in chapter1.tex, replace \\text by \\textrm; fix nested link in section heading
+ - remove obsolete hyperref option from xcolor
+ - minor changes to log notes of fontset files
+ - code clean up
+
v1.11 (02 November 2023)
- - Revise all skips on cover page to better group material while allowing for glue compression as content increases; increase font size of author name; provide user macros for control cover page spacing and author name font.
+ - revise all skips on cover page to better group material while allowing for glue compression as content increases; increase font size of author name; provide user macros for control cover page spacing and author name font.
- use \\mdseries for linenumbers in all cases, rather than using the locally active series
- remove \\raggedright in favor of \\bibsetup for bibliography in MIT-Thesis.tex
- add backward compatibility for alt tag of \\includegraphics for pre-2021/11/15 distributions, add alt tag in chapter1.tex
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/cover_page_samples/Two_authors_one_degree_two_departments.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/cover_page_samples/Two_authors_one_degree_two_departments.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c10db9e046
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/cover_page_samples/Two_authors_one_degree_two_departments.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/cover_page_samples/latex_sources/Two_authors_one_degree_two_departments.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/cover_page_samples/latex_sources/Two_authors_one_degree_two_departments.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cf4fce672e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/cover_page_samples/latex_sources/Two_authors_one_degree_two_departments.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+% !TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode
+% !BIB TS-program = biber
+% !BIB program = biber
+
+% Author: John H. Lienhard (c) 2024. Reuse under the MIT license: https://ctan.org/license/mit
+% Version 1.01, 2024/06/25
+
+% Documentation: https://ctan.org/pkg/mitthesis
+
+%% Don't modify the \DocumentMetadata command unless you know what it does.
+%% If this command throws an "undefined" error, your latex system is out of date: try commenting this command out.
+\DocumentMetadata
+{
+ pdfstandard = a-2b,
+ pdfversion = 1.7,
+ lang = en-US,
+% debug = {xmp-export}, % output xmpi file to directly examine metadata
+}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\documentclass[]{mitthesis}
+%
+% option [twoside] gives facing-page behavior for printing; omitting it will eliminate even-numbered blank pages.
+% option [lineno] provides line numbers, as for editing
+% option [mydesign] loads titlesec, enumitem, caption, subcaption - you may edit the mydesign.tex file as you like it.
+% option [fontset] is a keyvalue which can be:
+% pdftex or unicode engines: defaultfonts, libertine, lucida
+% pdftex only: fira-newtxsf, newtx, newtx-sans-text
+% unicode engines (luatex): heros-stix2, stix2, termes, termes-stix2
+% if no key value is given, fonts default to CMR (pdftex) or LMR (unicode), i.e., "the latex font".
+% You can edit the fontset files or you can write your own, myfonts.tex, and do [fontset=myfonts].
+% If you are using multiple languages, load the babel package in your fontset file, before the fonts.
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%% Metadata %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+% Most of the document metadata is created automatically.
+% The following items should be adjusted to match your work. <================= !!!!!!!!!!
+
+\hypersetup{%
+ pdfsubject={Template for writing MIT theses with the mitthesis class},
+ % Change this to briefly state topic of your thesis
+%
+ pdfkeywords={Massachusetts Institute of Technology, MIT},
+ % Add keywords that will help search engines and libraries to find your work.
+ % Includes the name[s] of the author[s]
+ % (If you have used \DocumentMetadata, at line 15, you can just put "\CopyrightAuthor," for the names.)
+%
+ pdfurl={},
+ % If you have a url for the thesis, put it here. Otherwise delete this.
+ % (MIT Libraries will put your thesis in DSPACE with a persistent url after you submit it.)
+%
+ pdfcontactemail={},
+ % You can put a [permanent] email address into the metadata, if you like.
+ % Otherwise delete this.
+%
+ pdfauthortitle={},
+ % If you have a title, you can include it here.
+}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%% End preamble %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\begin{document}
+
+
+%%% edit the following commands to match your thesis %%%%%%%%%%
+
+\title{The Atomic Theory as Applied To Gases, with Some Experiments on the Viscosity of Air}
+
+% \Author{Author full name}{Author department}[Author's first PREVIOUS degree][Author's second PREVIOUS degree][...
+% Note that third, fourth, fifth, and sixth arguments are optional [] and may be omitted
+
+% note on names: most of the following names are made up; Silas Holman was a professor at MIT in the 19th century.
+
+\Author{Silas W. Holman}{Department of Physics}%[B.S. Physics, MIT, 1876][MBA, Ferengi School of Management, 2022]
+%\Author{Luisa Hernández}{Department of Research}%[B.S. Mechanical Engineering, UCLA, 2018][M.S. Stellar Interiors, Vulcan Science Academy, 2020][MBA, Ferengi School of Management, 2022]
+
+% For one degree issued by two departments, leave the degree argument blank for the second degree {}.
+\Degree{Master of Science in Computational Nuclear Materials}{Department of Nuclear Science and Engineering}
+\Degree{}{Center for Computational Science and Engineering}
+
+% If there is more than one supervisor, use the \Supervisor command for each.
+\Supervisor{Edward C. Pickering}{Professor of Physics}
+\Supervisor{Secunda Castor}{Professor of Research}
+%\Supervisor{Quintus Castor}{Professor of Log Dams}
+
+% Professor who formally accepts theses for your department (e.g., the Graduate Officer, Professor Sméagol,...)
+% If more than one department, use more than once
+% If you need to reduce vertical space, put the acceptor title in the second argument and leave the third blank {}.
+\Acceptor{Primus Castor}{Professor and Graduate Officer, Department of Physics}{}
+\Acceptor{Tertius Castor}{Professor and Graduate Officer, Department of Mechanical Engineering}{}
+%\Acceptor{Quarta Castor}{Professor of Lodge Building}{Undergraduate Officer, Department of Mechanical Engineering}
+
+% In this example, several steps have been taken to make the content fit on the title page! The \Acceptors have been confined to two
+% lines in the above commands, the signature block font size is reduced, the skips are tightened, the author names use normal font size,
+% and Luisa's previous degrees are not shown.
+\SignatureBlockSize{\small} %\SignatureBlockSize{\footnotesize}
+\Tighten
+\AuthorNameSize{\normalsize}
+
+% Usage: \DegreeDate{Month}{year}
+% Valid degree months are September, February, or June.
+\DegreeDate{June}{1876}
+
+% Date that final thesis is submitted to department
+\ThesisDate{May 18, 1876}
+
+%%%%%% Choose whether to have a CREATIVE COMMONS License %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% If you are using a cc license, put details of your cc license here.
+% Omit this command if you are not using a cc license.
+%
+\CClicense{CC BY-NC-ND 4.0}{https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/}
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%% Titlepage
+\maketitle
+
+% The abstract environment creates all the required headers and footnote.
+% You only need to add the text of the abstract itself in the file abstract.tex
+\begin{abstract}
+ \input{abstract.tex}% in this case, use \input rather than \include because you are inside an environment
+\end{abstract}
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/cover_page_samples/latex_sources/Two_authors_two_degrees.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/cover_page_samples/latex_sources/Two_authors_two_degrees.tex
index 5e004fe134..fd9fc21485 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/cover_page_samples/latex_sources/Two_authors_two_degrees.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/cover_page_samples/latex_sources/Two_authors_two_degrees.tex
@@ -81,8 +81,8 @@
% Use once for each degree fulfilled by thesis
% For two degrees from one department, leave the department argument blank for the second degree {}.
\Degree{Master of Science in Physics}{Department of Physics}
-%\Degree{Master of Science in Physics}{}
\Degree{Master of Science in Mechanical Engineering}{Department of Mechanical Engineering}
+%\Degree{Master of Science in Physics}{}
% If there is more than one supervisor, use the \Supervisor command for each.
\Supervisor{Edward C. Pickering}{Professor of Physics}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/cover_page_samples/latex_sources/cover_compile.sh b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/cover_page_samples/latex_sources/cover_compile.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..da23571eff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/cover_page_samples/latex_sources/cover_compile.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+#! /bin/bash
+
+# first run
+
+for i in *.tex;
+ do
+ if [ "$i" != "abstract.tex" ] ; then
+ pdflatex $i;
+ fi;
+ done
+
+# second run
+
+for i in *.tex;
+ do
+ if [ "$i" != "abstract.tex" ] ; then
+ pdflatex $i;
+ fi;
+ done
+
+# clean up
+
+mkdir pdffiles
+mv *.pdf pdffiles
+rm *.aux
+rm *.gz
+rm *.log
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Defaultfonts.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Defaultfonts.pdf
index e55782bbb4..c32bcc359c 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Defaultfonts.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Defaultfonts.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Fira_Newtxsf.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Fira_Newtxsf.pdf
index 2d802b2a0e..f78b32a6d9 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Fira_Newtxsf.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Fira_Newtxsf.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Heros-Stix2.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Heros-Stix2.pdf
index 09a93e218b..0262aabdef 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Heros-Stix2.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Heros-Stix2.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Libertine.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Libertine.pdf
index 45b6d25430..44d54df946 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Libertine.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Libertine.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Lucida.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Lucida.pdf
index 383bbfd3a9..d667a4bed4 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Lucida.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Lucida.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Newtx-sans-text.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Newtx-sans-text.pdf
index 3c8fc160ba..9f22058aa0 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Newtx-sans-text.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Newtx-sans-text.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Newtx.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Newtx.pdf
index 142d3afc0d..fabf8cd29a 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Newtx.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Newtx.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Stix2.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Stix2.pdf
index 46b54f1a07..7c38f1d828 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Stix2.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Stix2.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Termes-stix2.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Termes-stix2.pdf
index e4306cb237..c7993b99aa 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Termes-stix2.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Termes-stix2.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Termes.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Termes.pdf
index 93e1db4400..4affab8613 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Termes.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/Termes.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Defaultfonts.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Defaultfonts.tex
index 8b34293ed2..b6480ef952 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Defaultfonts.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Defaultfonts.tex
@@ -56,8 +56,8 @@
%%%%%%%%% Representative set-up for biblatex %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\usepackage[style=ieee,maxbibnames=10,sorting=none]{biblatex}% style=ext-numeric-comp,articlein=false,giveninits=true
- \DefineBibliographyStrings{english}{url= \textsc{url} , }% replaces default "[Online]. Available" by "URL"
+%% Numerical citations of references
+\usepackage[style=ext-numeric-comp,giveninits=true,maxbibnames=10,sorting=none]{biblatex}
\addbibresource{mitthesis-sample.bib}%% <== change to YOUR bib file <================= CHANGE
@@ -246,10 +246,12 @@
%%% Bibliography %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-{ \raggedright% to avoid stretched white space and split urls; DELETE THIS if you prefer justified text
-%
-\printbibliography[title={References},heading=bibintoc]
-}
+\defbibheading{bibintoc}{\chapter*{#1}\addcontentsline{toc}{backmatter}{\refname}}
+% this sets the title of contents name for bibliography to \refname (= References)
+% change "backmatter" to "chapter" if you prefer a bold face entry in the table of contents
+
+\printbibliography[title={\refname},heading=bibintoc]
+
% biblatex also supports chapter-by-chapter bibliography, https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/296502/119566
% see the biblatex manual, section 3.14.3
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Fira_Newtxsf.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Fira_Newtxsf.tex
index d428bcadf1..f2c8ed1158 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Fira_Newtxsf.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Fira_Newtxsf.tex
@@ -56,8 +56,8 @@
%%%%%%%%% Representative set-up for biblatex %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\usepackage[style=ieee,maxbibnames=10,sorting=none]{biblatex}% style=ext-numeric-comp,articlein=false,giveninits=true
- \DefineBibliographyStrings{english}{url= \textsc{url} , }% replaces default "[Online]. Available" by "URL"
+%% Numerical citations of references
+\usepackage[style=ext-numeric-comp,giveninits=true,maxbibnames=10,sorting=none]{biblatex}
\addbibresource{mitthesis-sample.bib}%% <== change to YOUR bib file <================= CHANGE
@@ -246,12 +246,11 @@
%%% Bibliography %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-{ \raggedright% to avoid stretched white space and split urls; DELETE THIS if you prefer justified text
-%
-\printbibliography[title={References},heading=bibintoc]
-}
-% biblatex also supports chapter-by-chapter bibliography, https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/296502/119566
-% see the biblatex manual, section 3.14.3
+\defbibheading{bibintoc}{\chapter*{#1}\addcontentsline{toc}{backmatter}{\refname}}
+% this sets the title of contents name for bibliography to \refname (= References)
+% change "backmatter" to "chapter" if you prefer a bold face entry in the table of contents
+
+\printbibliography[title={\refname},heading=bibintoc]
%%%% Option for natbib %%%%%%%%%%%%%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Heros-Stix2.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Heros-Stix2.tex
index 1ae057c0cd..7e914bfa38 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Heros-Stix2.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Heros-Stix2.tex
@@ -56,8 +56,8 @@
%%%%%%%%% Representative set-up for biblatex %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\usepackage[style=ieee,maxbibnames=10,sorting=none]{biblatex}% style=ext-numeric-comp,articlein=false,giveninits=true
- \DefineBibliographyStrings{english}{url= \textsc{url} , }% replaces default "[Online]. Available" by "URL"
+%% Numerical citations of references
+\usepackage[style=ext-numeric-comp,giveninits=true,maxbibnames=10,sorting=none]{biblatex}
\addbibresource{mitthesis-sample.bib}%% <== change to YOUR bib file <================= CHANGE
@@ -246,9 +246,13 @@
%%% Bibliography %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\defbibheading{bibintoc}{\chapter*{#1}\addcontentsline{toc}{backmatter}{\refname}}
+% this sets the title of contents name for bibliography to \refname (= References)
+% change "backmatter" to "chapter" if you prefer a bold face entry in the table of contents
+
{ \raggedright% to avoid stretched white space and split urls; DELETE THIS if you prefer justified text
%
-\printbibliography[title={References},heading=bibintoc]
+\printbibliography[title={\refname},heading=bibintoc]
}
% biblatex also supports chapter-by-chapter bibliography, https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/296502/119566
% see the biblatex manual, section 3.14.3
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Libertine.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Libertine.tex
index 8fa97df9b0..9198d8a489 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Libertine.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Libertine.tex
@@ -56,8 +56,8 @@
%%%%%%%%% Representative set-up for biblatex %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\usepackage[style=ieee,maxbibnames=10,sorting=none]{biblatex}% style=ext-numeric-comp,articlein=false,giveninits=true
- \DefineBibliographyStrings{english}{url= \textsc{url} , }% replaces default "[Online]. Available" by "URL"
+%% Numerical citations of references
+\usepackage[style=ext-numeric-comp,giveninits=true,maxbibnames=10,sorting=none]{biblatex}
\addbibresource{mitthesis-sample.bib}%% <== change to YOUR bib file <================= CHANGE
@@ -246,10 +246,12 @@
%%% Bibliography %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-{ \raggedright% to avoid stretched white space and split urls; DELETE THIS if you prefer justified text
-%
-\printbibliography[title={References},heading=bibintoc]
-}
+\defbibheading{bibintoc}{\chapter*{#1}\addcontentsline{toc}{backmatter}{\refname}}
+% this sets the title of contents name for bibliography to \refname (= References)
+% change "backmatter" to "chapter" if you prefer a bold face entry in the table of contents
+
+\printbibliography[title={\refname},heading=bibintoc]
+
% biblatex also supports chapter-by-chapter bibliography, https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/296502/119566
% see the biblatex manual, section 3.14.3
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Lucida.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Lucida.tex
index 1af3c90754..3fd445d4ff 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Lucida.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Lucida.tex
@@ -56,8 +56,8 @@
%%%%%%%%% Representative set-up for biblatex %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\usepackage[style=ieee,maxbibnames=10,sorting=none]{biblatex}% style=ext-numeric-comp,articlein=false,giveninits=true
- \DefineBibliographyStrings{english}{url= \textsc{url} , }% replaces default "[Online]. Available" by "URL"
+%% Numerical citations of references
+\usepackage[style=ext-numeric-comp,giveninits=true,maxbibnames=10,sorting=none]{biblatex}
\addbibresource{mitthesis-sample.bib}%% <== change to YOUR bib file <================= CHANGE
@@ -246,10 +246,12 @@
%%% Bibliography %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-{ \raggedright% to avoid stretched white space and split urls; DELETE THIS if you prefer justified text
-%
-\printbibliography[title={References},heading=bibintoc]
-}
+\defbibheading{bibintoc}{\chapter*{#1}\addcontentsline{toc}{backmatter}{\refname}}
+% this sets the title of contents name for bibliography to \refname (= References)
+% change "backmatter" to "chapter" if you prefer a bold face entry in the table of contents
+
+\printbibliography[title={\refname},heading=bibintoc]
+
% biblatex also supports chapter-by-chapter bibliography, https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/296502/119566
% see the biblatex manual, section 3.14.3
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Newtx-sans-text.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Newtx-sans-text.tex
index 87ad88c57e..9729118c30 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Newtx-sans-text.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Newtx-sans-text.tex
@@ -56,8 +56,8 @@
%%%%%%%%% Representative set-up for biblatex %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\usepackage[style=ieee,maxbibnames=10,sorting=none]{biblatex}% style=ext-numeric-comp,articlein=false,giveninits=true
- \DefineBibliographyStrings{english}{url= \textsc{url} , }% replaces default "[Online]. Available" by "URL"
+%% Numerical citations of references
+\usepackage[style=ext-numeric-comp,giveninits=true,maxbibnames=10,sorting=none]{biblatex}
\addbibresource{mitthesis-sample.bib}%% <== change to YOUR bib file <================= CHANGE
@@ -246,12 +246,11 @@
%%% Bibliography %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-{ \raggedright% to avoid stretched white space and split urls; DELETE THIS if you prefer justified text
-%
-\printbibliography[title={References},heading=bibintoc]
-}
-% biblatex also supports chapter-by-chapter bibliography, https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/296502/119566
-% see the biblatex manual, section 3.14.3
+\defbibheading{bibintoc}{\chapter*{#1}\addcontentsline{toc}{backmatter}{\refname}}
+% this sets the title of contents name for bibliography to \refname (= References)
+% change "backmatter" to "chapter" if you prefer a bold face entry in the table of contents
+
+\printbibliography[title={\refname},heading=bibintoc]
%%%% Option for natbib %%%%%%%%%%%%%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Newtx.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Newtx.tex
index eb96cc7892..e2cebe98ac 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Newtx.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Newtx.tex
@@ -56,8 +56,8 @@
%%%%%%%%% Representative set-up for biblatex %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\usepackage[style=ieee,maxbibnames=10,sorting=none]{biblatex}% style=ext-numeric-comp,articlein=false,giveninits=true
- \DefineBibliographyStrings{english}{url= \textsc{url} , }% replaces default "[Online]. Available" by "URL"
+%% Numerical citations of references
+\usepackage[style=ext-numeric-comp,giveninits=true,maxbibnames=10,sorting=none]{biblatex}
\addbibresource{mitthesis-sample.bib}%% <== change to YOUR bib file <================= CHANGE
@@ -246,10 +246,12 @@
%%% Bibliography %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-{ \raggedright% to avoid stretched white space and split urls; DELETE THIS if you prefer justified text
-%
-\printbibliography[title={References},heading=bibintoc]
-}
+\defbibheading{bibintoc}{\chapter*{#1}\addcontentsline{toc}{backmatter}{\refname}}
+% this sets the title of contents name for bibliography to \refname (= References)
+% change "backmatter" to "chapter" if you prefer a bold face entry in the table of contents
+
+\printbibliography[title={\refname},heading=bibintoc]
+
% biblatex also supports chapter-by-chapter bibliography, https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/296502/119566
% see the biblatex manual, section 3.14.3
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/README_font_sample_sources.txt b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/README_font_sample_sources.txt
index c4d5c782c1..beacdde0a3 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/README_font_sample_sources.txt
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/README_font_sample_sources.txt
@@ -12,3 +12,5 @@ mitthesis-sample.bib
mydesign.tex
All of those files are in the directory mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template.
+
+You should also copy the fontsets directory (and mitthesis.cls) into this folder.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Stix2.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Stix2.tex
index ffc9657186..6fe4965432 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Stix2.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Stix2.tex
@@ -56,8 +56,8 @@
%%%%%%%%% Representative set-up for biblatex %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\usepackage[style=ieee,maxbibnames=10,sorting=none]{biblatex}% style=ext-numeric-comp,articlein=false,giveninits=true
- \DefineBibliographyStrings{english}{url= \textsc{url} , }% replaces default "[Online]. Available" by "URL"
+%% Numerical citations of references
+\usepackage[style=ext-numeric-comp,giveninits=true,maxbibnames=10,sorting=none]{biblatex}
\addbibresource{mitthesis-sample.bib}%% <== change to YOUR bib file <================= CHANGE
@@ -246,10 +246,12 @@
%%% Bibliography %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-{ \raggedright% to avoid stretched white space and split urls; DELETE THIS if you prefer justified text
-%
-\printbibliography[title={References},heading=bibintoc]
-}
+\defbibheading{bibintoc}{\chapter*{#1}\addcontentsline{toc}{backmatter}{\refname}}
+% this sets the title of contents name for bibliography to \refname (= References)
+% change "backmatter" to "chapter" if you prefer a bold face entry in the table of contents
+
+\printbibliography[title={\refname},heading=bibintoc]
+
% biblatex also supports chapter-by-chapter bibliography, https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/296502/119566
% see the biblatex manual, section 3.14.3
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Termes-stix2.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Termes-stix2.tex
index 29bb0e05cf..3bbf3c8333 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Termes-stix2.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Termes-stix2.tex
@@ -56,8 +56,8 @@
%%%%%%%%% Representative set-up for biblatex %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\usepackage[style=ieee,maxbibnames=10,sorting=none]{biblatex}% style=ext-numeric-comp,articlein=false,giveninits=true
- \DefineBibliographyStrings{english}{url= \textsc{url} , }% replaces default "[Online]. Available" by "URL"
+%% Numerical citations of references
+\usepackage[style=ext-numeric-comp,giveninits=true,maxbibnames=10,sorting=none]{biblatex}
\addbibresource{mitthesis-sample.bib}%% <== change to YOUR bib file <================= CHANGE
@@ -246,10 +246,12 @@
%%% Bibliography %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-{ \raggedright% to avoid stretched white space and split urls; DELETE THIS if you prefer justified text
-%
-\printbibliography[title={References},heading=bibintoc]
-}
+\defbibheading{bibintoc}{\chapter*{#1}\addcontentsline{toc}{backmatter}{\refname}}
+% this sets the title of contents name for bibliography to \refname (= References)
+% change "backmatter" to "chapter" if you prefer a bold face entry in the table of contents
+
+\printbibliography[title={\refname},heading=bibintoc]
+
% biblatex also supports chapter-by-chapter bibliography, https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/296502/119566
% see the biblatex manual, section 3.14.3
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Termes.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Termes.tex
index fb2f11a35d..92a905fe99 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Termes.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/Termes.tex
@@ -56,8 +56,8 @@
%%%%%%%%% Representative set-up for biblatex %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\usepackage[style=ieee,maxbibnames=10,sorting=none]{biblatex}% style=ext-numeric-comp,articlein=false,giveninits=true
- \DefineBibliographyStrings{english}{url= \textsc{url} , }% replaces default "[Online]. Available" by "URL"
+%% Numerical citations of references
+\usepackage[style=ext-numeric-comp,giveninits=true,maxbibnames=10,sorting=none]{biblatex}
\addbibresource{mitthesis-sample.bib}%% <== change to YOUR bib file <================= CHANGE
@@ -246,10 +246,12 @@
%%% Bibliography %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-{ \raggedright% to avoid stretched white space and split urls; DELETE THIS if you prefer justified text
-%
-\printbibliography[title={References},heading=bibintoc]
-}
+\defbibheading{bibintoc}{\chapter*{#1}\addcontentsline{toc}{backmatter}{\refname}}
+% this sets the title of contents name for bibliography to \refname (= References)
+% change "backmatter" to "chapter" if you prefer a bold face entry in the table of contents
+
+\printbibliography[title={\refname},heading=bibintoc]
+
% biblatex also supports chapter-by-chapter bibliography, https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/296502/119566
% see the biblatex manual, section 3.14.3
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/compile-font-samples.sh b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/compile-font-samples.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..fdb19c1f4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/examples/font_samples/latex_sources/compile-font-samples.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+#! /bin/bash
+
+# first run
+
+pdflatex Defaultfonts
+pdflatex Fira_Newtxsf
+pdflatex Libertine
+pdflatex Lucida
+pdflatex Newtx-sans-text
+pdflatex Newtx
+
+lualatex Heros-Stix2
+lualatex Stix2
+lualatex Termes-stix2
+lualatex Termes
+
+# biber
+
+biber Defaultfonts
+biber Fira_Newtxsf
+biber Libertine
+biber Lucida
+biber Newtx-sans-text
+biber Newtx
+biber Heros-Stix2
+biber Stix2
+biber Termes-stix2
+biber Termes
+
+# second run
+
+pdflatex Defaultfonts
+pdflatex Fira_Newtxsf
+pdflatex Libertine
+pdflatex Lucida
+pdflatex Newtx-sans-text
+pdflatex Newtx
+
+lualatex Heros-Stix2
+lualatex Stix2
+lualatex Termes-stix2
+lualatex Termes
+
+# third run
+
+pdflatex Defaultfonts
+pdflatex Fira_Newtxsf
+pdflatex Libertine
+pdflatex Lucida
+pdflatex Newtx-sans-text
+pdflatex Newtx
+
+lualatex Heros-Stix2
+lualatex Stix2
+lualatex Termes-stix2
+lualatex Termes
+
+# clean up
+
+mkdir pdffiles
+mv *.pdf pdffiles
+rm *.aux
+rm *.bbl
+rm *.bcf
+rm *.blg
+rm *.log
+rm *.lot
+rm *.lof
+rm *.toc
+rm *.xml
+
+
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/mitthesis-doc/mitthesis-doc.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/mitthesis-doc/mitthesis-doc.pdf
index 611f9c69ac..8d0d2ba588 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/mitthesis-doc/mitthesis-doc.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/mitthesis-doc/mitthesis-doc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/mitthesis-doc/mitthesis-doc.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/mitthesis-doc/mitthesis-doc.tex
index 2b434f49a7..8822ba28fa 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/mitthesis-doc/mitthesis-doc.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/mitthesis-doc/mitthesis-doc.tex
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
% !TEX TS-program = lualatex
% !TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode
-% Version date: 02 November 2023
+% Version date: 13 April 2024
\DocumentMetadata
{
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ This new MIT thesis template was developed in 2023 at the request of the MIT Lib
\subsection*{System requirements}
The new \texttt{mitthesis} class uses the features of \LaTeX\ as of 2022, with limited backward compatibility. An up-to-date \LaTeX\ system is therefore necessary when using this template.
-\LaTeX\ is a free, open source system. The entire system is distributed through the \TeX\ Live platform (\url{https://www.tug.org/texlive/}), including the basic format, packages, and user interfaces. The system operates on Windows, MacOS, and Unix/Linux. \TeX\ Live is formally updated each year in the spring, and the associated utility package allows users download the most current codes more frequently if they desire. (At the time of this writing, the commercial platform Overleaf.com provides similar functionality.)
+\LaTeX\ is a free, open source system. The entire system is distributed through the \TeX\ Live platform (\url{https://www.tug.org/texlive/}), including the basic format, packages, and user interfaces. The system operates on Windows, MacOS, and Unix/Linux. \TeX\ Live is formally updated each year in the spring, and the associated utility package allows users to download the most current codes more frequently if they desire. (At the time of this writing, the commercial platform Overleaf.com provides similar functionality.)
If you are missing a package or documentation, you may obtain it at no cost from CTAN (\href{http://ctan.org}{ctan.org}).
@@ -398,10 +398,10 @@ bm & defines commands to access bold math symbols (loaded for default fonts) &
bookmarks& is loaded automatically under the new pdf-management system & customize pdf bookmarks \\
doi & support for hyperlinking DOIs & hyperlink a doi number: \verb|\doi{..}| \\
etoolbox & extend or modify other macros & can use in preamble if needed \\
-iftex & check which \LaTeX\ engine is running& macros to check which engine, e.g., \verb|\ifpdftex| \\
geometry & set page size and margins & can use \verb|\newgeometry| in \texttt{mydesign.tex}\\
graphicsx& support for inserting images & use to include graphics\\
hyperref & support for hyperlinks and metadata & must complete setup in preamble\\
+iftex & check which \LaTeX\ engine is running& macros to check which engine, e.g., \verb|\ifpdftex| \\
mathtools& loads and extends \texttt{amsmath} & \textbf{many useful math macros available}. See documentation for \texttt{amsmath} and \texttt{mathtools} \\[0.7em]
\midrule
hyperxmp & fallback if no \verb|\DocumentMetadata{..}|& ---\\
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ If you wish to adapt this template for use at a different institution, you can p
\end{itemize}
Please do not remove the license/copyright text from the sources files --- this code took me some time write!
-\section*{RESOURCES FOR \LaTeX}
+\section*[RESOURCES FOR LATEX]{RESOURCES FOR \LaTeX}
\LaTeX\ documentation is easy to find online. A few useful resources, among many, are these:
\begin{description}
\item[\LaTeX\ Wikibook.] \url{https://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX}. An online tutorial book.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/mitthesis.cls b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/mitthesis.cls
index b48703d745..e3643987e3 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/mitthesis.cls
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/mitthesis.cls
@@ -4,11 +4,11 @@
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%%
%% This file provides the mitthesis LaTeX class for formatting theses according to
-%% MIT Libraries' requirements as of 2023.
+%% MIT Libraries' requirements as of 2024.
%%
%% This file's version and date:
- \def\versionno{1.11}
- \def\versiondate{2023/11/02\space}
+ \def\versionno{1.12}
+ \def\versiondate{2024/07/02\space}
%%
%% Author: John H. Lienhard, V
%% Department of Mechanical Engineering
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
%%
%% LICENSE:
%%
-%% Copyright (c) 2023 John H. Lienhard
+%% Copyright (c) 2024 John H. Lienhard
%%
%% Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
%% associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
@@ -57,34 +57,24 @@
\providecommand\IfFormatAtLeastTF{\@ifl@t@r\fmtversion}% compare version to date; \If... added to latex 2020/10/01
\providecommand\IfPackageAtLeastTF{\@ifpackagelater}% compare version to date; \If... added to latex 2020/10/01
-\providecommand\IfPackageLoadedTF{\@ifpackageloaded}% \If...added to latex 2021/11/15
+\providecommand\IfPDFManagementActiveTF{\@secondoftwo}% \If... added to latex 2021/07/23
+\providecommand\IfPackageLoadedTF{\@ifpackageloaded}% \If... added to latex 2021/11/15
+\providecommand\ClassNoteNoLine[2]{\typeout{^^JClass Note #1: #2.^^J}}% log & terminal note... added to latex 2021/11/15
\IfFormatAtLeastTF{2020/10/01}{%
- \typeout{^^JYour LaTeX format is dated \fmtversion. LaTeX distributions from 2022/11/01 or later are strongly recommended for best results^^J}
+ \ClassNoteNoLine{\ClassName}{Your LaTeX format is dated \fmtversion. LaTeX distributions from 2022/11/01 or later are strongly recommended for best results}
}{%
\ClassError{\ClassName}{Your LaTeX format is dated \fmtversion. Formats dated 2022/11/01 or later are strongly recommended for this class. Older formats may generate errors}{Please UPDATE your LaTeX distribution to obtain best results. TeX Live is available for download at no charge: \string https://www.tug.org/texlive/. You can try to click past the errors for now...}%
}
-% check whether pdfmanagement (\DocumentMetadata) has been loaded (if not, fall back to hyperxmp)
+% check whether pdfmanagement (\DocumentMetadata) has been loaded (if not, fall back to hyperxmp and bookmark packages after loading hyperref)
\newif\ifmit@pdfmanagement
-\ExplSyntaxOn
- \msg_new:nnn { \ClassName } { loading_hyperxmp } { pdfmanagement\ is\ not\ active.\ Will\ load\ hyperxmp\ instead. }
- % As of 2021/07/23 we could instead use \IfPDFManagementActiveTF{true code}{false code}
- \IfFormatAtLeastTF{2020/10/01}{
- \bool_if:nTF
- {
- \bool_lazy_and_p:nn
- { \cs_if_exist_p:N \pdfmanagement_if_active_p: }
- { \pdfmanagement_if_active_p: }
- }
- { \mit@pdfmanagementtrue }
- { \mit@pdfmanagementfalse
- \msg_warning:nn { \ClassName } { loading_hyperxmp }
- }
- }{ \mit@pdfmanagementfalse
- \msg_warning:nn { \ClassName } { loading_hyperxmp }
- }
-\ExplSyntaxOff
+\IfPDFManagementActiveTF{
+ \mit@pdfmanagementtrue
+}{
+ \mit@pdfmanagementfalse
+ \ClassWarningNoLine{\ClassName}{pdfmanagement is not active. Will load hyperxmp and bookmark packages instead}
+}
% Enable pre-2020/10 formats to access essential macros later moved into LaTeX kernel
\ifdefined\NewDocumentCommand\else
@@ -163,19 +153,35 @@
%%%%%%%%%%%%% Patch table of contents, list of figures, and list of tables %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\RequirePackage{etoolbox}% provides \patchcmd
-
-% We'd like these sections to have pdf bookmarks and to have the two lists appear in the table of contents
+% We'd like these sections to have pdf bookmarks and to have the two lists appear in the table of contents and have
+% pdf bookmarks. This is not automatic for \chapter*, which is the format of toc, lof, and lot.
-\patchcmd{\tableofcontents}{\@starttoc{toc}}{\pdfbookmark[0]{Table of Contents}{toc}\@starttoc{toc}}{}{}
-\patchcmd{\listoffigures}{\chapter*{\listfigurename}}{\chapter*{\listfigurename}\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\listfigurename}}{}{}
-\patchcmd{\listoftables}{\chapter*{\listtablename}}{\chapter*{\listtablename}\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\listtablename}}{}{}
+\RequirePackage{etoolbox}% provides \patchcmd
+\patchcmd{\tableofcontents}{\contentsname}{\pdfbookmark[0]{Table of Contents}{toc}\contentsname}{}{} % placement matters.
+\patchcmd{\listoffigures}{\chapter*{\listfigurename}}{\chapter*{\phantomsection\listfigurename}\addcontentsline{toc}{frontmatter}{\listfigurename}}{}{}
+\patchcmd{\listoftables}{\chapter*{\listtablename}}{\chapter*{\phantomsection\listtablename}\addcontentsline{toc}{frontmatter}{\listtablename}}{}{}
+
+\NewCommandCopy\l@frontmatter\l@chapter
+\NewCommandCopy\l@backmatter\l@chapter
+\providecommand*{\toclevel@frontmatter}{0}% prevent warning, see hyperref manual Sec. 13.3
+\providecommand*{\toclevel@backmatter}{0}
+%% if you want different formatting for front/back matter, change here (cf. report.cls). This approach preserves tagging hooks.
+\AtBeginDocument{
+ \patchcmd{\l@frontmatter}{\bfseries}{\itshape}{}{}
+ \patchcmd{\l@frontmatter}{\nobreak\hfil}{\upshape\nobreak\hfil}{}{}
+ \patchcmd{\l@frontmatter}{1.0em}{3pt}{}{}
+ \patchcmd{\l@backmatter}{\bfseries}{\itshape}{}{}
+ \patchcmd{\l@backmatter}{\nobreak\hfil}{\upshape\nobreak\hfil}{}{}
+}
%%%%%%%%%%%%% Geometry, mathtools, graphics, design, fonts, hyperrefs, bookmarks, footnotes %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%\RequirePackage[letterpaper,top=1in,bottom=0.97136in,left=1in,right=1in,marginparwidth=50pt,headsep=12pt,footskip=0.47136in]{geometry} % bottom margin allows 45\baselineskip in \textheight
-\RequirePackage[letterpaper,top=1in,bottom=1in,left=1in,right=1in,marginparwidth=50pt,headsep=12pt,footskip=0.5in,heightrounded]{geometry} % 44\baselineskip = \texteheight - \topskip = 650.0pt - 12pt with rounded height
+%\RequirePackage[letterpaper,top=1in,bottom=0.97136in,left=1in,right=1in,marginparwidth=50pt,headsep=12pt,footskip=0.47136in]{geometry}
+% bottom margin allows 45\baselineskip in \textheight
+
+\RequirePackage[letterpaper,top=1in,bottom=1in,left=1in,right=1in,marginparwidth=50pt,headsep=12pt,footskip=0.5in,heightrounded]{geometry}
+% 44\baselineskip = \texteheight - \topskip = 650.0pt - 12pt with rounded height
\RequirePackage{mathtools}% loads and extends amsmath; must load before hyperref and unicode-math
@@ -198,16 +204,17 @@
https://ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/mitthesis/MIT-thesis-template.}%
}%
\else
- \RequirePackage[hyperref,dvipsnames,svgnames,x11names]{xcolor}
+ \RequirePackage[dvipsnames,svgnames,x11names]{xcolor}
%
\RequirePackage{caption,subcaption}
%
\RequirePackage{titlesec}
% these titlesec commands just automate the bold math in some headings (rest follows default styles)
% NOT every font includes a bold math version, so you may need to use other math macros in the headings to get bold math <==
- \titleformat{\section}{\mathversion{bold}\normalfont\Large\bfseries}{\thesection }{1em}{}
+ % Predefined fontsets for which bold math exists are: CMR, Fira, Libertinus, Lucida, newtx
+ \titleformat{\section}{\mathversion{bold}\normalfont\Large\bfseries}{\thesection}{1em}{}
\titleformat{\subsection}{\mathversion{bold}\normalfont\large\bfseries}{\thesubsection}{1em}{}
- \titleformat{\subsubsection}{\mathversion{bold}\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}{\thesubsubsection}{1em}{}
+ \titleformat{\subsubsection}{\mathversion{bold}\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}{\thesubsubsection}{1em}{}
%
\AtBeginDocument{
\hypersetup{
@@ -226,21 +233,21 @@
\RequirePackage{iftex}[2019/11/07]% provides \ifpdftex, etc.
-\typeout{^^JFontset key is \mit@fontset.^^J}
+\ClassNoteNoLine{\ClassName}{Fontset key is \mit@fontset}
\IfFileExists{fontsets/\ClassName-\mit@fontset.tex}{% 2023/07/03
\input{fontsets/\ClassName-\mit@fontset.tex}
}{%
- \ClassWarning{\ClassName}{^^JFontset file \ClassName-\mit@fontset.tex or subdirectory fontsets not found, will look for \mit@fontset.tex in your working directory.}
+ \ClassWarning{\ClassName}{Fontset file \ClassName-\mit@fontset.tex or subdirectory fontsets not found, will look for \mit@fontset.tex in your working directory}
\IfFileExists{\mit@fontset.tex}{% 2023/08/30
\input{\mit@fontset.tex}
}{
- \ClassWarning{\ClassName}{^^JFontset file \mit@fontset.tex not found, using default fonts. You may need to place the fontset file into your working directory.}
+ \ClassWarning{\ClassName}{Fontset file \mit@fontset.tex not found, using default fonts. You may need to place the fontset file into your working directory}
\ifpdftex
- \typeout{^^JLoading Computer Modern text and math fonts (default for pdftex).^^J}
+ \ClassNoteNoLine{\ClassName}{Loading Computer Modern text and math fonts (default for pdftex)}
\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}
\RequirePackage{bm}
\else
- \typeout{^^JLoading Latin Modern text and math fonts (default for unicode engines).^^J}
+ \ClassNoteNoLine{\ClassName}{Loading Latin Modern text and math fonts (default for unicode engines)}
\RequirePackage[warnings-off={mathtools-colon,mathtools-overbracket}]{unicode-math}
% suppress tiresome warnings about lack of integration between mathtools and unicode-math.
% Unicode-math loads fontspec package, but default fonts are not selected by fontspec in this case.
@@ -251,15 +258,18 @@
%%%%%%%%%%%% Hyperref %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\RequirePackage[psdextra]{hyperref}
-% the new pdf-management scheme loads the bookmarks package internally.
% authors should use hypersetup to set details, in root .tex file
\urlstyle{same} % this changes font for \url to the current text font
-\providecommand\hrefurl[2]{\href{#1}{#2}}% in case \DocumentMetadata has not been loaded
\RequirePackage{doi} % create macro for hyperlinking doi numbers
+%% In case \DocumentMetadata was not loaded
+\providecommand\hrefurl[2]{\href{#1}{#2}}
+
+% pdfmanagement loads bookmarks package internally
\ifmit@pdfmanagement\else
\RequirePackage{hyperxmp}
+ \RequirePackage{bookmark}
\fi
% the user can alter these choices in the preamble, or by
@@ -289,7 +299,7 @@
\pdfstringdefDisableCommands{%
\def\bm#1#{\relax}%
}
-%%% Let's disable \( and \) in pdf bookmarks
+%% Let's disable \( and \) in pdf bookmarks
\pdfstringdefDisableCommands{%
\def\({\relax}%
\def\){\relax}%
@@ -312,10 +322,22 @@
\def\footnote#1{}%
}
+%%% Here's a more cumbersome removal of the warning for $ (math shift) in pdfbookmarks.
+%%% Not implementing this by default, since novice authors may benefit from the warning.
+%%% https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/620360/119566
+%\let\oldHyPsd@CatcodeWarning\HyPsd@CatcodeWarning
+%\renewcommand{\HyPsd@CatcodeWarning}[1]{%
+% \ifnum\pdfstrcmp{#1}{math shift}=0 % If 'math shift' is present, do nothing
+% \else
+% \oldHyPsd@CatcodeWarning{#1}% % else, keep usual warning.
+% \fi
+%}
\ExplSyntaxOn
%\debug_on:n {all}
+\prop_gput:Nnn \g_msg_module_type_prop { \ClassName } { Class }
+
%%%%%%%%%% Commas between successive footnotes %%%
\cs_new:Npn \__mitthesis_NoteComma:n { \peek_meaning:NT \footnote {\textsuperscript{\mdseries,}} }
@@ -339,18 +361,19 @@
\tl_gremove_all:No \g__dd_month_tl { \space }
\tl_gremove_all:No \g__dd_year_tl { \space }
\str_case_e:nnF
-% { \str_casefold:e { \tl_to_str:N \g__dd_month_tl } } % not def'd until 2022/10/16
+% { \str_casefold:e { \tl_to_str:N \g__dd_month_tl } } % command not def'd until 2022/10/16
{ \str_lowercase:f { \tl_to_str:N \g__dd_month_tl } }
{ {february}{} {may}{} {june}{} {september}{}}
{ \msg_error:nnn { \ClassName } { wrong_month } {#1} }
}
\msg_new:nnnn { \ClassName } { wrong_month } {The\ degree\ month\ must\ be\ one\ of\ February,\ May,\ June,\ or\ September.} {You\ cannot\ use\ #1\ as\ the\ degree\ month.}
-\cs_generate_variant:Nn \text_titlecase:n {o,V}
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \text_titlecase_first:n {V}
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \text_titlecase_all:n {V}
\NewDocumentCommand\DegreeDate{mm}{% {month}{year}
\__dd_setdates:nn {#1}{#2}
- \cs_new:Npn \DegreeMonth { \text_titlecase:V { \g__dd_month_tl } }
- \cs_new:Npn \DegreeYear { \text_titlecase:V { \g__dd_year_tl } }
+ \cs_new:Npn \DegreeMonth { \text_titlecase_first:V { \str_lowercase:f \g__dd_month_tl } }
+ \cs_new:Npn \DegreeYear { \text_expand:n { \g__dd_year_tl } }% edited 2024/06/24
}
\msg_new:nnnn { \ClassName } { no_degree_date } {Missing\ degree\ date!}{
You\ MUST\ issue\ the\ \DegreeDate{month}{year}\ command\ between\ \string\begin{document}\ and\ \string\maketitle.}
@@ -516,7 +539,6 @@
\seq_new:N \g_supervisor_title_seq
\int_gzero_new:N \g_supervisor_supervisorcnt_int
-
\NewDocumentCommand\Supervisor{mm}{
\tl_if_blank:nTF{#1}{
\msg_error:nn { \ClassName } { blank_supervisor }
@@ -535,10 +557,22 @@
\cs_new_protected:Nn \__supervisor_data_add:nn
{
\int_gincr:N \g_supervisor_supervisorcnt_int
- \seq_gput_right:cx { g_supervisor_name_seq } { \tl_trim_spaces:n {#1} }
+ \seq_gput_right:cx { g_supervisor_name_seq } { \tl_trim_spaces:n {#1} }
\seq_gput_right:cx { g_supervisor_title_seq } { \tl_trim_spaces:n {#2} }
}
+\tl_new:N \g_titlepage_supervisor_designation_tl
+\tl_new:N \g_abstract_supervisor_designation_tl
+\tl_gset:Nn \g_titlepage_supervisor_designation_tl {Thesis\ Supervisor}
+\tl_gset:Nn \g_abstract_supervisor_designation_tl {Thesis\ supervisor}% style from MIT Libraries
+
+% If for some reason you need to change "Thesis Supervisor" to a different string (say, "Doctoral Advisor")
+% This construction removes leading and trailing spaces and lowercases the string.
+% Commands in output modules handle titlecasing.
+\NewDocumentCommand\SupervisorDesignation{ m } {
+ \tl_gset:Nn \g_titlepage_supervisor_designation_tl { \str_lowercase:f { \tl_trim_spaces:n {#1} } }
+ \tl_gset:Nn \g_abstract_supervisor_designation_tl { \str_lowercase:f { \tl_trim_spaces:n {#1} } }
+ }
\cs_new:Nn \__supervisor_abstractblock: {
\int_zero_new:N \l__supervisor_supervisorno_int
@@ -549,11 +583,13 @@
\msg_error:nn { \ClassName } { no_supervisor }
}
{\int_until_do:nNnn { \l__supervisor_supervisorno_int } = { \g_supervisor_supervisorcnt_int } {
- Thesis\ supervisor:\space \seq_item:cn { g_supervisor_name_seq } { \l__supervisor_supervisorno_int }\par
+ \text_titlecase_first:V { \g_abstract_supervisor_designation_tl } :\space
+ \seq_item:cn { g_supervisor_name_seq } { \l__supervisor_supervisorno_int }\par
Title:\space \seq_item:cn { g_supervisor_title_seq } { \l__supervisor_supervisorno_int }\par\medskip
\int_incr:N \l__supervisor_supervisorno_int
}
- Thesis\ supervisor:\space \seq_item:cn { g_supervisor_name_seq } { \l__supervisor_supervisorno_int }\par
+ \text_titlecase_first:V { \g_abstract_supervisor_designation_tl } :\space
+ \seq_item:cn { g_supervisor_name_seq } { \l__supervisor_supervisorno_int }\par
Title:\space \seq_item:cn { g_supervisor_title_seq } { \l__supervisor_supervisorno_int }\ignorespaces
}
}
@@ -607,36 +643,56 @@
%%%%%%%%%% End Acceptor Module %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%%%%%%%%% Degree Module %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%%%%%%%%% Degree Module %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% extensive edits 2024/06/25
\seq_new:N \g_degree_name_seq
\seq_new:N \g_degree_department_seq
\int_gzero_new:N \g_degree_degreecnt_int
-\int_gzero_new:N \g__degree_degreeflag_int
+\int_gzero_new:N \g_degree_deptcnt_int
\NewDocumentCommand\Degree{mm}
{
- \tl_if_blank:nTF {#1} {
- \msg_error:nn { \ClassName } { blank_degree }
- }{
- \__degree_data_add:nn { #1 } { #2 }
- }
- \tl_if_blank:nT {#2} {
- \int_gset_eq:NN \g__degree_degreeflag_int \g_degree_degreecnt_int
- \msg_warning:nnx { \ClassName } { blank_degree_dep } { \int_to_arabic:n { \g__degree_degreeflag_int } }
- \tl_if_blank:nT {#1} { \int_gincr:N \g__degree_degreeflag_int }% in case both are blank
- }
+ \int_compare:nNnTF { \g_degree_deptcnt_int } = {0} {
+ \tl_if_blank:nTF {#1} {
+ \msg_error:nn { \ClassName } { no_degree_name }
+ }{
+ \__degree_data_add:nn { #1 } { #2 }
+ \int_gincr:N \g_degree_degreecnt_int
+ }
+ \tl_if_blank:nT {#2} {
+ \msg_error:nn { \ClassName } { no_degree_dep }
+ }{
+ \int_gincr:N \g_degree_deptcnt_int
+ }
+ }{
+ \tl_if_blank:nTF {#1} {
+ \msg_warning:nn { \ClassName } { blank_degree }
+ }{
+ \__degree_data_add:nn { #1 } { #2 }
+ \int_gincr:N \g_degree_degreecnt_int
+ }
+ \tl_if_blank:nTF {#2} {
+ \msg_warning:nn { \ClassName } { blank_degree_dep }
+ }{
+ \int_gincr:N \g_degree_deptcnt_int
+ \tl_if_blank:nT {#1} { % in case department is blank
+ \__degree_data_add:nn { #1 } { #2 }
+ }
+ }
+ }
}
+
\cs_new_protected:Nn \__degree_data_add:nn
{
- \int_gincr:N \g_degree_degreecnt_int
\seq_gput_right:cx { g_degree_name_seq } { \tl_trim_spaces:n {#1} }
\seq_gput_right:cx { g_degree_department_seq } { \tl_trim_spaces:n {#2} }
}
-\msg_new:nnnn { \ClassName } { blank_degree } {Missing\ degree\ name,\ check\ for\ blank\ in\ \Degree\ command.}
- {You\ MUST\ provide\ a\ degree\ name\ using\ the\ \Degree{name}{department}\ command.}
-\msg_new:nnnn { \ClassName } { blank_degree_dep } {Missing\ degree\ department\ for\ Degree\ command\ number\
- #1.\ Will\ treat\ as\ a\ duplicate\ of\ previous\ department.}{}
+\msg_new:nnnn { \ClassName } { no_degree_name } {Missing\ degree\ name,\ check\ for\ blank\ in\ \Degree\ command.}
+ {You\ MUST\ provide\ at\ least\ one\ degree\ name\ using\ the\ \Degree{name}{department}\ command.}
+\msg_new:nnnn { \ClassName } { no_degree_dep } {Missing\ degree\ department\ for\ Degree\ command.}
+ {You\ MUST\ provide\ at\ least\ one\ department\ name\ using\ the\ \Degree{name}{department}\ command.}
+\msg_new:nnnn { \ClassName } { blank_degree } {Missing\ degree\ name\ in\ second\ Degree\ command.\ Will\ treat\ as\ two\ departments\ issuing\ one\ degree.}{}
+\msg_new:nnnn { \ClassName } { blank_degree_dep } {Missing\ degree\ department\ in\ second\ \ Degree\ command.\ Will\ treat\ as\ one\ department\ issuing\ two\ degrees.}{}
\int_zero_new:N \l__degree_degreeno_int
\int_zero_new:N \l__degree_departmentno_int
@@ -651,20 +707,18 @@
\int_incr:N \l__degree_departmentno_int
\cs_new:Nx \__degree_prevdept: {\seq_item:cn { g_degree_department_seq } { \l__degree_departmentno_int } }
\cs_new:Nn \__degree_currdept: {}
- \mbox {Submitted\ to\ the\ } \mbox {\__degree_prevdept:}
- \int_until_do:nNnn { \l__degree_departmentno_int } = { \g_degree_degreecnt_int } {
+% \mbox {Submitted\ to\ the\ } \mbox {\__degree_prevdept:}
+ {Submitted\ to\ the\ \__degree_prevdept:}
+ \int_until_do:nNnn { \l__degree_departmentno_int } = { \g_degree_deptcnt_int } {
\int_incr:N \l__degree_departmentno_int
\cs_set:Nx \__degree_currdept: {\seq_item:cn { g_degree_department_seq } { \l__degree_departmentno_int } }
- \int_compare:nNnTF { \l__degree_departmentno_int } = {\g__degree_degreeflag_int } { \scan_stop: }
- {
- \mbox {\ and\ the}\linebreak
- \mbox {\__degree_currdept: }
- }
- }
+ \mbox {\ and}\linebreak
+ \mbox {the\ \__degree_currdept: }
+ }
\linebreak \mbox {in\ partial\ fulfillment\ of\ the\ requirements\ for\ the\
\int_compare:nNnTF { \g_degree_degreecnt_int } > {1} {degrees} {degree}
\ of}
- \par%\medskip, removed 2023/10/25 to work better with four block layout of title page
+ \par
\int_until_do:nNnn { \l__degree_degreeno_int } = { \g_degree_degreecnt_int } {
\text_uppercase:n {\seq_item:cn { g_degree_name_seq } { \l__degree_degreeno_int }}\par and\par
\int_incr:N \l__degree_degreeno_int
@@ -681,16 +735,14 @@
\int_set:Nn \l__degree_departmentno_int {1}
\cs_set:Nx \__degree_prevdept: {\seq_item:cn { g_degree_department_seq } { \l__degree_departmentno_int } }
\cs_set:Nn \__degree_currdept: {}
- \mbox {Submitted\ to\ the\ }\mbox{\__degree_prevdept:}
- \int_until_do:nNnn { \l__degree_departmentno_int } = { \g_degree_degreecnt_int } {
- \int_incr:N \l__degree_departmentno_int
+% \mbox {Submitted\ to\ the\ }\mbox {\__degree_prevdept:} % changed 2024/4/20
+ {Submitted\ to\ the\ \__degree_prevdept:}
+ \int_until_do:nNnn { \l__degree_departmentno_int } = { \g_degree_deptcnt_int } {
+ \int_incr:N \l__degree_departmentno_int
\cs_set:Nx \__degree_currdept: {\seq_item:cn { g_degree_department_seq } { \l__degree_departmentno_int } }
- \int_compare:nNnTF { \g__degree_degreeflag_int } = { \g_degree_degreecnt_int } { \scan_stop: }
- {
- \mbox {\ and\ the}\linebreak
- \mbox { \__degree_currdept: }
- }
- }
+ \mbox {\ and}\linebreak
+ \mbox {the\ \__degree_currdept: }
+ }
\linebreak \mbox{on\ \g_dd_thesisdate_tl\ in\ partial\ fulfillment\ of\ the\ requirements\ for\ the\
\int_compare:nNnTF { \g_degree_degreecnt_int } > {1} {degrees} {degree}
\ of}
@@ -749,7 +801,9 @@
\int_do_while:nNnn { \g__signature_supno_int } < { \g_supervisor_supervisorcnt_int } {
\int_gincr:N \g__signature_supno_int
Certified\ by: \> \seq_item:cn { g_supervisor_name_seq } { \g__signature_supno_int } \\
- \> \seq_item:cn { g_supervisor_title_seq } { \g__signature_supno_int },\ Thesis\ Supervisor\\[1em]
+ \> \seq_item:cn { g_supervisor_title_seq } { \g__signature_supno_int },\
+ \text_titlecase_all:V { \g_titlepage_supervisor_designation_tl }\\[1em]
+ %\ Thesis\ Supervisor\\[1em]
}
\int_compare:nNnF { \g_acceptor_acceptorcnt_int } = {0} {
\int_do_while:nNnn { \g__signature_accno_int } < { \g_acceptor_acceptorcnt_int } {
@@ -908,8 +962,10 @@
{\centering \vbox_to_ht:nn { \vsize }% to prevent signature block from breaking across page
{
\setlength{\parskip}{7.5pt plus 1pt minus 1pt}% edited all vertical space on this page 2023/10/25
- \setlength{\parindent}{0pt}
- {\Large\textbf{\g_mitthesis_title_tl}\phantomsection\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Title\ page}\par} % revise for tagging in future
+ \setlength{\parindent}{0pt}\pdfbookmark[0]{Title\ page}{titlepage}
+ {\Large\textbf{\g_mitthesis_title_tl}
+ %\phantomsection\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Title\ page}
+ \par}
\__titlepage_blockskip:nn {12}{1.5}% new idea
\__author_block:
\__titlepage_blockskip:nn {12}{1.5}
@@ -937,14 +993,17 @@
%%%%%%%%%% Abstract page Module %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% to change abstract name, follow either of these approaches in your preamble:
+% to change abstract name (e.g., to "Summary"), follow either approach in your preamble:
% \RenewExpandableDocumentCommand\abstractname{}{Summary}
% \renewcommand\abstractname{Summary}
\RenewDocumentEnvironment{abstract}{+b}{
\newpage
\begin{center}
- {\large{\textbf{\g_mitthesis_title_tl}}\phantomsection\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\abstractname}\par} % revise for tagging as LaTeX evolves further
+ \pdfbookmark[0]{Abstract}{abstract}
+ {\large{\textbf{\g_mitthesis_title_tl}}
+ %\phantomsection\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\abstractname}
+ \par}
\setlength{\parskip}{0.5\baselineskip plus 2pt minus 2pt}
\__author_abstractblock:
\par
@@ -992,11 +1051,12 @@
% Increase first optional argument to a dimension > 2em if wide entries cause undesired misalignment of columns.
% Second optional argument can be used to rename the environment, e.g., to List of Symbols.
% Third optional argument selects section-level or chapter-level style for the nomenclature list.
+\newcounter{dummy}% for tagging code
\NewDocumentEnvironment{nomenclature}{O{2em} O{\nomname} O{section}}{%
\setlength\columnsep{2em}
\setlength{\nomenwidth}{#1}
\csname #3\endcsname *{#2}% this level will vary amongst users!
- \phantomsection\addcontentsline{toc}{#3}{#2}% tagged pdf may not capture both of these ... 2023/10/18
+ \refstepcounter{dummy}\addcontentsline{toc}{#3}{#2}% \refstepcounter is a hack until tagging code evolves more
\raggedright
\begin{list}{}{%
\setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/pdfx/pdfx.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/pdfx/pdfx.pdf
index 86e447b283..140c496d52 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/pdfx/pdfx.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/pdfx/pdfx.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/pdfx/src/pdfx.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/pdfx/src/pdfx.dtx
index ffdb92ee01..573a23b611 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/pdfx/src/pdfx.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/pdfx/src/pdfx.dtx
@@ -1,33 +1,33 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
-%
+%
% File: pdfx.dtx
%
% Copyright (c) 2019, CV Radhakrishnan <cvr@river-valley.org>,
% Han The Thanh <thanh@river-valley.org>,
% Ross Moore <ross.moore@mq.edu.au>,
% Peter Selinger <selinger@mathstat.dal.ca>
-%
+%
% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this
% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version
% of this license is in:
-%
+%
% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%
+%
% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
% version 1999/12/01 or later.
%
% \fi
%
-% \CheckSum{6309}
+% \CheckSum{6802}
% \iffalse
%
%<*driver>
\pdfcompresslevel 9
\providecommand{\pdfxopt}{a-2u}
\providecommand{\lastyear}{2018}
-\providecommand{\thisyear}{2019}
-\begin{filecontents*}{./\jobname.xmpdata}
+\providecommand{\thisyear}{2024}
+\begin{filecontents}[force]{./\jobname.xmpdata}
\Title{Generation of PDF/X- and PDF/A-compliant PDFs with pdfTeX \textemdash\ pdfx.sty}
\Author{\CVR\sep \Thanh\sep Ross Moore\sep Peter Selinger}
\Subject{This package supports generation of PDF/X-, PDF/A- and PDF/E-compliant documents, in most of their variants, using pdfLaTeX, LuaLaTeX and XeLaTeX.}
@@ -37,10 +37,10 @@
\Copyright{Public domain.}
\Copyrighted{False}
\CopyrightURL{http://tug.org/texlive/}
-\CoverDisplayDate{March \thisyear}
-\CoverDate{\thisyear-03-10}
+\CoverDisplayDate{July \thisyear}
+\CoverDate{\thisyear-07-01}
\CreatorTool{LaTeX + pdfx.sty with option \pdfxopt, from TeX Live \thisyear}
-\Date{2017-05-18\sep 2017-06-23\sep 2018-11-29\sep 2018-12-22\sep 2019-02-08\sep 2019-03-10}
+\Date{2024-07-01}
\Advisory{An earlier version of this documentation was published as: TUGboat 36, No.2, pp.136\textendash 142 (2015)}
\Advisory{v1.6: Added XMP support for PDF/UA-1. Added more Metadata fields and Language support.}
\Advisory{v1.6: Default RGB and CMYK profiles now require the colorprofiles.sty package.}
@@ -52,16 +52,29 @@
\Advisory{v1.6: Support for 8-bit Hebrew encodings, some Arabic and Devanagari.}
\Advisory{v1.6: Updated documentation, incl. for LaTeX changes.}
\Advisory{v1.6.1: Fixed issue with ifthen package; improved Metadata with LuaTeX and XeTeX.}
-\Advisory{v.1.6.1: Flexibility with page boxes for PDF/X.}
-\Advisory{v.1.6.2: Fixed passing of options to xcolor, and some glyphtounicode values.}
-\Advisory{v.1.6.2: Fixed encoding issue. Extra warning when colorprofiles.tex is missing.}
-\Advisory{v.1.6.3: Properly fixed encoding issue; supports \string\pdfomitcharset\ primitive.}
-\Advisory{v.1.6.3: Reference to veraPDF validation software; additions to glyphtounicode-ntx.tex.}
-\Advisory{v.1.6.3: Patched \string\mathaccentV\ to output accents after the base character.}
+\Advisory{v1.6.1: Flexibility with page boxes for PDF/X.}
+\Advisory{v1.6.2: Fixed passing of options to xcolor, and some glyphtounicode values.}
+\Advisory{v1.6.2: Fixed encoding issue. Extra warning when colorprofiles.tex is missing.}
+\Advisory{v1.6.3: Properly fixed encoding issue; supports \string\pdfomitcharset\ primitive.}
+\Advisory{v1.6.3: Reference to veraPDF validation software; additions to glyphtounicode-ntx.tex.}
+\Advisory{v1.6.3: Patched \string\mathaccentV\ to output accents after the base character.}
+\Advisory{v1.6.4: Added check and warning with luatex for whether \string\pdfminorversion\ can be changed.}
+\Advisory{v1.6.4: Ensure correct \string\catcode for input characters up to 31, when reading .xmpdata file.}
+\Advisory{v1.6.4: Disabled patched \string\mathaccentV\ due to incompatibility with wide base expressions.}
+\Advisory{v1.6.5: Support for \string\Nickname\ as Metadata command.}
+\Advisory{v1.6.5: Ensure par is unexpandable when reading Metadata.}
+\Advisory{v1.6.5a: Support for Memoir class's \string\stockwidth\ and \string\stockheight.}
+\Advisory{v1.6.5a: Added pdf20 option for PDF 2.0, with support for \string\pdfmajorversion.}
+\Advisory{v1.6.5b: Avoid loading xmpincl package from within a TeX grouping.}
+\Advisory{v1.6.5c: Avoid loading stringenc package from within a TeX grouping.}
+\Advisory{v1.6.5d: Disable some options for xcolor after use.}
+\Advisory{v1.6.5e: Ensure \string\pdfmajorversion\ and \string\pdfminorversion\ are both defined and set correctly.}
+\Advisory{v1.6.5e: Updated documentation; added new Bibliography entries and revised URL links.}
+\Advisory{v1.6.5f: Reset ifpdf properly; support \string\creationdate with XeTeX. Revised Glossary layout.}
\pdfxEnableCommands{%
\def\CVR{C.V. Radhakrishnan}\def\Thanh{H\`an Th\eee Thanh}%
\def\eee{^^c3^^aa^^cc^^81 }}
-\end{filecontents*}
+\end{filecontents}
\PassOptionsToPackage{dvipsnames,svgnames}{xcolor}
\documentclass[a4paper]{ltxdoc}
\usepackage[\pdfxopt]{pdfx}
@@ -104,12 +117,12 @@
% \GetFileInfo{pdfx.dtx}
%
% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newenvironment}
-%
+%
% \DoNotIndex{\def,\edef,\gdef,\xdef,\global,\long,\let}
% \DoNotIndex{\expandafter,\string,\the,\ifx,\else,\fi}
% \DoNotIndex{\csname,\endcsname,\relax,\begingroup,\endgroup}
% \DoNotIndex{\DeclareTextCommand,\DeclareTextCompositeCommand}
-% \DoNotIndex{\space,\@empty,\special,\@nil,\advance\@nnil,\z@,\@@mod}
+% \DoNotIndex{\space,\@empty,\special,\@nil,\z@,\@@mod}
% \DoNotIndex{\\,\@gobble,\@@,\@fornoop,\@fortmp,\@ifundefined,\@firstoftwo,\@secondoftwo}
% \DoNotIndex{\@tempcnta,\@tempcntb,\@tempboxa,\ifnot@empty,\@this,\@firstofone}
% \DoNotIndex{\{,\},\alph,\bgroup,\dp,\ht,\kern,\egroup}
@@ -134,78 +147,92 @@
% \DoNotIndex{\scantokens,\typeout,\vrule,\wd}
%
% \changes{v1.00}{2008/12/01}{Initial commit to the CVS.}
-% \changes{v1.01}{2008/12/10}{glyphtounicode-cmr.tex included with the package.}
-% \changes{v1.3}{2008/12/01}{Fix copyright in xmp files.}
+% \changes{v1.01}{2008/12/10}{\texttt{glyphtounicode-cmr.tex} included with the package.}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2008/12/01}{Fix copyright in \texttt{.xmp} files.}
% \changes{v1.5.4}{2015/02/28}{Fixed timezone bug; Unicode support; more
% PDF variants; added color profiles.}
-% \changes{v1.5.5}{2015/03/23}{Support for PDF/X-4p and PDF/X-5pg
+% \changes{v1.5.5}{2015/03/23}{Support for PDF/X-4p and PDF/X-5pg
% with external color profiles.}
% \changes{v1.5.6}{2016/02/05}{Suppressed `dummy-space' font warning;
-% removed spurious '?' in XMP packets; improved handling of Color Profiles;
-% ensure Hy@pdfatrue when building PDF/A, for link flags;
-% properly enables xcolor conversion of color models.}
-% \changes{v1.5.7}{2016/02/17}{Removed UTF-8 characters that appear in
+% removed spurious `?' in XMP packets; improved handling of Color Profiles;
+% ensure \texttt{\textbackslash Hy@pdfatrue} when building PDF/A, for link flags;
+% properly enables \texttt{xcolor} conversion of color models.}
+% \changes{v1.5.7}{2016/02/17}{Removed UTF-8 characters that appear in
% the documentation only, within comments in the package source,
% but result in a validation failure. Language support in XMP metadata.
% Added macros for Windows and Mac system color profile directories.}
% \changes{v1.5.8}{2016/05/03}{MediaBox, TrimBox, etc. derived from
-% the paperheight, paperwidth. Improved language support, incl. KOI8-R
+% the \texttt{\textbackslash paperheight}, \texttt{\textbackslash paperwidth}.
+% Improved language support, incl. KOI8-R
% encoded cyrillics, Armenian OT6, and LGR Greek encoding, incl. polytonic Greek.
% All the encodings Latin-1--9 are supported for upper 8-bit characters.
-% Fixed the quoted file-name problem, evident with LuaTeX.
+% Fixed the quoted file-name problem, evident with Lua\TeX.
% Method to generate correct bookmarks with non-active (transliterated) input.
-% Added support for XeLaTeX, improvements with LuaTeX. Updated documentation.}
+% Added support for Xe\LaTeX, improvements with Lua\TeX. Updated documentation.}
% \changes{v1.5.82}{2017/05/12}{%
-% Adjusted to changes in the LaTeX core, affecting macros for composite
+% Adjusted to changes in the \LaTeX\ core, affecting macros for composite
% commands; incl. \texttt{\textbackslash textsuperscript} and others.}%
-% \changes{v1.5.83}{2017/05/16}{Improved support for XeLaTeX and LuaLaTeX.}%
-% \changes{v1.5.84}{2017/05/18}{Fully expand options for hyperref. Better support
+% \changes{v1.5.83}{2017/05/16}{Improved support for Xe\LaTeX\ and Lua\LaTeX.}%
+% \changes{v1.5.84}{2017/05/18}{Fully expand options for \texttt{hyperref}. Better support
% for extended IPA letters and modifiers. Adjusted release versions and dates.}%
-% \changes{v1.5.85}{2017/06/23}{Fixed bugs, and fully implemented L8U as
-% a pseudo-encoding; renamed L8U files into the form *-penc.def }%
-% \changes{v1.6}{2018/11/18}{Added XMP support for PDF/UA-1.
-% Added more Metadata fields and Language support.
-% Default RGB and CMYK profiles now require the colorprofiles.sty package.
-% Added file CallasColorProfiles.tex .
-% Revised glyphtounicode.sty to use variation selectors, altered maps to PUA
-% codepoints; added more glyphs via glyphtounicode-ntx.tex .
+% \changes{v1.5.85}{2017/06/23}{Fixed bugs, and fully implemented L8U as
+% a pseudo-encoding; renamed L8U files into the form \texttt{*-penc.def}.}%
+% \changes{v1.6}{2018/11/18}{Added XMP support for PDF/UA-1.
+% Added more Metadata fields and Language support.
+% Default RGB and CMYK profiles now require the \texttt{colorprofiles.sty} package.
+% Added file \texttt{CallasColorProfiles.tex}.
+% Revised \texttt{glyphtounicode.sty} to use variation selectors, altered maps to PUA
+% codepoints; added more glyphs via \texttt{glyphtounicode-ntx.tex}.
% Support for 8-bit Hebrew encodings, some Arabic and Devanagari.
-% Updated documentation, incl. for LaTeX changes.
+% Updated documentation, incl. for \LaTeX\ changes.
% }%
-% \changes{v1.6.1}{2018/12/22}{Fixed issue with ifthen package;
-% improved Metadata with LuaTeX and XeTeX. Flexibility with page boxes for PDF/X.}%
-% \changes{v1.6.2}{2019/01/04}{Fixed passing of options to xcolor, and some glyphtounicode values.}%
-% \changes{v1.6.3}{2019/02/27}{Fixed encoding issues; support for new pdfomitcharset primitive;
-% reference to veraPDF validation software; additions to glyphtounicode-ntx.tex.}%
+% \changes{v1.6.1}{2018/12/22}{Fixed issue with \texttt{ifthen} package;
+% improved Metadata with Lua\TeX\ and Xe\TeX. Flexibility with page boxes for PDF/X.}%
+% \changes{v1.6.2}{2019/01/04}{Fixed passing of options to \texttt{xcolor}, and some \texttt{glyphtounicode} values.}%
+% \changes{v1.6.3}{2019/02/27}{Fixed encoding issues; support for new \texttt{\textbackslash pdfomitcharset} primitive;
+% reference to \textsf{veraPDF} validation software; additions to \texttt{glyphtounicode-ntx.tex}.}%
+% \changes{v1.6.4}{2019/09/26}{Added check and warning with \texttt{luatex} for whether \texttt{\textbackslash pdfminorversion} can be changed;
+% ensure correct \texttt{\textbackslash catcode} for input characters up to 31, when reading \texttt{.xmpdata} file;
+% disabled patched \texttt{\textbackslash mathaccentV} due to incompatibility with wide base expressions.}
+% \changes{v1.6.5}{2021/07/06}{Support for \texttt{\textbackslash Nickname} as Metadata command;
+% ensure \texttt{\textbackslash par} is unexpandable when processing XMP metadata.}
+% \changes{v1.6.5a}{2023/10/17}{Added option \texttt{pdf20} for future need with PDF 2.0; support for \texttt{\textbackslash pdfmajorversion};
+% support for Memoir's \texttt{\textbackslash stockwidth} and \texttt{\textbackslash stockheight} dimen registers.}
+% \changes{v1.6.5b}{2024/04/05}{Avoid loading \texttt{xmpincl} package from within a \TeX\ grouping.}
+% \changes{v1.6.5c}{2024/05/23}{Avoid loading \texttt{stringenc} package from within a \TeX\ grouping.}
+% \changes{v1.6.5d}{2024/05/29}{Adjust for non-zero \texttt{\textbackslash stockwidth} only; prevent changes to \texttt{xcolor} options after use.}
+% \changes{v1.6.5e}{2024/06/22}{Ensure \texttt{\textbackslash pdfmajorversion} and \texttt{\textbackslash pdfminorversion}
+% are both defined and set correctly. Updated documentation; added new Bibliography entries and revised URL links.}
+% \changes{v1.6.5f}{2024/06/24}{Reset \texttt{\textbackslash ifpdf} properly; support \texttt{\textbackslash creationdate} with Xe\TeX. Revised Glossary layout.}
% \title{Generation of PDF/X- and PDF/A-\penalty-200 compliant PDFs with \pdftex --- \texttt{pdfx.sty}}
-% \date{2019/02/27}
-% \version{1.6.3}
+% \date{2024/07/01}
+% \version{1.6.5f}
% \keywords{PDF, PDF/A, PDF/X, pdf\TeX, \LaTeX, Multilingual Metadata}
% \author{C.\,V.\,Radhakrishnan, \Thanh, Ross Moore {\upshape\small
% and} Peter Selinger}
% \contact{\texttt{[cvr,thanh]@river-valley.org},\\%
-% \texttt{ross.moore@mq.edu.au}, \texttt{selinger@mathstat.dal.ca}\hss}
-%
+% \texttt{ozross@icloud.com}, \texttt{selinger@mathstat.dal.ca}\hss}
+%
% \maketitle
%
% \StopEventually{}
%
% \section[Introduction]{Introduction}
%
-% This package\footnote{An earlier version of this documentation
+% This package\footnote{An earlier version of this documentation
% was published as \cite{pdfx}. All the changes since then have been developed
% and coded by the 3rd-listed author.}
-% currently supports generation of PDF/X-, PDF/A- and PDF/E-compliant
+% currently supports generation of PDF/X-, PDF/A- and PDF/E-compliant
% documents, using \pdftex, in most of their variants;
% see the complete list in Section~\ref{ssec-options} below.
% As of \TeX\,Live 2016 it now also works with Lua\LaTeX\ and Xe\LaTeX,
% when using appropriate command-line options\footnote{%
-% The required invokation is:\quad
+% The required invocation is:\quad
% |xelatex --shell-escape -output-driver="xdvipdfmx -z 0" <filename>.tex |}, but
% with some limitations --- see Sections~\ref{sssec-xetex} and \ref{sssec-luatex}.
-% By `supports', we mean that the package provides correct and sufficient
+% By `supports', we mean that the package provides correct and sufficient
% means to declare that a document conforms with a stated PDF variant
-% (PDF/X, PDF/A, PDF/E, PDF/VT, PDF/UA, etc.) along with the version and/or
+% (PDF/X, PDF/A, PDF/E, PDF/VT, PDF/UA, etc.) along with the version and/or
% level of conformance.
% This package also allows appropriate Metadata and Color Profile
% to be specified, according to the requirements of the PDF variant.
@@ -216,7 +243,7 @@
% information as well as a large range of optional data, a fully validating
% PDF file cannot be achieved. The PDF can be created, having the correct
% visual appearance on all pages, but it will not pass validation checks.
-% Sections~\ref{ssec-metadata} and \ref{ssec-multi} describe
+% Sections~\ref{ssec-metadata} and \ref{ssec-multi} describe
% how this file should be constructed.
%
% \medskip
@@ -224,23 +251,24 @@
% of document structure and type of content that may be required
% (or restricted) within a PDF variant. For example, PDF/VT \cite{PDFVT} requires
% well-structured parts, using Form XObject sections tagged as `/DPart'.
-% Similarly PDF/A-1a (and 2a and 3a) \cite{PDFA,PDFA2,PDFA3} require
-% a fully `Tagged PDF', including a detailed structure tagging which
+% Similarly PDF/A-1a (and 2a and 3a) \cite{PDFA,PDFA2,PDFA3} require
+% a fully `Tagged PDF', including a detailed structure tagging which
% envelops the complete contents of the document, as does also PDF/UA \cite{PDF-UA}.
-% This is beyond the current version of \LaTeX\ engines, as commonly shipped.
+% This is beyond the current version of \LaTeX\ engines as commonly shipped;
+% though see Section~\ref{sec-pdf20} for recent developments.
% So while this package provides enough to meet the declaration,
-% metadata and font-handling aspects for these PDF/A variants,
-% it is not sufficient to produce fully conforming PDFs.
-% However, with extra \pdftex-based software or macro coding that \emph{is} capable
-% of producing `Tagged PDF', this package can be used as part of
-% the overall workflow to produce fully conforming documents.
+% Metadata and font-handling aspects for these PDF/A variants,
+% it is not sufficient to produce fully-conforming PDFs.
+% However, with extra \pdftex-based software or macro coding that \emph{is} capable
+% of producing `Tagged PDF', this package can be used as part of
+% the overall workflow to produce fully-conforming documents; see \cite{tpdf}.
%
%
% \subsection{PDF standards}\label{ssec-standards}
%
% PDF/X and PDF/A are umbrella terms used to denote several ISO
-% standards \cite{PDFX,PDFX3,PDFX1a,PDFX4,PDFX5,PDFA,PDFA2,PDFA3}
-% that define different subsets of the PDF standard \cite{PDF17,ISO32000}.
+% standards \cite{PDFX,PDFX3,PDFX1a,PDFX4,PDFX5,PDFA,PDFA2,PDFA3}
+% that define different subsets of the PDF standard \cite{PDF17,ISO32000}.
% The objective of PDF/X is to facilitate graphics exchange between
% document creator and printer and therefore, has all requirements
% related to printing. For instance, in PDF/X, all fonts need to be
@@ -249,28 +277,28 @@
% specifications of PDF/X.
% Since 2005 other variants of PDF/X have emerged, as extra effects
% (such as layering and transparency) have been supported within the PDF
-% standard itself. The full range of versions and conformance supported
+% standard itself. The full range of versions and conformance supported
% in this package is discussed below in Section~\ref{ssec-options}.
%
% PDF/A defines a profile for archiving PDF documents, which ensures
% the documents can be reproduced in the exact same way in years to
% come. A key element to achieving this is that PDF/A documents
% are 100\% self-contained. All the information needed to display the
-% document in the same manner every time is embedded in the file.
+% document in the same manner every time is embedded in the file.
% A PDF/A document is not permitted to be reliant on information from
% external sources. Other restrictions include avoidance of
-% audio/video content, JavaScript and encryption.
-% Mandatory inclusion of fonts, color profile and standards-based metadata
+% audio/video content, JavaScript and encryption.
+% Mandatory inclusion of fonts, color profile and standards-based metadata
% are absolutely essential for PDF/A.
% Later versions allow for use of image compression and file attachments.
%
-% PDF/E is an ISO standard \cite{PDFE} intended for documents used in engineering workflows.
+% PDF/E is an ISO standard \cite{PDFE} intended for documents used in engineering workflows.
% PDF/VT \cite{PDFVT} allows for high-volume customised form printing, such as utility bills.
% PDF/UA (`Universal Accessibility') has emerged as a standard \cite{PDF-UA,PDFUA1,PDFUABSI}
-% supporting Assistive Technologies, incorporating web-accessibility guidelines (WCAG)
-% for electronic documents.
+% supporting Assistive Technologies, incorporating web-accessibility guidelines (WCAG)
+% for electronic documents.
% In future, PDF/H may emerge for health records and medical-related
-% documents. Other applications can be envisaged.
+% documents. Other applications can be envisaged.
% Declarations and Metadata are supported for the first three of these.
% The others are the subject of further work; revised versions of this
% package can be expected in later years.
@@ -281,6 +309,30 @@
% and whatever else is relevant to how the standards have been established
% and how they can be used.
%
+% \subsection{Later \LaTeX\ changes, support for newer PDF standards}\label{sec-pdf20}
+%
+% Although PDF 2.0~\cite{PDF20} was first published in 2017 and revised in 2020, it has taken
+% a long time for it to become a target format for documents built using \LaTeX.
+% This is because the requirement of using `Tagged PDF' is stringent, requiring
+% a reworking of almost every aspect of \LaTeX's document production model \cite{LaTeXPDF}.
+% Work to this end is going on, via the PDF Association's `\LaTeX\ Project LWG'\cite{PDF-LaTeX},
+% the experimental |tagpdf| package \cite{tagpdf}, and Ross Moore's |tpdf| package and macro suite \cite{tpdf}.
+% Significant internal changes have been made to \LaTeX\ itself, which in turn have
+% required the |v1.6.5x| updates in 2024 to this |pdfx| package. We thank the following users for reporting
+% issues arising from such changes: Sergio Zenoni, Takehiko Tanabe, Tom\'a\v s Nov\'a\v cek.
+%
+% In early 2024 the PDF Association published several documents for new and updated standards
+% based upon PDF 2.0~\cite{PDF20}. These include PDF/UA-2 \cite{PDFUA2}, PDF `Declarations' \cite{PDFDecl},
+% `Well-Tagged PDF' (WTPDF) \cite{WTPDF} with declarations for `Accessibility' and `Reuse',
+% adding to PDF/A-4 \cite{PDFA4}, PDF/X-6 \cite{PDFX6} and PDF/VT-3 \cite{PDFVT3}, each with various flavours.
+% To support these, there will be released in late 2024 a variant named |pdfx2| as an extension of |pdfx|,
+% with separate documentation detailing how to specify appropriate XMP metadata \cite{XMP-ISO}.
+%
+% Once |pdfx2| becomes available, this will take on the role of handling new developments for
+% \LaTeX\ support of PDF 2.0-based software solutions. The |pdfx| package will remain under
+% active development, primarily to ensure compatibility of existing documents with PDF 1.7-based
+% requirements (tagged or otherwise), following any further changes in \LaTeX\ or other packages.
+%
% \section[Usage]{Usage}\label{sec-usage}
%
% The package can be loaded with the command:
@@ -292,7 +344,7 @@
% \subsection{Package options}\label{ssec-options}
%
% \subsubsection{PDF/A options}
-%
+%
% PDF/A is an ISO standard~\cite{PDFA,PDFA2,PDFA3} intended for long-term archiving of
% electronic documents. It therefore emphasizes self-containedness and
% reproducibility, as well as machine-readable metadata. The PDF/A
@@ -307,7 +359,7 @@
% versions contain a subset of the features of later versions, so for
% maximum portability, it is preferable to use a lower-numbered
% version, when the extra features allowed in higher versions are not used.
-% There is no conformance level `u' in version 1 of the standard.
+% There is no conformance level `u' in version 1 of the standard.
% Thus for many typical uses of PDF/A, it is sufficient to use PDF/A-1b.
%
% \begin{itemize}
@@ -320,28 +372,28 @@
% \item |a-3b|: generate PDF/A-3b.
% \item |a-3u|: generate PDF/A-3u.
% \end{itemize}
-% By `Experimental, not fully implemented' here we mean primarily that
+% By `Experimental, not fully implemented' here we mean primarily that
% the document structure, as required for `Tagged PDF', is not handled
-% by this package. Using other \pdftex-based software that \emph{is}
+% by this package. Using other \pdftex-based software that \emph{is}
% capable of producing such complete tagging, conforming documents
% can indeed be produced.
%
% \subsubsection{PDF/E options}
-%
+%
% PDF/E is an ISO standard~\cite{PDFE} intended for documents used in engineering
% workflows. There is only one version of the PDF/E standard so far,
% and it is called PDF/E-1.
-%
+%
% \begin{itemize}
% \item |e-1|: generate PDF/E-1.
% \item |e|: same as |e-1|.
% \end{itemize}
%
% \subsubsection{PDF/UA options}
-%
-% PDF/UA is an ISO and ANSI standard~\cite{PDF-UA,PDFUABSI} intended for making
-% structured documents readable and navigable using Assistive Technology;
-% e.g., screen-readers, Braille keyboards and such-like.
+%
+% PDF/UA is an ISO and ANSI standard~\cite{PDF-UA,PDFUABSI} intended for making
+% structured documents readable and navigable using Assistive Technology;
+% e.g., screen-readers, Braille keyboards and such-like.
% Documents prepared this way can be easily saved in other formats which
% preserve the structure, such as XML, HTML, and (Microsoft) Word-based formats.
%
@@ -359,20 +411,20 @@
% multi-file exchange, and level 2s is for streamed delivery.
% Currently, none of the PDF/VT conformance levels are fully
% implemented by the |pdfx| package.
-%
+%
% \begin{itemize}
% \item |vt-1|: generate PDF/VT-1, based on PDF/X-4. Experimental, not fully implemented
% \item |vt-2|: generate PDF/VT-2, based on PDF/X-5pg. Experimental, not fully implemented.
% \item |vt-2s|: generate PDF/VT-2s. Experimental, not fully implemented.
% \end{itemize}
-% By `Experimental, not fully implemented' here we mean primarily that
+% By `Experimental, not fully implemented' here we mean primarily that
% the structuring of a document into `/DPart' sections, as Form XObjects,
-% is not handled by this package.
-% This \emph{is} possible with current \pdftex\ software,
+% is not handled by this package.
+% This \emph{is} possible with current \pdftex\ software,
% but not yet in a way that lends itself easily to full automation, due to
% requirements of knowing the internal object number of certain internal
-% PDF constructs. All the other aspects: PDFInfo declaration, Metadata
-% and Color Profile, of the PDF/VT variants are correctly handled.
+% PDF constructs. All the other aspects: PDFInfo declaration, Metadata
+% and Color Profile, of the PDF/VT variants are correctly handled.
%
% \subsubsection{PDF/X options}
%
@@ -380,13 +432,13 @@
% emphasizes printing-related requirements, such as embedded fonts and
% color profiles. The PDF/X standard has a large number of variants
% and conformance levels. The basic variants are X-1, X-1a,
-% X-3, X-4, and X-5. (Note that a revised version of the X-2 standard
-% was published in 2003 but withdrawn as an ISO standard in 2011,
-% basically due to lack of interest in using it).
-% The PDF/X-1a standard exists in revisions of 2001 and 2003,
-% the PDF/X-3 standard exists in revisions of 2002 and 2003,
-% and the PDF/X-4 and PDF/X-5 standards exist in revisions of 2008 and 2010.
-% Moreover, some of these standards have a `p' version, which permits the
+% X-3, X-4, and X-5. (Note that a revised version of the X-2 standard
+% was published in 2003 but withdrawn as an ISO standard in 2011,
+% basically due to lack of interest in using it).
+% The PDF/X-1a standard exists in revisions of 2001 and 2003,
+% the PDF/X-3 standard exists in revisions of 2002 and 2003,
+% and the PDF/X-4 and PDF/X-5 standards exist in revisions of 2008 and 2010.
+% Moreover, some of these standards have a `p' version, which permits the
% use of an externally supplied color profile (instead of an embedded one),
% and/or a `g' version, which permits the use of external graphical
% content. Moreover, PDF/X-5 has an `n' version, which extends
@@ -401,14 +453,14 @@
% \item |x-2|: generate PDF/X-2; unpublished, doesn't validate.
% \item |x-3|: generate PDF/X-3. Options |x-302| and |x-303| are
% also available to specify PDF/X-3:2002 or PDF/X-3:2003 explicitly.
-% \item |x-4|: generate PDF/X-4. Options |x-408| and |x-410| are
+% \item |x-4|: generate PDF/X-4. Options |x-408| and |x-410| are
% also available to specify PDF/X-4:2008 or PDF/X-4:2010 explicitly.
% \item |x-4p|: generate PDF/X-4p. Options |x-4p08| and |x-4p10| are
% also available to specify PDF/X-4p:2008 or PDF/X-4p:2010 explicitly.
% \item |x-5g|: generate PDF/X-5g. Options |x-5g08| and |x-5g10| are
% also available to specify PDF/X-5g:2008 or PDF/X-5g:2010 explicitly.
% \item |x-5n|: generate PDF/X-5n. Options |x-5n08| and |x-5n10| are
-% also available to specify PDF/X-5n:2008 or PDF/X-5n:2010 explicitly.
+% also available to specify PDF/X-5n:2008 or PDF/X-5n:2010 explicitly.
% Experimental, not fully implemented.
% \item |x-5pg|: generate PDF/X-5pg. Options |x-5pg08| and |x-5pg10| are
% also available to specify PDF/X-5pg:2008 or PDF/X-5pg:2010 explicitly.
@@ -441,9 +493,11 @@
% applicable standard.\\This may produce a non-standard-conforming PDF file.
% \item |pdf17|: use PDF 1.7, overriding the version specified by the
% applicable standard.\\This may produce a non-standard-conforming PDF file.
+% \item |pdf20|: use PDF 2.0, experimental in preparation for use with future
+% software, under development. This may produce a non-standard-conforming PDF file.
% \item |nocharset|: do not generate the Charset entry for fonts (\pdftex\ only).
% \item |usecharset|: generate the Charset entry for fonts (\pdftex\ only).
-% \end{itemize}
+% \end{itemize}
% The latter two options affect the value of the |\pdfomitcharset| primitive,
% added to \pdftex\ in 2019, due to differing requirements for PDF/A-1
% and other PDF/A versions. Indeed use of the |/Charset| entry for a font
@@ -451,14 +505,14 @@
%
% \subsubsection{XMP language options}\label{ssec-xmplang}
%
-% These options allow for characters in alphabets other than those
-% used for English and Western European languages to be used
-% within the |.xmpdata| file (see Section~\ref{ssec-metadata}),
+% These options allow for characters in alphabets other than those
+% used for English and Western European languages to be used
+% within the |.xmpdata| file (see Section~\ref{ssec-metadata}),
% supported through \LaTeX\ character representation macros.
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item |latxmp|: extended Latin blocks, |Ux0180|--|Ux024F|
-% and |Ux1E00|--|Ux1EFF|
-% \item |armxmp|: armenian letters and ligatures, |Ux0530|--|Ux058F|,
+% \item |latxmp|: extended Latin blocks, |Ux0180|--|Ux024F|
+% and |Ux1E00|--|Ux1EFF|
+% \item |armxmp|: armenian letters and ligatures, |Ux0530|--|Ux058F|,
% via macros |\armyba|, |\armfe|, |\armcomma|, etc.
% \item |cyrxmp|: cyrillic letters and accents, |Ux0400|--|Ux04FF|
% and |Ux0500|--|Ux0527| via macros |\cyra|, |\CYRN|, etc.
@@ -472,8 +526,8 @@
% via macros |\abreve|, |\uhorn|, |\ECIRCUMFLEX|, etc.
% \item |ipaxmp|: phonetic extensions, |Ux0250|--|Ux02AF|
% and |Ux1D00|--|Ux1DFF|
-% \item |mathxmp|: mathematical letters, symbols, operators
-% arrows, alphanumeric forms.
+% \item |mathxmp|: mathematical letters, symbols, operators
+% arrows, alphanumeric forms.
% \item |allxmp|: all of the above, as well as those listed next;
% used primarily for testing compatibility with other packages.
% \end{itemize}
@@ -486,13 +540,13 @@
% Further options allow direct (enclosed) input of upper 8-bit
% characters, from encodings such as Latin-1--Latin-9, KOI8-R,
% LGR (Greek), ArmSSCI8, and a few more.
-% Use of these requires a carefully controlled parsing regime.
+% Use of these requires a carefully controlled parsing regime.
% Here we list the package options that declare such content
% may be present in the |.xmpdata| file.
-% A detailed account of how these are used is given
+% A detailed account of how these are used is given
% in~Section~\ref{ssec-multi} (``Multilingual Metadata'').
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item |LATxmp|: support for direct use of the upper-range characters
+% \item |LATxmp|: support for direct use of the upper-range characters
% (byte codes 160--255) for input encodings Latin1--Latin9, for
% Latin-based alphabets as used in European countries and elsewhere.
% This defines parser macros |\textLAT|, |\textLII|, \dots, |\textLIX|.
@@ -501,7 +555,7 @@
% of upper-range characters (byte codes 148--255) under input
% encodings KOI8-R and KOIR8-RU, using |\textKOI| as parser macro.
% All support from |cyrxmp| is loaded also.
-% \item |LGRxmp|: support for greek letters entered using either
+% \item |LGRxmp|: support for greek letters entered using either
% the LGR input transliteration of ASCII characters, or the ISO-8859-7
% encoding of upper-range characters (byte codes 160--255),
% or a combination of both, using |\textLGR| as parser macro.
@@ -509,25 +563,25 @@
% \item |AR8xmp|: support for armenian letters entered using the
% Arm\TeX~2.0 input transliteration of ASCII characters, or the
% ArmSCII8 encoding of upper-range characters (byte codes 160--255),
-% or a combination of both, using |\textARM| as parser macro.
+% or a combination of both, using |\textARM| as parser macro.
% All support from |armxmp| is loaded also.
-% \item |HEBxmp|: support for hebrew letters entered using either
-% LHE input transliteration of ASCII characters, or the CP1255, CP862
+% \item |HEBxmp|: support for hebrew letters entered using either
+% LHE input transliteration of ASCII characters, or the CP1255, CP862
% or ISO-8859-8 (HE8) encoding of upper-range characters (byte codes 160--255),
% or a combination of these using |\textLHE|, |\textHEBO|, |\textHEB| as parser macros.
% All support from |hebxmp| is loaded also.
% \end{itemize}
-% These `parser' options have received limited testing, so please
+% These `parser' options have received limited testing, so please
% report any mistakes in the UTF-8 output that you may encounter.
%
% \subsection{Data file for metadata}\label{ssec-metadata}
%
-% As mentioned above, standards-compliant PDF documents require
-% document-level metadata to be included.
-% This, known as an `XMP packet'~\cite{XMP-spec,XMP-ISO},
+% As mentioned above, standards-compliant PDF documents require
+% document-level metadata to be included.
+% This, known as an `XMP packet'~\cite{XMP-spec,XMP-ISO},
% is like having a library catalog card included within the PDF itself. It is an unencrypted
% portion of the PDF file, with data expressed in Extensible Markup Language (XML),
-% using Resource Description Format (RDF~\cite{RDF}) syntax, encoded as UTF-8
+% using Resource Description Format (RDF~\cite{RDF}) syntax, encoded as UTF-8
% so readable by any text editing software on any modern computing platform.
%
% Some advantages of doing this are clear.
@@ -539,12 +593,12 @@
% \item For the author(s): who can specify the kind of information most appropriate
% to help readers understand the nature and purpose of the document.
% \end{itemize}
-%
-% The |pdfx| package builds the XMP metadata from information supplied via a special data file
-% called |\jobname.xmpdata|. Here, |\jobname| is usually the basename of the document's main
-% |.tex| file. For example, if your document source is in the file |main.tex|,
-% then the metadata must be in a file called |main.xmpdata|.
-% None of the individual metadata fields are mandatory, but for most documents, it makes sense
+%
+% The |pdfx| package builds the XMP metadata from information supplied via a special data file
+% called |\jobname.xmpdata|. Here, |\jobname| is usually the basename of the document's main
+% |.tex| file. For example, if your document source is in the file |main.tex|,
+% then the metadata must be in a file called |main.xmpdata|.
+% None of the individual metadata fields are mandatory, but for most documents, it makes sense
% to specify at least the title and the author. For more technical aspects of metadata
% and its uses, consult the work of the Dublin Core Initiative~\cite{DC} and PRISM~\cite{PRISM}.
%
@@ -557,72 +611,73 @@
% |\Publisher{Baking International}|
% \end{decl}
% You should note that multiple authors and keywords have been separated
-% by |\sep|. This |\sep| macro serves a technical purpose and is
+% by |\sep|. This |\sep| macro serves a technical purpose and is
% permitted within the |\Author|, |\Keywords|, and |\Publisher| fields,
-% as well as some others. See \S\ref{mdfields} below for a complete listing
+% as well as some others. See \S\ref{mdfields} below for a complete listing
% of the supported author-supplied metadata fields.
%
% After processing, the local directory contains a file named such as
% |pdfa.xmpi| or |pdfe.xmpi| or |pdfx.xmpi| according to the PDF variant desired.
-% This file is the complete XMP Metadata packet.
-% It can be checked for validity, using an online validator, such as at
+% This file is the complete XMP Metadata packet.
+% It can be checked for validity, using an online validator, such as at
% \href{http://www.pdflib.com/knowledge-base/xmp-metadata/free-xmp-validator/}{www.pdflib.com}.
-% \textsf{veraPDF}~\cite{veraPDF} is Open Source software providing validation for PDF/A,
+% \textsf{veraPDF}~\cite{veraPDF} is Open Source software providing validation for PDF/A,
% and other checkers useful in a PDF/A production setting.
-%
+%
% \textbf{Warning}: The |\jobname.xmpdata| file may be included in the
-% main document source, within a |{filecontents*}| environment,
+% main document source, within a |{filecontents}| environment,
% provided this comes \emph{before} the |\documentclass| command, as follows.
+% The |force| option ensures overwriting a previous file to catch recent edits.
% \begin{decl}[]
-% |\begin{filecontents*}{\jobname.xmpdata}|\\
+% |\begin{filecontents}[force]{\jobname.xmpdata}|\\
% | \Title{Baking through the ages}|\\
% | \Author{A. Baker\sep C. Kneader}|\\
% | \Language{en-GB}|\\
% | \Keywords{cookies\sep muffins\sep cakes}|\\
% | \Publisher{Baking International}|\\
-% |\end{filecontents*}|\\
+% |\end{filecontents}|\\
% |\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{article}|\\
% |...|
% \end{decl}
% Including the metadata with the \LaTeX\ source is very convenient.
-% Having it at the top of the file also brings attention to it, placing emphasis on
-% the desirability of including metadata, and keeping it accurate while the main
-% content of the document is subject to changes or revision.
-% Macro definitions can also occur prior to the |\documentclass| command,
-% including any that may be needed within the metadata.
+% Having it at the top of the file also brings attention to it, placing emphasis on
+% the desirability of including metadata, and keeping it accurate while the main
+% content of the document is subject to changes or revision.
+% Macro definitions can also occur prior to the |\documentclass| command,
+% including any that may be needed within the metadata.
% An example of this is apparent in Figure~\ref{koi8-code} occurring later.
%
-% However, this ordering is also extremely important, else any non-ascii UTF-8 byte
-% sequences can become active characters and expand upon data being written out,
+% However, this ordering is also extremely important, else any non-ascii UTF-8 byte
+% sequences can become active characters and expand upon data being written out,
% rather than remaining as inactive bytes.
% If you edit the metadata supplied this way, remember to remove the
% existing copy of |\jobname.xmpdata| file before the next processing run,
-% as \LaTeX\ does not write a new copy of the file when it exists on disk already,
+% as \LaTeX\ does not write a new copy of the file when it exists on disk already,
% within the current working directory or elsewhere that \LaTeX\ may find.
% In development or testing situations the filename may need to be given as
% |./\jobname.xmpdata|, else an older version may be loaded in error.
-%
+%
% Experienced users/programmers can employ the \verb|\write18| mechanism%
-% \footnote{If you don't already know what this is, they you probably
-% should not try using it |:-)|.}, together with the |--shell-escape| command-line
-% option, to automatically execute a shell command that removes |\jobname.xmpdata|
-% on every (or on selected) processing runs.
+% \footnote{If you don't already know what this is, they you probably
+% should not try using it |:-)|.}, together with the |--shell-escape| command-line
+% option, to automatically execute a shell command that removes |\jobname.xmpdata|
+% on every (or on selected) processing runs.
% This is only useful when the metadata changes, for whatever reason.
%
% \medskip
-% Other places for the |{filecontents*}| environment can work,
+% Other places for the |{filecontents}| environment can work,
% but \emph{only} when it contains \emph{no} non-ascii UTF-8 byte sequences.
-% Since 2018, with default
+% Since 2018, with default
% See Section~\ref{ssec-symbols} below for more information on the macros
% that can be safely used within |.xmpdata| metadata files.
-%
+%
% \subsection{List of supported metadata fields}\label{mdfields}
-%
+%
% Following is a complete list of user-definable metadata fields currently supported,
% separated into particular groupings.
-% Each command is accompanied by the specific XML tagged field name (with namespace)
-% that is placed into the document-level Metadata packet, as well as the kind of information
-% being conveyed.
+% Each command is accompanied by the specific XML tagged field name (with namespace)
+% that is placed into the document-level Metadata packet, as well as the kind of information
+% being conveyed.
% More may be added in the future.
% These commands can \emph{only} be used within the |.xmpdata| file.
%
@@ -630,13 +685,13 @@
% using RFC5646 (BCP 47)~\cite{BCP47} codes, in which the metadata field is given.
% Languages for multiple entries can use e.g., |\sep[de] ...|.
% Only those fields requiring a specific format (e.g. dates) do \emph{not}
-% support language specifiers; these are indicated with \fixmd.
+% support language specifiers; these are indicated with \fixmd.
% Fields allowing more than one value are indicated with \starmd.
% Multiple values may be given as separate instances of the macro, or as a single
-% instance with the values delimited by |\sep|, as in the example above.
-%
+% instance with the values delimited by |\sep|, as in the example above.
+%
% \subsubsection{General information:}
-%
+%
% \begin{itemize}
% \item \starmd|\Author|: \hfill (|dc:creator|)\\
% the document's human author(s). Separate multiple authors with |\sep|.
@@ -661,10 +716,10 @@
% location of a web page describing the owner
% and/or rights statement for this document.
% \item \fixmd|\Copyrighted|: \hfill (|xmpRights:Marked|)\\
-% `True' if the document is copyrighted, and `False' if it isn't.
-% This is automatically set to `True' if either |\Copyright| or |\CopyrightURL| is specified,
-% but this can be overridden.
-% For example, if the copyright statement is `Public Domain',
+% `True' if the document is copyrighted, and `False' if it isn't.
+% This is automatically set to `True' if either |\Copyright| or |\CopyrightURL| is specified,
+% but this can be overridden.
+% For example, if the copyright statement is `Public Domain',
% then specify also |\Copyrighted{False}|.
% \item \starmd|\Owner|: \hfill (|xmpRights:Owner|)\\
% specifies the owner(s) of the document or resource.
@@ -673,18 +728,18 @@
% \end{itemize}
%
% \subsubsection{more Dublin Core metadata:}\label{sssec-dc}
-% From version 1.6 of |pdfx.sty|, the following fields can be used to provide a greater
-% range of information to be specified as metadata.
+% From version 1.6 of |pdfx.sty|, the following fields can be used to provide a greater
+% range of information to be specified as metadata.
% \begin{itemize}
% \item \starmd|\Contributor|: \hfill (|dc:contributor|)\\
% contributor(s) other than author(s) of the PDF document.
% \item |\Coverage|: \hfill (|dc:coverage|)\\
% statement about the extent or scope of the document's contents.
% \item \starmd\fixmd|\Date|: \hfill (|dc:date|)\\
-% date(s) when something significant occurred relating to the resource (e.g., version changes);
+% date(s) when something significant occurred relating to the resource (e.g., version changes);
% must be in ISO date format |YYYY-MM-DD| or |YYYY-MM|.
% \item \fixmd|\PublicationType|: \hfill (|dc:type|)\\
-% The type of publication. If specified, must be one of `book', `catalog', `feed', `journal',
+% The type of publication. If specified, must be one of `book', `catalog', `feed', `journal',
% `magazine', `manual', `newsletter', `pamphlet'. This is automatically set to `journal'
% if |\Journaltitle| is specified (see below), but can be overridden.
% \item \starmd|\Relation|: \hfill (|dc:relation|)\\
@@ -700,10 +755,10 @@
% \end{itemize}
%
% The remaining Dublin Core field |(dc:format)| is always set to `|application/pdf|'.
-%
+%
% \subsubsection{Publication information:}\label{sssec-publ}
-% The following macros allow for inclusion of publication related metadata fields,
-% as specified by PRISM~\cite{PRISM} to meet publishing requirements.
+% The following macros allow for inclusion of publication related metadata fields,
+% as specified by PRISM~\cite{PRISM} to meet publishing requirements.
% \begin{itemize}
% \item |\Journaltitle|: \hfill (|prism:issueName|)\\
% The title of the journal in which the document was published.
@@ -720,7 +775,7 @@
% \item |\CoverDisplayDate|: \hfill (|prism:coverDisplayDate|)\\
% Date on the cover of the journal issue, as a human-readable text string.
% \item \fixmd|\CoverDate|: \hfill (|prism:coverDate|)\\
-% Date on the cover of the journal issue, in a format suitable for storing in a database
+% Date on the cover of the journal issue, in a format suitable for storing in a database
% field with a `date' data type; e.g. |YYYY-MM|, or |YYYY-MM-DD|.
% \end{itemize}
% This is an area which can be expanded, to deal with more kinds
@@ -729,20 +784,20 @@
% Examples of this can be found in the template files |pdfx.xmp|, |pdfa.xmp|, |pdfe.xmp|.
%
% \subsubsection{Backward Compatibility}
-% The following macros are also recognised, for backward compatibility
+% The following macros are also recognised, for backward compatibility
% with earlier versions of the package.
% \begin{itemize}
% \item \starmd|\AuthoritativeDomain|: \hfill (|pdfx:AuthoritativeDomain|)\\
% specifies extra names (e.g., of companies) associated to the existence of the PDF or resource.
% \item |\Creator|: \hfill (|xmp:CreatorTool|)\\
-% synonymous with |\CreatorTool| which is usually handled automatically anyway,
+% synonymous with |\CreatorTool| which is usually handled automatically anyway,
% but can be over-ridden.
% \item |\Org|: synonymous with |\Publisher|.
% \item |\WebStatement|: synonymous with |\CopyrightURL|.
% \end{itemize}
-%
+%
% \subsubsection{more XMP metadata:}\label{sssec-xmp}
-%
+%
% \begin{itemize}
% \item \starmd|\Advisory|: \hfill (|xmp:Advisory|)\\
% noteworthy information; e.g., revision data or changes.
@@ -763,7 +818,7 @@
% with a PDF standard, and level of conformance.
% There are no separate user-macros to alter these.
% The first three dates are usually set to be identical.
-%
+%
% \begin{itemize}
% \item (|xmp:CreateDate|) : creation date\&time of the PDF.
% \item (|xmp:MetadataDate|) : creation date\&time of the Metadata for the PDF.
@@ -776,7 +831,7 @@
% \item (|pdfaid:conformance|) : |a|, |b| or |u| for PDF/A-??
% \item (|pdfuaid:part|) : currently |1| for PDF/UA-1
% \item (|pdfe:ISO_PDFEVersion|) : currently |1| for PDF/E-1
-% \item (|pdf:Version|) : |PDF/X-1|, |PDF/X-2| or |PDF/X-3|
+% \item (|pdf:Version|) : |PDF/X-1|, |PDF/X-2| or |PDF/X-3|
% \item (|pdfx:GTS_PDFXVersion|) : e.g., |PDF/X-1a:2003| up to PDF/X-3 ;
% but no year for PDF/X-4 and PDF/X-5 variants
% \item (|pdfx:GTS_PDFXConformance|) : e.g., |PDF/X-1a:2003| up to PDF/X-2
@@ -788,13 +843,13 @@
% \subsection{Symbols permitted in metadata}\label{ssec-symbols}
%
% Within the metadata, all printable ASCII characters except
-% |\|, |{|, |}| and |%| represent themselves. Also, all printable Unicode characters
-% from the basic multilingual plane (i.e., up to code point U+FFFF)
+% |\|, |{|, |}| and |%| represent themselves. Also, all printable Unicode characters
+% from the basic multilingual plane (i.e., up to code point U+FFFF)
% can be used directly with the UTF-8 encoding.
-% (Please note: encodings other than UTF-8 are not supported in the metadata,
-% except as arguments to `parser-macros'; see Section~\ref{ssec-xmplang}).
-% Consecutive whitespace characters are combined into a single space.
-% Whitespace after a macro such as |\copyright|, |\backslash|, or |\sep| is ignored.
+% (Please note: encodings other than UTF-8 are not supported in the metadata,
+% except as arguments to `parser-macros'; see Section~\ref{ssec-xmplang}).
+% Consecutive whitespace characters are combined into a single space.
+% Whitespace after a macro such as |\copyright|, |\backslash|, or |\sep| is ignored.
% Blank lines are not permitted.
% Moreover, the following markup can be used:
%
@@ -807,32 +862,32 @@
% \item |\copyright|: the copyright symbol \textcopyright
% \end{itemize}
% The macro |\sep| is permitted within |\Author|, |\Keywords|,
-% |\Publisher|, and other macros marked with \starmd\ above.
-% It's purpose is to separate multiple authors, keywords, etc.
-% to appear as separate list items appropriately and consistently
-% in the different ways that such information is represented
-% within the PDF file.
+% |\Publisher|, and other macros marked with \starmd\ above.
+% It's purpose is to separate multiple authors, keywords, etc.
+% to appear as separate list items appropriately and consistently
+% in the different ways that such information is represented
+% within the PDF file.
% The package takes care of this when |\sep| is used.
% For example, in the XMP metadata, it expands as |</rdf:li><rdf:li>| tagging.
%
% \subsubsection{PDF Info strings}\label{sssec-info}
-% When |\sep| is not used within its argument, the metadata from |\Title|,
-% |\Author| and |\Keywords| is also included in the PDF |/Info| dictionary.
+% When |\sep| is not used within its argument, the metadata from |\Title|,
+% |\Author| and |\Keywords| is also included in the PDF |/Info| dictionary.
% When this is the case, validation for the declared standard
% will occur only if the corresponding |/Info| item and XMP metadata field
-% convert to exactly the same Unicode string.
+% convert to exactly the same Unicode string.
% This cannot happen when |\sep| is used, so the |/Info| items are then not populated.
%
% Unfortunately not all PDF browsers (in particular, older ones and much Apple software)
% give ready access to the XMP metadata packet. Some authors want to see everything
-% using e.g., the Unix/Linux command: |pdfinfo -enc UTF-8 |. In fact there is the |-meta|
-% option to get the complete metadata packet (in UTF-8 encoding).
+% using e.g., the Unix/Linux command: |pdfinfo -enc UTF-8 |. In fact there is the |-meta|
+% option to get the complete metadata packet (in UTF-8 encoding).
% This can give more than what one wants, so use it as follows:
% \begin{decl}[]
% pdfinfo -meta <filename>.pdf \textbar\ grep 'dc:'
% \end{decl}
% to extract just the Dublin Core metadata fields.
-%
+%
% Another possibility is to \emph{not} use |\sep| with multiple authors and/or keywords.
% Instead replace it with simply `|, |'. We do not recommend doing this, as more sophisticated
% metadata tools will see the result as a single value, rather than multiple authors, say.
@@ -842,21 +897,21 @@
%
% \subsection{Macros permitted in metadata}\label{ssec-macros}
%
-% Other \TeX\ macros actually can be used, provided the author is very
+% Other \TeX\ macros actually can be used, provided the author is very
% careful and not ask for too-complicated \TeX\ or \LaTeX\ expansions
% into internal commands or non-character primitives; basically just accents,
% macros for Latin-based special characters, and simple textual replacements,
-% perhaps with a simple parameter. A special macro |\pdfxEnableCommands{...}|
+% perhaps with a simple parameter. A special macro |\pdfxEnableCommands{...}|
% is provided to help resolve difficulties that may arise.
%
% Here is an example\footnote{ Other use cases are discussed with regard to
-% Figures~\ref{arm-code} and \ref{math-wflow}.} of the use of |\pdfxEnableCommands|,
-% which occurs with the name of one of our authors {(H\`an Th\'{\^e} Thanh)}
+% Figures~\ref{arm-code} and \ref{math-wflow}.} of the use of |\pdfxEnableCommands|,
+% which occurs with the name of one of our authors {(H\`an Th\'{\^e} Thanh)}
% due to the doubly-accented letter \'{\^e}.
% It is usual to define a macro such as: |\def\thanh{H\`an Th\'{\^e} Thanh}|.
-% In previous versions of the |pdfx| package, use of such a macro
+% In previous versions of the |pdfx| package, use of such a macro
% within the |.xmpdata| file, in the |Copyright| information say,
-% could result in the accent macros expanding into internal primitives, such as
+% could result in the accent macros expanding into internal primitives, such as
% \begin{decl}[]
% | H\unhbox \voidb@x \bgroup \let \unhbox \voidb@x \setbox \@tempboxa ... |
% \end{decl}
@@ -867,7 +922,7 @@
% | \def\`#1{#1^^cc^80}\def\'#1{#1^^cc^81}\def\^#1{#1^^cc^82}}|
% \end{decl}
% \removelastskip\noindent
-% where the |^^cc^80|, |^^cc^81|, |^^cc^82| cause \TeX\ to generate the correct
+% where the |^^cc^80|, |^^cc^81|, |^^cc^82| cause \TeX\ to generate the correct
% UTF-8 bytes for `combining accent' characters.
%
% This works fine for metadata fields that appear just in the XMP packet.
@@ -878,22 +933,22 @@
% | \def\thanh{H^^c3^^a0n Th\eee Thanh}\def\eee{^^c3^^aa^^cc^^81 }}|
% \end{decl}
% \removelastskip\noindent
-% or the above with `\`a' typed directly as UTF-8 instead of |^^c3^^a0|
+% or the above with `\`a' typed directly as UTF-8 instead of |^^c3^^a0|
% and `\^e' in UTF-8 for |^^c3^^aa|.
% The reason for this is due to the |\pdfstringdef| command, which constructs
-% the accented latin letters as single combined characters \`a and \^e,
+% the accented latin letters as single combined characters \`a and \^e,
% without resorting to combining accents, wherever possible.
-% If the Metadata does not have the same, irrespective of Unicode normalisation,
+% If the Metadata does not have the same, irrespective of Unicode normalisation,
% then validation fails.
%
% With version (1.5.6) of the |pdfx| package, such difficulties
-% have been overcome, at least for characters used in Western European,
-% Latin-based languages. The input encoding used when reading the |.xmpdata|
-% file now includes interpretations of \TeX's usual accent commands to
+% have been overcome, at least for characters used in Western European,
+% Latin-based languages. The input encoding used when reading the |.xmpdata|
+% file now includes interpretations of \TeX's usual accent commands to
% produce the required UTF-8 byte sequences.
%
% \medskip
-% Since version (1.5.8) this input encoding was extended to include
+% Since version (1.5.8) this input encoding was extended to include
% macro definitions covering \LaTeX's internal character representation
% of other alphabets (e.g., extended Latin, Cyrillic, Greek, etc.).
% However this can become memory intensive, requiring a large number of
@@ -902,12 +957,12 @@
% be relevant. Currently these are as in Section~\ref{ssec-xmplang}.
%
% A significant portion of the Unicode Basic Plane characters can be covered
-% this way. Modules could even be provided for CJK character sets and
+% this way. Modules could even be provided for CJK character sets and
% mathematical symbols, etc. However, as this can become memory intensive,
% significant testing will be required before these become a standard
-% part of the |pdfx| package.
+% part of the |pdfx| package.
+%
%
-%
% \subsection{Color profiles}\label{sec-profiles}
%
% Most standards compliant PDF documents require a \emph{color
@@ -915,26 +970,26 @@
% determines precisely how the colors used in the document will be
% rendered when printed to a physical medium. This can be used to
% ensure that the document will look exactly the same, even when it is
-% printed on different printers, with different paper types, etc.
-% The inclusion of a color profile is necessary to make the document
+% printed on different printers, with different paper types, etc.
+% The inclusion of a color profile is necessary to make the document
% completely self-contained.
%
% Since most \LaTeX\ users are not graphics professionals and are not
% particularly picky about colors, the |pdfx| package includes default
-% profiles that will be included when nothing else is specified.
+% profiles that will be included when nothing else is specified.
% Therefore, the average user doesn't have to do anything
% special about color.
%
% For users who have a specific color profile they wish to use, it is
% possible to do so by including a |\setRGBcolorprofile| or
% |\setCMYKcolorprofile| command in the |.xmpdata| file. Note that
-% PDF/A and PDF/E require a profile of type `|mnrt|' (monitor) which
-% is usually an RGB color profile, while PDF/X and PDF/VT require type `|prtr|'
+% PDF/A and PDF/E require a profile of type `|mnrt|' (monitor) which
+% is usually an RGB color profile, while PDF/X and PDF/VT require type `|prtr|'
% (printer) which is usually a CMYK color profile; but valid documents
% can be created with the correct type designed for the other color space.
-% Use the following commands to specify an RGB or CMYK color profile,
+% Use the following commands to specify an RGB or CMYK color profile,
% respectively:
-%
+%
% \begin{decl}
% \defmacro{setRGBcolorprofile}\marg{filename}\marg{identifier}\marg{info
% string}\marg{registry URL}
@@ -944,7 +999,7 @@
% \end{decl}
% Within the arguments of these macros, the characters |<|, |>|, |&|,
% |^|, |_|, |#|, |$|, and |~| can be used as themselves, but
-% |%| must be escaped as |\%|.
+% |%| must be escaped as |\%|.
%
% From version (1.6) the default RGB and CMYK color profiles are now supplied
% using the |colorprofiles| package by Norbert Preining and Ross Moore~\cite{colorp}.
@@ -966,7 +1021,7 @@
% \url{http://www.color.org/iccprofile.xalter}.
%
% Alternatively, color profiles are shipped with many Adobe software
-% applications; these are then available for use also with non-Adobe
+% applications; these are then available for use also with non-Adobe
% software. Now the |pdfx| package includes coding to streamline
% inclusion of these profiles in PDF documents, or to specify
% them as `external' profiles, with PDF/X-4p and PDF/X-5pg variants.
@@ -977,17 +1032,17 @@
% Both define commands to use Color Profiles as follows.
% \begin{decl}[]
% \begin{tabular}{ll}
-% \texttt{\string\FOGRAXXXIX} & Coated FOGRA39 (ISO 12647-2:2004)\\
+% \texttt{\string\FOGRAXXXIX} & Coated FOGRA39 (ISO 12647-2:2004)\\
% \texttt{\string\SWOPCGATSI} & U.S. Web Coated (SWOP) v2\\
-% \texttt{\string\JapanColorMMICoated} & Japan Color 2001 Coated\\
-% \texttt{\string\JapanColorMMIUncoated} & Japan Color 2001 Uncoated\\
-% \texttt{\string\JapanColorMMIINewspaper} & Japan Color 2002 Newspaper\\
-% \texttt{\string\JapanWebCoatedAd} & Japan Web Coated (Ad)\\
-% \texttt{\string\CoatedGRACoL} & Coated GRACoL 2006 (ISO 12647-2:2004)\\
+% \texttt{\string\JapanColorMMICoated} & Japan Color 2001 Coated\\
+% \texttt{\string\JapanColorMMIUncoated} & Japan Color 2001 Uncoated\\
+% \texttt{\string\JapanColorMMIINewspaper} & Japan Color 2002 Newspaper\\
+% \texttt{\string\JapanWebCoatedAd} & Japan Web Coated (Ad)\\
+% \texttt{\string\CoatedGRACoL} & Coated GRACoL 2006 (ISO 12647-2:2004)\\
% \texttt{\string\SNAPCGATSII} & CGATS TR 002\\
% \texttt{\string\SWOPCGATSIII} & CGATS TR 003\\
% \texttt{\string\SWOPCGATSV} & CGATS TR 005\\
-% \texttt{\string\ISOWebCoated} & Web Coated FOGRA28 (ISO 12647-2:2004)\\
+% \texttt{\string\ISOWebCoated} & Web Coated FOGRA28 (ISO 12647-2:2004)\\
% \texttt{\string\ISOCoatedECI} & ISO Coated v2 (ECI)\\
% \texttt{\string\CoatedFOGRA} & Coated FOGRA27 (ISO 12647-2:2004)\\
% \texttt{\string\WebCoatedFOGRA} & Web Coated FOGRA28 (ISO 12647-2:2004)\\
@@ -999,18 +1054,18 @@
% As of the time of first compiling this list, only the first six of these result in PDFs
% which can validate with external profiles (i.e., for PDF/X-4p and PDF/X-5pg)
% using the then-current versions of Adobe Acrobat Pro software. It is unclear
-% whether the others (incl.\,\verb|\IFRAXXVI| and \verb|\IFRAXXX|) failed due
-% to incorrect data or problems in the validation software.
+% whether the others (incl.\,\verb|\IFRAXXVI| and \verb|\IFRAXXX|) failed due
+% to incorrect data or problems in the validation software.
% Since then, with updates to Acrobat Pro, almost all the others have been verified
% to work, except \verb|\IFRAXXX| which seems no longer available.
-% Thus these commands come with a `use at own risk' clause.
+% Thus these commands come with a `use at own risk' clause.
%
-% For `external' profiles, there is a command |\setEXTERNALprofile|, taking 9 arguments,
+% For `external' profiles, there is a command |\setEXTERNALprofile|, taking 9 arguments,
% that must be used. Consult |AdobeExternalProfiles.tex| for examples of its use.
-%
-% All but the last of the macros listed above can also be used for valid embedded profiles,
-% providing the corresponding files can be found.
-% The following macros are used to set the (absolute or relative) path,
+%
+% All but the last of the macros listed above can also be used for valid embedded profiles,
+% providing the corresponding files can be found.
+% The following macros are used to set the (absolute or relative) path,
% on the local operating system, to the location of color profile files.
% \begin{decl}
% \defmacro{pdfxSetRGBcolorProfileDir}\marg{path to RGB color profiles}\\
@@ -1020,7 +1075,7 @@
% One can use either a macro |\MacOSColordir| which expands
% into the path for system-provided profiles:
% \begin{decl}[]
-% |/System/Library/ColorSync/Profiles/|
+% |/System/Library/ColorSync/Profiles/|
% \end{decl}
% or the macro |\MacOSLibraryColordir| expanding to:
% \begin{decl}[]
@@ -1030,23 +1085,23 @@
% \begin{decl}[]
% |/Library/Application Support/Adobe/Color/Profiles/Recommended/|
% \end{decl}
-% Under Windows an available macro is |\WindowsColordir| which expands to:
+% Under Windows an available macro is |\WindowsColordir| which expands to:
% \begin{decl}[]
% |C:\Windows\System32\Spool\Drivers\Color/|
% \end{decl}
% being the common location for color profiles.
-% Use these within the \verb|.xmpdata| file as, e.g.,
+% Use these within the \verb|.xmpdata| file as, e.g.,
% \begin{decl}[]
% |\pdfxSetCMYKcolorProfileDir{\AdobeMacOSdir}|
% \end{decl}
% Authors may change the paths to suit their own circumstances, either
-% \emph{before} loading |pdfx.sty| or within the \verb|.xmpdata| file.
+% \emph{before} loading |pdfx.sty| or within the \verb|.xmpdata| file.
%
% PDF/A and PDF/E usually need an RGB profile, while PDF/X and PDF/VT
-% require a CMYK profile. It is possible to use a CMYK profile with PDF/A
+% require a CMYK profile. It is possible to use a CMYK profile with PDF/A
% or PDF/E by specifying |\setRGBcolorprofile{}{}{}{}| in the \verb|.xmpdata| file.
% Beware however, that with PDF/A any coloured hyperlink annotations can
-% cause a validation problem, as these are interpreted as RGB colours
+% cause a validation problem, as these are interpreted as RGB colours
% even when 4 components are given. This may be a bug in validators,
% as PDF specifies that the number of components should match the color space.
%
@@ -1070,44 +1125,44 @@
% \end{decl}
% which uses a profile that accompanies the \texttt{pdfaPilot} software from
% Callas Software Gmbh~\cite{pdfaPilot}.
-% The macro |\CallasMacOSpdfaPilotdir|, defined in the file \texttt{CallasColorProfiles.tex},
+% The macro |\CallasMacOSpdfaPilotdir|, defined in the file \texttt{CallasColorProfiles.tex},
% specifies the directory where this Custom profile is located, when installed under MacOS.
% One needs to |\input CallasColorProfiles.tex| \emph{before} loading the |pdfx| package.
-% Macros for other directories are also defined in this file.
+% Macros for other directories are also defined in this file.
%
% \subsection{Notes on the internal representation of metadata}
-%
+%
% Within the PDF file, metadata is deposited in two places: some data
% goes into the native PDF |/Info| dictionary, and some data goes into
% an XMP packet stored separately within the file. XMP is Adobe's
-% Extensible Metadata Platform~\cite{XMP-spec,XMP-ISO}, and is an XML-based format.
+% Extensible Metadata Platform~\cite{XMP-spec,XMP-ISO}, and is an XML-based format.
% See \href{http://www.adobe.com/devnet/xmp/}{Adobe XMP Development Center}
-% for more exhaustive information about XMP.
+% for more exhaustive information about XMP.
% An XMP Toolkit SDK which supports the GNU/Linux, Macintosh and Windows operating
% systems is also available under modified BSD licence.
%
% Some of the metadata, such as the author, title, and keywords, can be
-% stored \emph{both} in the XMP packet and in the |/Info| dictionary.
-% For the resulting file to be standards-compliant, the two copies of the data
+% stored \emph{both} in the XMP packet and in the |/Info| dictionary.
+% For the resulting file to be standards-compliant, the two copies of the data
% must be identical. This is taken care of automatically by the |pdfx| package,
% except when |\sep| is used to handle multiple entries, as discussed above
-% in \S\ref{sssec-info}. In such cases the string is not included within the |/Info|
+% in \S\ref{sssec-info}. In such cases the string is not included within the |/Info|
% dictionary. Note that this is in accordance with the PDF 2.0 specification~\cite{PDF20},
% which deprecates use of the |/Info| dictionary for such metadata.
-%
-% In principle, users can resort to alternate ways to create an XMP file
-% for inclusion in PDF. In this case, one should create a customised template
+%
+% In principle, users can resort to alternate ways to create an XMP file
+% for inclusion in PDF. In this case, one should create a customised template
% file |pdfa.xmp| or |pdfx.xmp| or |pdfe.xmp| (etc., depending on the PDF flavor)
-% containing the pre-defined data. This can be done by modifying the ones supplied
-% with the |pdfx| package. However, this is an error-prone process and is
-% \emph{not} recommended for most users.
+% containing the pre-defined data. This can be done by modifying the ones supplied
+% with the |pdfx| package. However, this is an error-prone process and is
+% \emph{not} recommended for most users.
% If there is a particular field of metadata that you need and that is not currently
% supported, please contact the package authors.
%
% |pdfx| makes use of the |xmpincl| package to include XMP data into
% the PDF. The documentation of |xmpincl| package may help interested
% users to understand the process of XMP data inclusion.
-%
+%
% \subsection{Tutorials and technical notes}
%
% A tutorial with step-by-step instructions for generating PDF/A files
@@ -1120,7 +1175,7 @@
% \url{http://support.river-valley.com/wiki/index.php?title=Generating_PDF/A_compliant_PDFs_from_pdftex}.
% Be aware that this is based on use of an earlier version of the |pdfx| package,
% so some of the advice may have been superseded.
-%
+%
%
% \section[Installing]{Installing}
% The |pdfx.dtx| package is available on CTAN as usual, via
@@ -1131,24 +1186,24 @@
% For those wishing to do a manual installation, here are some notes.
% The file |pdfx.dtx| is a composite document of program code and
% documentation in \LaTeX{} format, in the tradition of \emph{literate
-% programming}. After having installed the package,
+% programming}. After having installed the package,
% to get the documentation that you are reading now,
-% run (\textsc{pdf})\LaTeX{} on the file |pdfx.dtx|.
+% run (\textsc{pdf})\LaTeX{} on the file |pdfx.dtx|.
% The resulting PDF should be valid as PDF/A-2u.
% Or better, use the included |Makefile|, which will also regenerate the index.
%
% To install the package, first extract the program code; i.e., the
-% file |pdfx.sty|, by running \LaTeX{} or \TeX{} on the file |pdfx.ins|.
+% file |pdfx.sty|, by running \LaTeX{} or \TeX{} on the file |pdfx.ins|.
% Create a directory named |pdfx| under |$TEXMF/tex/latex| and copy the files
-% |pdfx.sty|, |8bit.def|, |glyphtounicode-cmr.tex|, |glyphtounicode-ntx.tex| as well
+% |pdfx.sty|, |8bit.def|, |glyphtounicode-cmr.tex|, |glyphtounicode-ntx.tex| as well
% as the other |*.tex|, |l8u*-penc.def| and |*.xmp| files, into it. Then update
% \TeX's file database using the appropriate command for your distribution
% and operating system (such as |texhash| or |mktexlsr|, or similar).
-%
+%
% \subsection{Limitations and dependencies}
-%
-% The |pdfx.sty| package works with \pdftex\ and also Lua\TeX\ and Xe\TeX\
-% with some minor limitations.
+%
+% The |pdfx.sty| package works with \pdftex\ and also Lua\TeX\ and Xe\TeX\
+% with some minor limitations.
% It further depends on the following other packages.
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item |xmpincl| for insertion of metadata into PDF.
@@ -1159,28 +1214,28 @@
% hyperlinking, bookmarks, etc.
% \item |xcolor| for ensuring consistent use of the color model
% appropriate the PDF variant, within text and hyperlinks (when allowed).
-% \item |glyphtounicode.tex| (not Xe\LaTeX) maps glyph names
+% \item |glyphtounicode.tex| (not Xe\LaTeX) maps glyph names
% to corresponding Unicode code-points.
% \item |ifluatex| allowing coding specific to Lua\LaTeX.
% \item |ifxetex| allowing coding specific to Xe\LaTeX.
-% \item |luatex85| or |pdftexcmds| (Lua\TeX\ only) for access
+% \item |luatex85| or |pdftexcmds| (Lua\TeX\ only) for access
% to primitive commands using \pdftex\ macro names.
-% \item |stringenc| used to help generate proper bookmarks with transliterated input;
+% \item |stringenc| used to help generate proper bookmarks with transliterated input;
% e.g., with |\textLGR| or |\textARM| --- see Section~\ref{sssec-arm}.
% \end{enumerate}
% Other files and packages are loaded as sub-packages or as
-% configuration files for these. Since some of these packages
-% may be loaded by existing documents we provide here advice on
+% configuration files for these. Since some of these packages
+% may be loaded by existing documents we provide here advice on
% how to deal with potential loading and option conflicts.
%
% Firstly, it is best if |pdfx| is the first package loaded; e.g.,
-% directly after the |\documentclass| line. This is not a strict requirement,
+% directly after the |\documentclass| line. This is not a strict requirement,
% but it is worthwhile to deal with the metadata at the top of your \LaTeX\ source,
% allowing correct options to be loaded to cope with validation aspects.
%
% Secondly, replace |\usepackage[<options>]{hyperref}| with |\hypersetup{<options>}|.
-% This deals with most loading issues with the |hyperref| package.
-% Note that PDF/X is a format intended for printing.
+% This deals with most loading issues with the |hyperref| package.
+% Note that PDF/X is a format intended for printing.
% It forbids inclusion of hyperlinks and other actions, including via bookmarks.
% To produce a validating PDF/X document, |pdfx| overrides internal macros
% while keeping colors associated with link anchors.
@@ -1191,53 +1246,53 @@
% Furthermore, options to set metadata components (such as |pdfauthor|,
% |pdftitle|, |pdfsubject|, |pdfkeywords|, etc.) are disabled, since
% |pdfx| has already taken care of this information.
-%
+%
% Thirdly, conflicts with other packages may be dealt with by simply
% changing |\usepackage| to |\RequirePackage| within the document's
-% preamble. But this may not be possible when the |\usepackage|
+% preamble. But this may not be possible when the |\usepackage|
% or |\RequirePackage| command occurs within another package, or with
-% a specific set of options, thereby causing processing to stop.
-% Few packages have a command analogous to |\hypersetup|.
+% a specific set of options, thereby causing processing to stop.
+% Few packages have a command analogous to |\hypersetup|.
% Instead |\PassOptionsToPackage{<options>}{<package>}| can help.
% For |<options>| specify the ones associated with the loading yet to come.
% This can give a smooth processing run, but you'll need to check whether
% the results from those options have actually taken effect.
-% Some examples of this can be seen later, in Figures~\ref{koi8-code}
+% Some examples of this can be seen later, in Figures~\ref{koi8-code}
% and \ref{tldoc-pol}.
%
% \subsubsection{Limitations using Xe\LaTeX}\label{sssec-xetex}
%
-% To process a file using Xe\LaTeX, to produce a document that can
+% To process a file using Xe\LaTeX, to produce a document that can
% validate to a particular PDF standard, one need to use a command
% to run the \TeX\ engine, as follows.
% \begin{decl}[]
% |xelatex -shell-escape -output-driver="xdvipdfmx -z 0" <filename>.tex |
% \end{decl}
% The |-shell-escape| option allows a command-line task to be run,
-% which writes the creation-date \& time of the running job into
-% a small file on disk. This data, written in a specific format, is then
+% which writes the creation-date \& time of the running job into
+% a small file on disk. This data, written in a specific format, is then
% read by the job for inclusion into several metadata fields.
% This emulates the result of \pdftex's |\pdfcreationdate| primitive.
% As there are security implications in allowing arbitrary commands to be run,
-% this need for |-shell-escape| must be viewed as imposing a limitation on the
+% this need for |-shell-escape| must be viewed as imposing a limitation on the
% work-flows in which this can be safely used.
%
-% The |-output-driver="xdvipdfmx -z 0"| suppresses compression, which
+% The |-output-driver="xdvipdfmx -z 0"| suppresses compression, which
% is not allowed for the XMP metadata packet. Without this, the resulting PDF
-% may fail to pass validation tests.
+% may fail to pass validation tests.
%
% Xe\TeX\ is designed for processing UTF-8 input only. When presented
-% with \LaTeX\ source using a legacy encoding, such as |latin2| or |koi8-r|,
-% the input is accepted and a PDF produced. Yet there will be garbage
+% with \LaTeX\ source using a legacy encoding, such as |latin2| or |koi8-r|,
+% the input is accepted and a PDF produced. Yet there will be garbage
% characters corresponding to each character entered from the upper range
-% (128--255). This is evident in the PDF content and bookmarks;
+% (128--255). This is evident in the PDF content and bookmarks;
% yet |pdfx| produces the correct XMP metadata packet.
% So while the techniques explained later in Section~\ref{ssec-multi} are
% valid, the PDF itself does not contain correct content.
%
% Not all fonts, in particular Open-Type fonts (OTF), naturally come with
% mappings of the glyphs to Unicode code points. This is a requirement
-% with PDF/A, PDF/E and PDF/UA standards.
+% with PDF/A, PDF/E and PDF/UA standards.
% Use of such fonts can result in validation errors, such as:
% \begin{itemize}
% \item
@@ -1245,7 +1300,7 @@
% \item
% Type 2 CID font: CIDToGID map is invalid or missing.
% \end{itemize}
-%
+%
% If one has access to Adobe's |Acrobat Pro| software, then its |Preflight|
% utility can rewrite the uncompressed output from Xe\LaTeX\ into a valid
% PDF standard, using compression of the contents but not of the XMP packet.
@@ -1256,7 +1311,7 @@
%
% Lua\LaTeX\ can handle the OTF font issues mentioned for Xe\LaTeX,
% so can produce valid PDF/A documents where Xe\LaTeX\ fails.
-% However, since Lua\TeX\ expects all input source to be UTF8-encoded,
+% However, since Lua\TeX\ expects all input source to be UTF8-encoded,
% it cannot work at all with documents using older legacy encodings.
% Instead one gets error messages such as:
%\begin{decl}
@@ -1299,15 +1354,15 @@
% \item |l8uheb-penc.def| --- input macro declarations for Hebrew alphabet.
% \item |l8ulat-penc.def| --- input macro declarations for Latin 1--9 encodings.
% \item |l8umath-penc.def| --- input macro declarations for mathematical symbols.
-% \item |glyphtounicode-cmr.tex|, |glyphtounicode-ntx.tex| --- maps glyph names
+% \item |glyphtounicode-cmr.tex|, |glyphtounicode-ntx.tex| --- maps glyph names
% to corresponding Unicode for Computer Modern and other \TeX-specific fonts.
% \item |AdobeColorProfiles.tex| --- macros for inclusion of Adobe-supplied color profiles.
% \item |AdobeExternalProfiles.tex| --- macros for use of external color profiles.
% \item |CallasColorProfiles.tex| --- macros for profiles included with Callas pdfaPilot software.
% \end{itemize}
-%
+%
% \subsubsection{Documentation \& Examples}
-%
+%
% \begin{itemize}
% \item |README| --- usual top-level information.
% \item |manifest.txt| --- file list.
@@ -1315,9 +1370,9 @@
% \item |sample.tex|, |sample.xmpdata| --- a sample file with sample metadata.
% \item |small2e-pdfx.tex| --- sample file with included metadata.
% \end{itemize}
-%
+%
% \subsubsection{Sources}
-%
+%
% \begin{itemize}
% \item |src/pdfx.dtx| --- composite package and documentation.
% \item |src/pdfx.ins| --- installer batch file.
@@ -1326,10 +1381,10 @@
% \item |src/Makefile| --- a Makefile for building the documentation.
% \item |src/MANIFEST| --- list of files in this directory.
% \item |src/text89.def| --- used with Figure\,\ref{ex-arm} in the documentation.
-% \item |src/{arm-start,koi8-example,koi8-example2,latin2-example}.tex|
+% \item |src/{arm-start,koi8-example,koi8-example2,latin2-example}.tex|
% --- used in the documentation with figures showing example coding.
% \item |src/{TL-POL-meta,TL-RU-LICRs,TL-RU-metadata,TL-RU-toc,Armenian-example-UTF8,|\\
-% |armtex-meta,usage-meta,math-assign5}.png| --- screenshot images showing multilingual
+% |armtex-meta,usage-meta,math-assign5}.png| --- screenshot images showing multilingual
% and other metadata.
% \end{itemize}
%
@@ -1337,9 +1392,9 @@
%
% The package is released under the \LaTeX{} Project Public
% Licence. Bug reports, suggestions, feature requests, etc., may be
-% sent to the original authors at
+% sent to the original authors at
% \href{mailto:cvr@river-valley.org}{\ttfamily cvr@river-valley.org}
-% and/or
+% and/or
% \href{mailto:thanh@river-valley.org}{\ttfamily thanh@river-valley.org},
% or to the more recent contributors at
% \href{mailto:ross.moore@mq.edu.au}{\ttfamily ross.moore@mq.edu.au}
@@ -1348,9 +1403,9 @@
%
%
% \section[Multilingual and Technical Considerations]{Multilingual and Technical Considerations}\label{sec-meta}
-%
-% \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ have an on-going practice of including metadata within
-% the source files and package documentation. Usually this is done as comments
+%
+% \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ have an on-going practice of including metadata within
+% the source files and package documentation. Usually this is done as comments
% at the beginning of the file; such as the following from the English
% language version of the 2015 \TeX\ Live documentation\footnote{%
% found at |/usr/local/texlive/2016/texmf-dist/doc/texlive/texlive-en/|.}.
@@ -1360,10 +1415,10 @@
% |Michel Goossens, now maintained by Karl Berry and others.|\\
% |Public domain.|
% \end{decl}
-% This provides information, ideally suited for copyright metadata
-% fields, as in Section~\ref{sssec-copy}, as well as for |\Subject|
-% and |\CoverDate| from Section~\ref{sssec-publ}.
-%
+% This provides information, ideally suited for copyright metadata
+% fields, as in Section~\ref{sssec-copy}, as well as for |\Subject|
+% and |\CoverDate| from Section~\ref{sssec-publ}.
+%
% Also near the top of the file one finds front-matter content
% \begin{decl}[]
% |\title{%|\\
@@ -1374,7 +1429,7 @@
% | }|\\
% |\date{May 2015}|
% \end{decl}
-% which supplies metadata information for the commands |\Title|, |\Author|,
+% which supplies metadata information for the commands |\Title|, |\Author|,
% |\CoverDisplayDate| also from Section~\ref{sssec-publ}, and |\CopyrightURL|.
%
% Most of the hundreds of thousands, if not millions of documents prepared
@@ -1384,14 +1439,14 @@
% requirement, for PDFs to satisfy a standard that requires inclusion
% of metadata. This is especially so for government agencies and institutions
% receiving government funding, in several countries around the world.
-%
+%
% It is an aim of the |pdfx| to simplify the process of capturing and
-% including metadata within \LaTeX-produced PDFs, from both the author's
-% view and that of archivists. The extra features introduced with version
-% 1.5.8 take a large step in that direction.
+% including metadata within \LaTeX-produced PDFs, from both the author's
+% view and that of archivists. The extra features introduced with version
+% 1.5.8 take a large step in that direction.
% This includes the ability, described in the next subsection, to reliably
% include data presented in different text encodings, rather than being
-% restricted to UTF-8 only. It is a role of the software to make the
+% restricted to UTF-8 only. It is a role of the software to make the
% conversion, rather than rely on some 3rd party for a translation.
%
%
@@ -1400,40 +1455,40 @@
% A cursory search of the documentation (|.../texmf-dist/doc|) subtree
% of the forthcoming \TeX\,Live 2016 release reveals more than 730 different
% |.tex| or |.dtx| document sources which specify an input encoding,
-% via the |\usepackage[...]{inputenc}| command. Roughly 380 (a bit more
-% than half) declare UTF-8 as the input encoding.
-% Of the remainder there are $\approx 20$ other encodings specified,
-% covering a range of languages for at least part of their content.
+% via the |\usepackage[...]{inputenc}| command. Roughly 380 (a bit more
+% than half) declare UTF-8 as the input encoding.
+% Of the remainder there are $\approx 20$ other encodings specified,
+% covering a range of languages for at least part of their content.
% At some point in time, these documents may be required to have accurate
-% accompanying metadata, as part of conformance to a designated PDF
-% (or other) standard. There are libraries and archives that already must
+% accompanying metadata, as part of conformance to a designated PDF
+% (or other) standard. There are libraries and archives that already must
% meet such standards.
%
-% We have shown above, in Section~\ref{ssec-metadata}, how the |.xmpdata|
-% file can be inserted into the document source, which then ensures that
+% We have shown above, in Section~\ref{ssec-metadata}, how the |.xmpdata|
+% file can be inserted into the document source, which then ensures that
% metadata is reliably transferred along with the source itself.
% This seems a good strategy, but are there any problems with it,
% especially in a multi-lingual context?
-%
-% Modern editing software can require an encoding to be associated
-% with each file. This is what allows the correct characters to be shown,
-% from what is otherwise just a sequence of 8-bit bytes. The flip-side
-% is that arbitrary editing is not permitted. Add some UTF-8 data into
-% a file that is encoded as Latin-2 then try to save it. You may be asked
+%
+% Modern editing software can require an encoding to be associated
+% with each file. This is what allows the correct characters to be shown,
+% from what is otherwise just a sequence of 8-bit bytes. The flip-side
+% is that arbitrary editing is not permitted. Add some UTF-8 data into
+% a file that is encoded as Latin-2 then try to save it. You may be asked
% to specify a new encoding, or the application may even crash out entirely.
-% Maybe this happens \emph{accidentally}. It is not hard for a curly quote
-% (`) or endash (--) to be included; many editors have settings which can
+% Maybe this happens \emph{accidentally}. It is not hard for a curly quote
+% (`) or endash (--) to be included; many editors have settings which can
% do this with normal ascii input. Turn \emph{off} such settings.
%
% The approach that we advocate is that when editing to add metadata,
-% best is to:
+% best is to:
% \begin{enumerate}
-% \item
-% use the \emph{same encoding} as is specified for the file itself,
+% \item
+% use the \emph{same encoding} as is specified for the file itself,
% if known (as is usually the case);
-% \item
-% even if 1. is not possible, use Copy/Paste \emph{within} the document source
-% (e.g., for authors' names, addresses, affiliations, etc.) and from comments,
+% \item
+% even if 1. is not possible, use Copy/Paste \emph{within} the document source
+% (e.g., for authors' names, addresses, affiliations, etc.) and from comments,
% as in Section~\ref{sec-meta} above;
% \item
% avoid typing new characters, especially quotes and dashes, and be extra
@@ -1470,7 +1525,7 @@
% as could be produced for the Russian language version of the \TeX\ Live documentation,
% from coding as shown in Figure\,\ref{koi8-code}.
% The source file itself is actually encoded for KOI8-R, as indicated by the presence
-% of the code line |\usepackage[koi8-r]{inputenc}|,
+% of the code line |\usepackage[koi8-r]{inputenc}|,
% but is deliberately shown here encoded as |T1|~\cite[p.\,449]{LC2}.
% This difference is immaterial for checking the validity of the metadata.
% For example, the stream of upper (accents, etc.) characters within
@@ -1480,17 +1535,17 @@
% in the document, and from early subsection titles.
%
% It is the `parser' command/macro |\textKOI{ ... }| that indicates that the upper range
-% characters (having byte codes 128--255) are to be treated as KOI8-R characters,
+% characters (having byte codes 128--255) are to be treated as KOI8-R characters,
% rather than as part of UTF-8 byte sequences. It works by examining each byte in sequence,
-% and returning the appropriate UTF-8 2-byte sequence for the required cyrillic character.
-% This happens during the processing of data from |\jobname.xmpdata| for fleshing-out
+% and returning the appropriate UTF-8 2-byte sequence for the required cyrillic character.
+% This happens during the processing of data from |\jobname.xmpdata| for fleshing-out
% the XMP metadata packet to be included within the final PDF/A document.
%
% The `parser' macros defined for various encodings, are given in Figure\,\ref{parsers}.
-% In Section\,\ref{ssec-xmplang} the package options are given
+% In Section\,\ref{ssec-xmplang} the package options are given
% for loading the appropriate support for desired languages or alphabets.
% Support for other encodings can be added, if there proves to be a need.
-%
+%
%\begin{figure}[ht]
% \centering
% \begin{tabular}{lll}\hline
@@ -1519,13 +1574,13 @@
% \caption{How to see LICRs in the \texttt{.log} window.}\label{koi8-LICR}
% \end{figure}
%
-% With encoded characters marked in this way with a `parser' macro,
+% With encoded characters marked in this way with a `parser' macro,
% it is actually possible to mix UTF-8 metadata with other bytes;
% provided, of course, you have an editor that allows such a file
% to be created and saved. On the other hand, if you are unhappy with mixing
% content having different encodings, then there is another way, based upon
-% \LaTeX's LICR macros~\cite[\S\,7.11]{LC2} for representing accented
-% and non-latin characters.
+% \LaTeX's LICR macros~\cite[\S\,7.11]{LC2} for representing accented
+% and non-latin characters.
% These are normally hidden away (`I $=$ Internal') but in fact can be seen
% within auxiliary files, such as |.aux| and |.toc|, |.lof| and |.lot|.
% This is how \LaTeX\ stores the knowledge of such characters for use in
@@ -1548,20 +1603,20 @@
% \caption{How to get desired LICRs into the \texttt{.toc} file.}\label{koi8-toc}
% \end{figure}
%
-% Figure~\ref{koi8-LICR} shows how to see this.
+% Figure~\ref{koi8-LICR} shows how to see this.
% The document source in the lower portion clearly shows the cyrillic
% input, whereas the |.log| messages in a command-line window above
% reveal the LICR representation. A command |\showLICRs| is available
% with |pdfx.sty| version 1.5.8, specifically to allow this.
-% Now the LICR representation can be copied directly from the |.log| file,
+% Now the LICR representation can be copied directly from the |.log| file,
% modulo slight difficulties due to the way long lines are broken.
% As this representation is entirely with ASCII characters, it should not
% cause any conflict with any UTF-8 metadata that you want within the same file.
% The |.xmpdata| file might now look as in Figure~\ref{koi8-code2}.
% Although very verbose, this should be resistant to any corruption due to
-% character encodings, and produces the same result within the PDF,
+% character encodings, and produces the same result within the PDF,
% as in Figure~\ref{koi8-meta}.
-%
+%
% Alternatively one can exploit the |.toc| file, using \LaTeX's command
% |\addtocontents|, as shown in Figure~\ref{koi8-toc}.
% After processing the file, you can copy the LICR representations out
@@ -1570,24 +1625,24 @@
%
% Of course once you have harvested the metadata in this format, remove
% or comment-out those extra |\showLICRs| to get uninterrupted processing.
-% Similarly comment-out the extra |\addtocontents| lines, else the real
+% Similarly comment-out the extra |\addtocontents| lines, else the real
% Table-of-Contents will become corrupted with unwanted entries.
% A couple more \LaTeX\ processing runs should restore the PDF to the
% way you want it.
%
% \subsubsection[Metadata with Polish]{Metadata with Polish}\label{sssec-pol}
-%
-% The next example has upper-range bytes intended to represent Latin-2 encoded
-% characters, as used in Polish.
-% With the \LaTeX\ source starting as in Figure~\ref{tldoc-pol},
+%
+% The next example has upper-range bytes intended to represent Latin-2 encoded
+% characters, as used in Polish.
+% With the \LaTeX\ source starting as in Figure~\ref{tldoc-pol},
% the resulting metadata is shown in Figure~\ref{tlmeta-pol}.
-%
+%
%\begin{figure}[htb]
% \centering
% \includegraphics[scale=.45]{TL-POL-meta}
%\caption{Metadata generated from the coding shown in Figure~\ref{tldoc-pol}
-% for the Polish version of \TeX\ Live 2015 documentation, showing Latin-2 encoded
-% characters. The document is valid for PDF/A-2, after having been processed with
+% for the Polish version of \TeX\ Live 2015 documentation, showing Latin-2 encoded
+% characters. The document is valid for PDF/A-2, after having been processed with
% pdf-\LaTeX.}\label{tlmeta-pol}
%\end{figure}
%
@@ -1597,13 +1652,13 @@
% \input{latin2-example}
%\end{decl}
% }%
-%\caption{Start of the \LaTeX\ source for the Polish version of \TeX\ Live
-% documentation. Although Latin-2 encoded, the bytes are shown here using
+%\caption{Start of the \LaTeX\ source for the Polish version of \TeX\ Live
+% documentation. Although Latin-2 encoded, the bytes are shown here using
% \LaTeX's \texttt{T1} encoding \cite[p.\,449]{LC2}.}\label{tldoc-pol}
%\end{figure}
%
% Here the `parser macro' is |\textLII|, which can be seen in Figure~\ref{tldoc-pol}
-% to surround either complete metadata entries, or just those parts containing
+% to surround either complete metadata entries, or just those parts containing
% polish accented (or other) characters in entries that also contain english words.
% The macro |\textLF| provides a line-feed character for the UTF-8 output.
%
@@ -1619,38 +1674,38 @@
% Let's understand better how this example was created. There are three files involved.
%\begin{itemize}
% \item |pdfx.dtx|, the source for this documentation, open in an editor with
-% encoding declared as UTF-8;
+% encoding declared as UTF-8;
% \item |texlive-pl.tex| the Polish documentation for \TeX\ Live, open in the
% same editor with Latin-2 encoding;
% \item |latin2-example.tex| which starts life as an empty file on disk.
%\end{itemize}
% \noindent
-% This latter file must be opened in the editor, with encoding declared as
+% This latter file must be opened in the editor, with encoding declared as
% Latin-2 (ISO-8859-2).
% Next the preamble is copied from |texlive-pl.tex| and pasted into |latin2-example.tex|
% which is then saved to disk. Further editing is done to |latin2-example.tex| to
% add verbatim markers (\texttt{$\vert$...$\vert$}) and adjust line lengths for display
-% within Figure~\ref{tldoc-pol}. This file's contents is included as part of the
-% documentation via |\input{latin2-example}| within an environment that handles
+% within Figure~\ref{tldoc-pol}. This file's contents is included as part of the
+% documentation via |\input{latin2-example}| within an environment that handles
% presentation aspects, and (since 2018) declares |\UseRawInputEncoding|.
%
% What \emph{cannot} be done is to paste the preamble content directly into |pdfx.dtx|.
-% Consider what would then happen, using `t{\l}umaczy' (`translators', on line 10
-% following `UWAGA'). This word shows correctly in the Latin-2 encoded files.
-% It was typeset here using |\l| for the `\l' letter, having Unicode code-point
-% |Ux0142| (so UTF-8 byte pair |"C5|\,|"82|).
-% However, it occurs at slot |"B3| within Latin-2 encoding.
-% In the |T1| font encoding \cite[p.\,449]{LC2} the character glyph name
-% for slot |"B3| is |/scedilla|, which is what shows in Figure~\ref{tldoc-pol}.
-% When the `\l' is pasted directly into a UTF-8 file and shown verbatim,
-% the result is the pair of glyphs |"C5| (|/Aring|) and |"82| (|/Cacute|);
+% Consider what would then happen, using `t{\l}umaczy' (`translators', on line 10
+% following `UWAGA'). This word shows correctly in the Latin-2 encoded files.
+% It was typeset here using |\l| for the `\l' letter, having Unicode code-point
+% |Ux0142| (so UTF-8 byte pair |"C5|\,|"82|).
+% However, it occurs at slot |"B3| within Latin-2 encoding.
+% In the |T1| font encoding \cite[p.\,449]{LC2} the character glyph name
+% for slot |"B3| is |/scedilla|, which is what shows in Figure~\ref{tldoc-pol}.
+% When the `\l' is pasted directly into a UTF-8 file and shown verbatim,
+% the result is the pair of glyphs |"C5| (|/Aring|) and |"82| (|/Cacute|);
% \emph{viz.} {\UseRawInputEncoding |tłumaczy|}.
%
% As with Figure~\ref{koi8-code} it is not important that the correct characters
% are shown here, but that the metadata in |\jobname.xmpdata| corresponds to what
% is used on the titlepage of the PDF; e.g., the contents of |\Title| and |\title|,
% |\Author| and |\author|, etc.
-%
+%
%
% \subsubsection[Metadata with Greek]{Metadata with Greek}\label{sssec-grk}
%
@@ -1674,7 +1729,7 @@
%|% ... |\\
%| |\\
%|\providecommand{\pdfxopts}{a-2u,LGRxmp,LATxmp}|\\
-%|\begin{filecontents*}{\jobname.xmpdata}|\\
+%|\begin{filecontents}[force]{\jobname.xmpdata}|\\
%|\Title{Writing Greek with the "greek" option of the "babel" package}|\\
%{\color{verbcolor}\texttt{\string\Author\{Apostolos Syropoulos\string\sep\ G\"unter Milde\}}}\\
%|\Subject{This document describes the use of the Latin transliteration for Greek that is |\\
@@ -1690,11 +1745,11 @@
%| \textaristerikeraia\textAlpha\textSampi\textQoppa\textZeta\textdexiakeraia}}|\\
%|\CoverDate{1997-10-15}|\\
%|\CoverDisplayDate{October 15, 1997}|\\
-%|\Copyright{This file is part of the Babel system.\textLF This file may be distributed and/or|\\
+%|\Copyright{This file is part of the Babel system.\textLF This file may be distributed and/or|\\
%| modified under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 |\\
%| of this license or (at your option) any later version.}|\\
%|\CopyrightURL{http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt}|\\
-%|\end{filecontents*}|\\
+%|\end{filecontents}|\\
%|%|\\
%|\documentclass[11pt]{article}|\\
%|\usepackage[\pdfxopts]{pdfx}[2016/04/13]|\\
@@ -1725,70 +1780,70 @@
%
% Prior to proper support for UTF-8 input, a method for preparing document source
% for the modern Greek language (and also for polytonic Greek), involved the use
-% of LGR encoded fonts. Such a font has Greek (instead of Latin) letters in the
+% of LGR encoded fonts. Such a font has Greek (instead of Latin) letters in the
% slots for |a-zA-Z|, see~\cite[\S9.4.2]{LC2}. Thus ordinary ASCII letters are used
% to produce the Greek characters; the mapping of ASCII to Greek is referred to as
-% a `transliteration' scheme. It serves as \emph{both} an input encoding, and as
-% a font encoding. Accents and diacritic marks are provided through ligatures
-% built-in to the fonts. Various documents can be found on the web\footnote{e.g.,
+% a `transliteration' scheme. It serves as \emph{both} an input encoding, and as
+% a font encoding. Accents and diacritic marks are provided through ligatures
+% built-in to the fonts. Various documents can be found on the web\footnote{e.g.,
% \url{http://milde.users.sourceforge.net/LGR/}} and
% within \TeX\ Live distributions\footnote{%
-% TeXLive: \textcolor{urlcolor}{\texttt{.../2016/texmf-dist/doc/generic/babel-greek/}}}.
+% TeXLive: \textcolor{urlcolor}{\texttt{.../2016/texmf-dist/doc/generic/babel-greek/}}}.
%
% Indeed the current maintainer G\"unther Milde states
% ``The LGR transliteration does not work for PDF metadata''.
% This is because there is no translation of LGR input into \LaTeX\ LICRs,
% as happens with say |\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}| for UTF-8 input,
-% or when upper 8-bit characters are present using |\usepackage[iso-8859-7]{inputenc}|.
-% With these, LICRs such as |\textAlpha|, |\textOmicron|, \dots, |\textomega|
+% or when upper 8-bit characters are present using |\usepackage[iso-8859-7]{inputenc}|.
+% With these, LICRs such as |\textAlpha|, |\textOmicron|, \dots, |\textomega|
% are produced, which result in the correct characters for metadata and bookmarks,
% perhaps employing Unicode `combining' characters for accented letters.
% Using |pdfx| the UTF-8 characters can be put directly into the |.xmpdata| file;
% LICRs are interpreted provided the |grkxmp| loading option has been specified.
-%
-% Using the methods of |pdfx| the metadata difficulty is remedied, as can be seen in
-% Figure~\ref{greek-meta} using coding as shown in Figure~\ref{greek-code}. This requires
-% the |LGRxmp| option and |\textLGR| `parser' macro. The original document source,
+%
+% Using the methods of |pdfx| the metadata difficulty is remedied, as can be seen in
+% Figure~\ref{greek-meta} using coding as shown in Figure~\ref{greek-code}. This requires
+% the |LGRxmp| option and |\textLGR| `parser' macro. The original document source,
% called |usage.tex|, can be found in the directory specified in the footnote below.
% As this document is essentially an English description of how to use LGR for Greek,
-% we have used the `Keywords' field to provide examples of such usage.
-% Since a macro |\textgreek| can be used for greek portions within such documents,
+% we have used the `Keywords' field to provide examples of such usage.
+% Since a macro |\textgreek| can be used for greek portions within such documents,
% this macro name is aliased to |\textLGR| within the context where metadata is processed.
-% Furthermore, parsing using |\textLGR| generates correct pre-composed characters
+% Furthermore, parsing using |\textLGR| generates correct pre-composed characters
% for letters with accents or diacritics. Bookmarks can also be generated from
% LGR input, using a technique described in Section~\ref{sssec-arm}.
%
% \bigskip\noindent
% The features available with different loading options are summarised here.
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item
+% \item
% no option: all metadata in |.xmpdata| file is in UTF-8 (incl. ASCII)
% \item
-% |grkxmp|: LICRs can be present; e.g. |\textAlpha|, |\textOmega|, etc.
+% |grkxmp|: LICRs can be present; e.g. |\textAlpha|, |\textOmega|, etc.
% \item
% |LGRxmp|: supports LGR-encoded input and |ISO-8859-7| upper range characters,
-% using the |\textLGR| `parser' macro.
+% using the |\textLGR| `parser' macro.
% \end{itemize}
-% With |LGRxmp| specified, the features of |grkxmp| are also available; so any
+% With |LGRxmp| specified, the features of |grkxmp| are also available; so any
% lower-listed option allows data to be mixed with that for higher-listed ones.
%
%
% The final piece to get validation for PDF/A from LGR input, is to specify
-% a Unicode point for the `|v|' used only in the strong `|sv|' ligature to obtain
-% a non-final `sigma' typeset in isolation.
+% a Unicode point for the `|v|' used only in the strong `|sv|' ligature to obtain
+% a non-final `sigma' typeset in isolation.
%\begin{decl}[]
% |\pdfglyphtounicode{internalchar2}{200D}|
%\end{decl}
% This gives an interpretation as `zero-width joiner'.
% There are two instances of this within |usage.tex|. Copy/Paste works as desired.
-% Using \pdftex\ the above command is done automatically.
-% Drivers, such as Xe\LaTeX\ lacking an implementation of |\pdfglyphtounicode|,
+% Using \pdftex\ the above command is done automatically.
+% Drivers, such as Xe\LaTeX\ lacking an implementation of |\pdfglyphtounicode|,
% can fail to produce a valid PDF due to this rather minor deficiency.
-%
+%
% Greek numerals, using |\greeknumeral| or |\Greeknumeral| cannot work directly within
% a |.xmpdata| file. However if such is desired, the following technique allows
-% correct LICRs to be found for use in the metadata.
-% At any convenient place within the \LaTeX\ source; e.g., near where the required
+% correct LICRs to be found for use in the metadata.
+% At any convenient place within the \LaTeX\ source; e.g., near where the required
% number is used, insert coding such as:
% \begin{decl}[]
% |{\pdfxGreeknumeralsHack \textgreek{\edef\num{\greeknumeral{1997}}\show\num}}%|
@@ -1820,7 +1875,7 @@
%
% \def\ArmTeX{Arm\kern -0.15em\TeX}%
% \subsubsection[Metadata with Armenian]{Metadata with Armenian}\label{sssec-arm}
-%
+%
% \begin{figure}[!htbp]
% \centering
% \includegraphics[scale=.42]{armtex-meta}
@@ -1840,20 +1895,20 @@
% \caption{Enriched \LaTeX\ source for the Armenian version of the \ArmTeX\ manual,
% with added metadata demonstrating the \ArmTeX\ transliteration scheme for \texttt{OT6} encoding.
% Also shown is coding used to produce bookmarks from the transliteration.}\label{arm-code}
-% \end{figure}
-%
+% \end{figure}
+%
% The \ArmTeX\ package\footnote{documentation: %
% TeXLive: \textcolor{urlcolor}{\texttt{.../2016/texmf-dist/doc/generic/armenian/}}}
-% provides the method to typeset Armenian, with input being specified in various ways
-% including a transliteration scheme from ASCII input. This transliteration is directed
+% provides the method to typeset Armenian, with input being specified in various ways
+% including a transliteration scheme from ASCII input. This transliteration is directed
% at the use of the |OT6| encoding, developed for this purpose.
% Each way is supported by |pdfx.sty| with appropriate loading options, similar
-% to the support for Greek~(see Section~\ref{sssec-grk}).
+% to the support for Greek~(see Section~\ref{sssec-grk}).
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item
-% no option: all metadata in |.xmpdata| file is in UTF-8 (incl. ASCII)
% \item
-% |armxmp|: using LICR-like macro names; e.g. |\armAyb|, |\armsha|, |\armfe| etc.
+% no option: all metadata in |.xmpdata| file is in UTF-8 (incl. ASCII)
+% \item
+% |armxmp|: using LICR-like macro names; e.g. |\armAyb|, |\armsha|, |\armfe| etc.
% \item
% |AR8xmp|: using the \ArmTeX\ (|OT6|) transliteration scheme or with upper-range
% characters in |ArmSCII8| encoding, using the `parser' macro |\textARM|.
@@ -1866,9 +1921,9 @@
% implemented in the |OT6|-encoded font, or careful parsing of the input into
% LICR-like macros.
% \LaTeX\ source\footnote{TeXLive: %
-% \textcolor{urlcolor}{\texttt{.../2016/texmf-dist/doc/generic/armenian/examples/latex/}}}
-% for the \ArmTeX\ documentation is available in both English and Armenian.
-% Figure~\ref{arm-meta} shows the result of enriching the Armenian version with relevant
+% \textcolor{urlcolor}{\texttt{.../2016/texmf-dist/doc/generic/armenian/examples/latex/}}}
+% for the \ArmTeX\ documentation is available in both English and Armenian.
+% Figure~\ref{arm-meta} shows the result of enriching the Armenian version with relevant
% metadata, using coding as shown in Figure~\ref{arm-code}.
%
% As in earlier examples, that metadata has come from the extensive comments at the head
@@ -1883,18 +1938,18 @@
% process, as follows.
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item
-% conversion of transliterated source into UTF-8.
+% conversion of transliterated source into UTF-8.
% This is done as the |.xmpdata| file is processed, using |\pdfxEnableCommands|
-% to make global definitions; e.g,
+% to make global definitions; e.g,
%\begin{decl}[]
-% |\xdef\sectAtitle{\textARM{Nerac'uthyun}}|
+% |\xdef\sectAtitle{\textARM{Nerac'uthyun}}|
%\end{decl}
% capturing the section title in the form supplied in the \LaTeX\ source.
-% This can be seen in Figure~\ref{arm-code}, near the end of the |{filecontents*}|
+% This can be seen in Figure~\ref{arm-code}, near the end of the |{filecontents}|
% environment, and at the bottom where the |\section| command would occur.
% \item
% conversion of the UTF-8 representation into |UTF16-be|, suitable for bookmark
-% strings within the PDF file. With \pdftex\ thishis is done using
+% strings within the PDF file. With \pdftex\ this is done using
% |\StringEncodingConvert| from Heiko Oberdiek's |stringenc.sty| package.
% Lua\LaTeX\ and Xe\LaTeX\ can use the UTF-8 representation directly.
% \item
@@ -1909,8 +1964,8 @@
% \end{decl}
% Now |\pdfxBookmark| first checks that the macro passed as the 2nd argument
% actually exists. If it does not, an error message is given and upon continuation
-% would just do |\section{Nerac'uthyun}| as normal.
-% When it does exist, then step 2 is done (by \pdftex) storing the result as |\pdfx@temp|.
+% would just do |\section{Nerac'uthyun}| as normal.
+% When it does exist, then step 2 is done (by \pdftex) storing the result as |\pdfx@temp|.
% With Lua\TeX\ and Xe\TeX, |\pdfx@temp| stores a copy of the UTF-8 data.
% Then the commands needing to be executed are essentially
%\begin{decl}[]
@@ -1921,9 +1976,9 @@
% so that the correct section heading is displayed on the page,
% but when |\sectAtitle| is processed to create a bookmark it is replaced
% by the pre-prepared contents of |\pdfx@temp|.
-% There are some technicalities\footnote{In fact a small change is made
-% to how \textcolor{verbcolor}{\texttt{\string\@@writetorep}} is used.}
-% to make this work cleanly,
+% There are some technicalities\footnote{In fact a small change is made
+% to how \textcolor{verbcolor}{\texttt{\string\@@writetorep}} is used.}
+% to make this work cleanly,
% as just doing these commands would interfere with other uses of |\pdfstringdef|.
% In case a long sectioning command has an optional argument, or a $*$-variant
% is needed, then include it this way.
@@ -1933,32 +1988,32 @@
%
%
% \subsubsection[Other Languages]{Other Languages}\label{sssec-other}
-%
+%
% There is support for Metadata using characters from other languages,
-% with corresponding loading options, as follows.
+% with corresponding loading options, as follows.
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item |arbxmp| : Arabic;
+% \item |arbxmp| : Arabic;
% via LICRs |\textarabicalef|, |\textarabicqaf|,\\ |\textarabicaleflowerhamza|, etc.
-% \item |devxmp| : Devanagari;
+% \item |devxmp| : Devanagari;
% via LICRs |\textdevanagaria|, |\textdevanagarivocalicr|,\\ |\textdevanagaricandrabindu|, etc.
% \item |hebxmp| : Hebrew;
% via LICRs |\hebalef|, |\hebsamekh|, |\hebfinalpe| and accent marks |\segol|, |\qubuts|, etc.
-% \item |vnmxmp| : Vietnamese;
+% \item |vnmxmp| : Vietnamese;
% via LICRs |\ABREVE|, |\OCIRCUMFLEX|, |\uhorn| etc. and the combinations of multiple accents
% applied as usual via |\'|, |\`|, |\^|, etc.
% \end{itemize}
% The LICRs include support mapping accented letters to precomposed glyphs, falling back on
% `combining characters' only in unusual situations. Special input conventions or methods,
-% such as transliteration schemes, are \emph{not yet} supported.
-% Indeed, these options are largely untested, so any difficulties encountered should
+% such as transliteration schemes, are \emph{not yet} supported.
+% Indeed, these options are largely untested, so any difficulties encountered should
% be reported to the package authors. Requests to support extra input methods or other
% language blocks should also be directed to the authors, along with pointers to where
-% the desired input methods are fully described.
+% the desired input methods are fully described.
% Sample `real-world' documents would be greatly appreciated.
%
%
% \subsection[L8U pseudo-encoding]{L8U pseudo-encoding}\label{ssec-L8U}
-%
+%
% To understand how |pdfx| handles the translation into UTF-8 of input that is not already
% in that format, we'll briefly discuss \LaTeX's font-encoding mechanism, which is the
% basis for LICR macros~\cite[\S\,7.11]{LC2}. As an example, consider the macro |\textgamma|
@@ -1973,32 +2028,32 @@
% |ucs/data/uni-3.def:\uc@dclc{947}{default}{\textgamma}%|
% \end{decl}
% Here the |\uc@dclc| commands associate UTF-8 input of |Ux0263| (IPA small letter gamma)
-% and |Ux03B3| (Greek small letter gamma) internally with |\textgamma|,
+% and |Ux03B3| (Greek small letter gamma) internally with |\textgamma|,
% whereas the others deal with output formats\footnote{Whereas {\color{verbcolor}\texttt{ucs.sty}}
-% handles UTF-8 input, mapping it to LICRs, with {\color{verbcolor}\texttt{pdfx.sty}}
+% handles UTF-8 input, mapping it to LICRs, with {\color{verbcolor}\texttt{pdfx.sty}}
% we need the reverse mapping into UTF-8, not just from LICRs but also from legacy
-% 8-bit encodings and transliteration schemes.}.
-% In four of these examples there is a number, which refers to a position in an `encoding vector'
+% 8-bit encodings and transliteration schemes.}.
+% In four of these examples there is a number, which refers to a position in an `encoding vector'
% for the particular font used to place the character onto the printable page.
% For example |LGR| refers to greek fonts, encoded as explained in Section~\ref{sssec-grk}.
% IPA phonetics use the |T3| encoding, so |\textgamma| refers to a character
% from a different Unicode block.
%
% With two of these cases there is no specific font.
-% For example, |PU| is used to create bookmark strings,
-% and other PDF string inclusions, using |\pdfstringdef| from the |hyperref| package.
-% With |greek-euenc.def| designed for Xe\TeX\ and Lua\TeX, the encoding can be variable,
-% with the output bytes being those for the UTF-8 encoding of $\gamma$, namely |^^ce^^b3|,
-% shown here as the |T1|-encoded pair |γ|.
-% The term `pseudo-encoding' has been coined by the \LaTeX\ team.
-% Although there is no actual font to determine the encoding, to an author there is essentially
-% no difference in how corresponding macros can be used to get a character placed into
-% an appropriate structure within the PDF.
+% For example, |PU| is used to create bookmark strings,
+% and other PDF string inclusions, using |\pdfstringdef| from the |hyperref| package.
+% With |greek-euenc.def| designed for Xe\TeX\ and Lua\TeX, the encoding can be variable,
+% with the output bytes being those for the UTF-8 encoding of $\gamma$, namely |^^ce^^b3|,
+% shown here as the |T1|-encoded pair |γ|.
+% The term `pseudo-encoding' has been coined by the \LaTeX\ team.
+% Although there is no actual font to determine the encoding, to an author there is essentially
+% no difference in how corresponding macros can be used to get a character placed into
+% an appropriate structure within the PDF.
%
% Thus there are 4 output forms for this character,
% and we've not even considered how $\gamma$ is used in mathematics!
% To handle these concurrently, one has internally-defined control-sequence names
-% \begin{decl}[]
+% \begin{decl}[]
% |\LGR\textgamma=\char"67| \qquad where $6\times 16 + 7 = 103$\\
% |\T3\textgamma=\char"47| \qquad where $4\times 16 + 7 = 71$\\
% |\PU\textgamma=\long macro:->\83\263|\\
@@ -2006,12 +2061,12 @@
% \end{decl}
% where the 2nd `\textbackslash' is part of the name\footnote{%
% obtained using {\color{verbcolor}%
-% \texttt{\string\csname\space LGR\string\string\string\textgamma\string\endcsname}}.}.
+% \texttt{\string\csname\space LGR\string\string\string\textgamma\string\endcsname}}.}.
% The latter macro is explained below.
% To use the specific version of the macro, \LaTeX\ maintains a `font-encoding'
% parameter, set using |\fontencoding{...}| local to the surrounding environment grouping.
%
-% To the above declarations of |\textgamma|, to deal with conversion to UTF-8,
+% To the above declarations of |\textgamma|, to deal with conversion to UTF-8,
% the |pdfx| package adds the following declarations when the |LGRxmp| option is used.
% \begin{decl}[]
% |pdfx/l8ugrk.def:\DeclareTextCommand{\textgamma}{L8U}{γ}|\\
@@ -2019,11 +2074,11 @@
% |pdfx/l8ugrk.def:\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\textLGRenc}{L8U}{g}{γ} |\\
% |pdfx/l8ugrk.def:\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\textLGRenc}{L8U}{^^e3}{γ}|
% \end{decl}
-% The pseudo-encoding name |L8U| indicates \textbf{L}ocal conversion into UTF-\textbf{8} \textbf{U}nicode,
-% as required for metadata, using |pdfx.sty|. Currently this pseudo-encoding is used in one place only;
+% The pseudo-encoding name |L8U| indicates \textbf{L}ocal conversion into UTF-\textbf{8} \textbf{U}nicode,
+% as required for metadata, using |pdfx.sty|. Currently this pseudo-encoding is used in one place only;
% during the interpretation of information supplied through the |\jobname.xmpdata| file.
% This happens as part of the |pdfx| package, \emph{before} it uses |xmpincl.sty|.
-% Such specificity justifies being called a `Local' encoding.
+% Such specificity justifies being called a `Local' encoding.
% However, other tasks may emerge requiring on-the-fly conversion to UTF-8.
% In this case all the functionality of this pseudo-encoding could be shifted into a separate package,
% and the name changed to reflect this more general usage.
@@ -2031,7 +2086,7 @@
% is possibly a sufficient reason to have a separate package. Another possibility is to
% generate on-the-fly creation of UTF-8 strings, to be sent to Xe\TeX\ or Lua\TeX\ running
% as a slave process to generate images of string using OTF fonts, which \pdftex\ currently
-% cannot handle. The result would then be imported back into the running job as an image.
+% cannot handle. The result would then be imported back into the running job as an image.
% The authors invite suggestions of how this |L8U| pseudo-encoding functionality can be put to
% good use.
%
@@ -2041,7 +2096,7 @@
% |\DeclareTextComposite{\`}{T1}{A}{192}|
%\end{decl}
% to get the pre-composed `\`A', rather than a composite built from \`{} and `A'.
-% The last parameter is an index into a font; however the |\DeclareTextCompositeCommand|
+% The last parameter is an index into a font; however the |\DeclareTextCompositeCommand|
% variant allows arbitrary coding as that final parameter, so can be the bytes for the
% UTF-8 representation of a character.
% In the above code lines, macros are defined as follows
@@ -2067,18 +2122,18 @@
% | ... \textLGRenc{#1}\textgreekLGR@i #2\@empty | \quad if |#2| has more tokens\\
% |\textgreekLGR@i #1->\textgreekLGR@ii #1|
%\end{decl}
-% Thus |\textLGRenc| is called on each token in the argument of |\textLGR|.
+% Thus |\textLGRenc| is called on each token in the argument of |\textLGR|.
% Now |\textLGRenc|, which is applicable only when |L8U| pseudo-encoding is in effect,
% has a default expansion of just passing the character through unchanged; \emph{viz.}
%\begin{decl}[]
% |\DeclareTextCommand{\textLGRenc}{L8U}[1]{#1}|
%\end{decl}
% but by using |\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\textLGRenc}{L8U}{...}{...}|,
-% alternate expansions apply with specific arguments, as shown above.
+% alternate expansions apply with specific arguments, as shown above.
% In particular, that final argument can include coding that `looks ahead' to find the next
% character. This is used, for example, with diacritics in Greek, multi-letter sequences
% for Armenian letters, and other special cases related to ligatures and punctuation symbols.
-% To illustrate this Figure~\ref{ex-arm} (below) follows the conversion of a specific word,
+% To illustrate this Figure~\ref{ex-arm} (below) follows the conversion of a specific word,
% given in the transliteration for Armenian~(see Section~\ref{sssec-arm}).
% This conversion occurs using only \TeX's macro-expansion ability.
% Some details relevant to this example are explained there.
@@ -2117,26 +2172,26 @@
%\end{decl}
% The macro |\armen@en| (named for \textbf{e}mpty or \textbf{n}ext),
% looks ahead to see if the 5th-next argument token is |\@empty|,
-% signifying that there is nothing left of the original input.
-% (A closed bracing |{...}| counts as a single argument.) If |\@empty| the tokens in
+% signifying that there is nothing left of the original input.
+% (A closed bracing |{...}| counts as a single argument.) If |\@empty| the tokens in
% the 2nd bracing are substituted, otherwise those in the 3rd bracing.
-% Similarly |\armen@nc| (named for \textbf{n}ext \textbf{c}haracter)
+% Similarly |\armen@nc| (named for \textbf{n}ext \textbf{c}haracter)
% looks to see whether that 5th argument token matches with the character in the
% 1st bracing. If so, the 2nd bracing's tokens are substituted, else those of the 3rd bracing.
-% This is how to cope with `Sh' or `SH', implemented as ligatures in an |OT6| encoded font,
-% denoting a different letter from a single `S'. The macro |\armuh| is used here
+% This is how to cope with `Sh' or `SH', implemented as ligatures in an |OT6| encoded font,
+% denoting a different letter from a single `S'. The macro |\armuh| is used here
% to \emph{prevent} a ligature from |ev| that would otherwise occur.
-% One writes |e\armuh v| to get the separate letters. As the space becomes an active token,
-% we need |\textarmgobblespace| to restart parsing appropriately.
-% Of course |\textarmenARM@i| behaves like |\textgreekLGR@i|
-% as explained earlier, with a test for |\@empty| as the 2nd token.
+% One writes |e\armuh v| to get the separate letters. As the space becomes an active token,
+% we need |\textarmgobblespace| to restart parsing appropriately.
+% Of course |\textarmenARM@i| behaves like |\textgreekLGR@i|
+% as explained earlier, with a test for |\@empty| as the 2nd token.
% At the end, any remaining |\@empty| expand into nothing.
%
% \caption{Partial tracing of the conversion of an Armenian word, indicated by the red oval
% in Figure~\ref{arm-meta}, from {\color{verbcolor}\texttt{OT6}} transliterated form into UTF-8 bytes.
-% In each line, \TeX\ expansion occurs at the position of the left-most `\textbackslash'.
-% The resulting bytes are shown here in {\color{verbcolor}\texttt{T1}} encoding,
-% as in previous examples, with {\color{verbcolor}\texttt{?}} indicating an invisible character
+% In each line, \TeX\ expansion occurs at the position of the left-most `\textbackslash'.
+% The resulting bytes are shown here in {\color{verbcolor}\texttt{T1}} encoding,
+% as in previous examples, with {\color{verbcolor}\texttt{?}} indicating an invisible character
% in the byte range {\color{verbcolor}\texttt{Ox80}--\texttt{Ox9f}}.
% See Figure\,\ref{src-arm} for how this source appears with UTF-8 encoding.
% }\label{ex-arm}
@@ -2147,8 +2202,8 @@
% to an LICR called |\textarmuh|. Since |\armuh| is already defined, not as an LICR,
% it cannot be declared to be one without creating problems.
% Instead, within the environment grouping where |L8U| pseudo-encoding is specified,
-% one uses |\let\armuh\textarmuh| within a `rebinding' macro command
-% |\LIIXUmaparmenianletters|\footnote{The start of the macro name is derived from pseudo-Roman
+% one uses |\let\armuh\textarmuh| within a `rebinding' macro command
+% |\LIIXUmaparmenianletters|\footnote{The start of the macro name is derived from pseudo-Roman
% numerals: IX = 9, IIX = 8}
% to get LICR functionality from user-commands.
%\begin{decl}[]
@@ -2161,7 +2216,7 @@
% | \def\armbf{}%|\\
% | ... }|
%\end{decl}
-% As well as rebinding each command for a letter, the font style-switching commands
+% As well as rebinding each command for a letter, the font style-switching commands
% are aliased to do nothing, as these are not relevant to creating UTF-8 output.
% Being localised by the |L8U| grouping, this causes no problem elsewhere within the document.
% These are similar to macros |\psdaliasnames| and |\psdmapshortnames| from |hyperref.sty|,
@@ -2169,7 +2224,7 @@
%
% \begin{figure}[htb]
% \includegraphics[scale=.625]{Armenian-example-UTF8.png}
-% \caption{Image of part of the source coding for Figure~\ref{ex-arm},
+% \caption{Image of part of the source coding for Figure~\ref{ex-arm},
% viewed as UTF-8 encoded, within editing software.}\label{src-arm}
% \end{figure}
%
@@ -2186,10 +2241,10 @@
% \item |\LIIXUmaplatinchars| and |\LIIXUcancelfontswitches| with |LATxmp|
% \item |\LIIXUmapmathletterlikes| always defined
% \item |\LIIXUmapmathspaces| always defined
-% \item |\LIIXUmapmath...| with |mathxmp| --- see Section~\ref{ssec-math} below.
+% \item |\LIIXUmapmath...| with |mathxmp| --- see Section~\ref{ssec-math} below.
%\end{itemize}
% It may well be that more macro names can be added to some of these commands,
-% to allow macro usage within the metadata.
+% to allow macro usage within the metadata.
% Suggestions for such additions should be sent to the |pdfx| package authors, along
% with example documents. Similarly support for more languages can be requested.
%
@@ -2199,9 +2254,9 @@
% Macro commands for many mathematical symbols can be used directly in metadata without extra
% support; e.g., basic arithmetic operations, letter-like symbols, spacing commands.
% Super- and subscripted letters and numerals can use |\textsuperscript| and |\textsubscript|
-% when there is an appropriate Unicode character (digits, comma, $+$/$-$/$=$, parentheses,
+% when there is an appropriate Unicode character (digits, comma, $+$/$-$/$=$, parentheses,
% many letters but not all).
-%
+%
% When the |mathxmp| loading option is specified, many more symbols become available,
% using `rebinding' macros. These are necessary, as the macros for mathematical symbols
% are generally \emph{not} defined as LICRs, but use |\mathchar|. Thus new LICRs are needed,
@@ -2243,8 +2298,8 @@
% where |\liixu@mathreorder| uses some \TeX\ pattern-matching to allow the |\textmathrmstring|
% parser macro to work on the argument to |\mathrm| before allowing |\textmathnormal| parsing
% to continue afterwards. We refer to this as `nested parsing'.
-%
-% Similarly `nested parsing' can be used with superscripts and subscripts using |^{...}| and |_{...}|
+%
+% Similarly `nested parsing' can be used with superscripts and subscripts using |^{...}| and |_{...}|
% and to specify linebreaks, and even super-/subscripts within styles; viz.
%\begin{decl}[]
% |\Declar...CompositeCommand{\textmathnormal}{L8U}{^}{\liixu@mathreorder\textsuperstring}|\\
@@ -2259,7 +2314,7 @@
% is required to uncover cases which may require special handling.
% An ultimate aim is to be able to just copy the \LaTeX\ source for the `Abstract' of a technical
% paper into the |\Subject{...}| field of the |.xmpdata| file, with a large expectation that
-% it will `just work', or need only trivial edits to make it so.
+% it will `just work', or need only trivial edits to make it so.
%
%
% \subsection[Metadata in a Production Workflow]{Metadata in a Production Workflow}\label{ssec-wflow}
@@ -2273,8 +2328,8 @@
% \noindent
% At Macquarie University, the Mathematics Department produces personalised topmatter
% or coversheets for student assignments and tutorial papers using \LaTeX, incorporating
-% information that has been stored in a database. This is done by writing extra definitions
-% at the top of a copy of the \LaTeX\ source as prepared by the lecturers.
+% information that has been stored in a database. This is done by writing extra definitions
+% at the top of a copy of the \LaTeX\ source as prepared by the lecturers.
% For example information analogous to the following
%\begin{decl}[]
% |\def\thestudentname{\utext{Moore} Ross}|\\
@@ -2286,7 +2341,7 @@
% |\def\theduedate{09/05 2016}|\\
% |...|
%\end{decl}
-% is prepended to the file shown in Figure~\ref{math-wflow},
+% is prepended to the file shown in Figure~\ref{math-wflow},
% for each student downloading their personalised assignment paper.
% The \LaTeX\ source makes use of this information, including recording some of it
% within the Metadata.
@@ -2301,7 +2356,7 @@
% |\def\assigntopics{orbits, stabilisers, groups of matrices}|\\
% |\providecommand{\pdfxopts}{a-1b}|\\
% |%% XMP metadata for PDF/A conformance|\\
-% |\begin{filecontents*}{\jobname.xmpdata}|\\
+% |\begin{filecontents}[force]{\jobname.xmpdata}|\\
% |\Title{\theunitcode\ \theoffering: Assignment \theassignmentnumber}|\\
% |\Author{\assignLecturer}|\\
% |\Copyright{Macquarie University, Mathematics Department}|\\
@@ -2310,7 +2365,7 @@
% |\Keywords{\assigntopics}|\\
% |\Creator{pdfTeX + pdfx.sty with \pdfxopts\space option}|\\
% |\pdfxEnableCommands{\def\utext#1{#1,}}|\\
-% |\end{filecontents*}|\\
+% |\end{filecontents}|\\
% ||\\
% |\documentclass[a4paper,11pt]{article}|\\
% |\RequirePackage{assignments}|\\
@@ -2332,7 +2387,7 @@
% Another way that jobs can be customised using essentially the same \LaTeX\ source,
% is via the command used to initiate the job. For example the file |sample.tex|,
% accompanying the |pdfx| distribution, can be used to test the loading options to create
-% PDFs conforming to the various flavours of PDF/A, PDF/E and PDF/X.
+% PDFs conforming to the various flavours of PDF/A, PDF/E and PDF/X.
% Consider a shell script containing the following (Unix/Linux) commands.
%\begin{decl}[]
% |pdflatex "\def\pdfxopt{a-2b}\input sample.tex"|\\
@@ -2348,11 +2403,11 @@
% from the same \LaTeX\ source, named according to each particular variant.
% A default |\providecommand{\pdfxopt}{a-1b}| at the start of |sample.tex| catches the case
% of normal typesetting, doing nothing when |\pdfxopt| already has an expansion value.
-%
+%
% \goodbreak
% \subsection[Further Developments]{Further Developments}\label{ssec-further}
%
-% Prospects for further development of the |pdfx| package are as follows,
+% Prospects for further development of the |pdfx| package are as follows,
% listed not necessarily in order of perceived importance.
% \begin{itemize}
% \item
@@ -2363,7 +2418,7 @@
% Conformance to multiple PDF standards; e.g. both PDF/A and PDF/E,
% both PDF/A and PDF/X with RGB or CMYK color profile, other combinations.
% \item
-% Explore delaying the processing of metadata until |\begin{document}|,
+% Explore delaying the processing of metadata until |\begin{document}|,
% thereby allowing some fields to be set automatically from other information
% supplied within the document preamble.
% \item
@@ -2384,7 +2439,6 @@
% Support emerging standards based on PDF 2.0~\cite{PDF20}.
% \end{itemize}
%
-%
% \section[Bibliography]{Bibliography}%
% {\let\newpage\relax
% \begin{thebibliography}{999}
@@ -2396,28 +2450,35 @@
%
% \bibitem{XMP-spec}Adobe Systems Inc.;
% XMP Specification, Adding Intelligence to Media. September 2005.
-% Also available as ISO 16684-1:2012\,\cite{XMP-ISO}.\\
+% Also available as ISO 16684-1:2012\,\cite{XMP-ISO}. %\\
% \url{http://www.adobe.com/devnet/xmp/}.
%
% \bibitem{PDFUA1} ANSI\,/\,AIIM\,/\,ISO\,14289-1:2012;
% Document management applications --- Electronic document file format enhancement for accessibility
% --- Part 1: Use of ISO\,32000-1\,(PDF/UA-1);
-% Technical Committee ISO/TC\,171/SC\,2 (July 2012).
-% \url{http://www.iso.org/iso/home/store/catalogue_tc/catalogue_detail.htm?csnumber=54564}.\\
-% Revised as ISO\,14289-1:2014 (December 2014):
-% \url{http://www.iso.org/iso/home/store/catalogue_tc/catalogue_detail.htm?csnumber=64599}.\\
-% Available from ANSI at \url{https://webstore.ansi.org/Standards/ISO/ISO142892014}.
+% Technical Committee ISO/TC\,171/SC\,2 (July 2012 -- withdrawn). %\\
+% Revised as ISO\,14289-1:2014 (Dec. 2014):
+% \url{https://www.iso.org/standard/64599.html}.\\
+% Available from ANSI at \url{https://webstore.ansi.org/standards/iso/iso142892014}.
%
-% \bibitem{PDFUABSI} BS,/\,ISO\,14289-1:2014; Document Management Applications.
-% Electronic Document File Format Enhancement For Accessibility. Use Of ISO 32000-1 (PDF/UA-1) (British Standard)
-% \url{https://webstore.ansi.org/Standards/BSI/BSISO142892014}.
+% \bibitem{PDFUA2} ISO\,14289-2:2024;
+% Document management applications --- Electronic document file format enhancement for accessibility
+% --- Part 2: Use of ISO\,32000-2\,(PDF/UA-2);\\
+% Technical Committee ISO/TC\,171/SC\,2 WG9 (March 2024).
+% \href{https://pdfa.org/iso-14289-2-pdfua-2/}%
+% {\UrlFont https://pdfa.org/iso-\penalty-20 14289-2-pdfua-2/}
+%
+% \bibitem{PDFUABSI} BS,/\,ISO\,14289-1:2014; Document Management Applications.
+% Electronic Document File Format Enhancement For Accessibility.
+% Use Of ISO 32000-1 (PDF/UA-1) (British Standard)
+% \url{https://webstore.ansi.org/standards/bsi/bsiso142892014}.
%
-% \bibitem{pdfaPilot} Callas Software Gmbh.;
+% \bibitem{pdfaPilot} Callas Software Gmbh.;
% \texttt{pdfaPilot}, plug-in or desktop software for PDF/A versions.
% \url{https://www.callassoftware.com/en/products/pdfapilot}.
%
% \bibitem{DC}
-% Dublin Core Metadata Element Set, Version 1.1, October 2010\\
+% Dublin Core Metadata Element Set, Version 1.1, October 2010\\
% \url{http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/}.
%
% \bibitem{BCP47}IETF; Best Current Practice \#47: Tags for Identifying Languages.
@@ -2425,115 +2486,157 @@
% \url{https://tools.ietf.org/pdf/bcp47.pdf}.
%
% \bibitem{PDFX}ISO\,15930-1:2001;
-% Graphic technology --- Prepress digital data exchange --- Use of PDF --- Part 1:
+% Graphic technology --- Prepress digital data exchange --- Use of PDF --- Part 1:
% Complete exchange using CMYK data (PDF/X-1 and PDF/X-1a).
% Technical Committee ISO/TC\,130 (December 2001).
-% \url{http://www.iso.org/iso/home/store/catalogue_tc/catalogue_detail.htm?csnumber=29061}.
+% \url{https://www.iso.org/standard/29061.html}.
%
% \bibitem{PDFX3}ISO\,15930-3:2002;
-% Graphic technology --- Prepress digital data exchange --- Use of PDF --- Part 3:
+% Graphic technology --- Prepress digital data exchange --- Use of PDF --- Part 3:
% Complete exchange suitable for colour-managed workflows (PDF/X-3).
% Technical Committee ISO/TC\,130 (September 2002).
-% \url{http://www.iso.org/iso/home/store/catalogue_tc/catalogue_detail.htm?csnumber=34941}.
+% \url{https://www.iso.org/standard/34941.html}.
%
% \bibitem{PDFX1a}ISO\,15930-4:2003;
-% Graphic technology --- Prepress digital data exchange --- Use of PDF --- Part 4:
+% Graphic technology --- Prepress digital data exchange --- Use of PDF --- Part 4:
% Complete exchange of CMYK and spot colour printing data using PDF 1.4 (PDF/X-1a).
% Technical Committee ISO/TC\,130 (December 2003).
-% \url{http://www.iso.org/iso/home/store/catalogue_tc/catalogue_detail.htm?csnumber=39938}.
+% \url{https://www.iso.org/standard/39938.html}.
%
% \bibitem{PDFX3a}ISO\,15930-6:2003;
-% Graphic technology --- Prepress digital data exchange --- Use of PDF --- Part 6:
+% Graphic technology --- Prepress digital data exchange --- Use of PDF --- Part 6:
% Complete exchange of printing data suitable for colour-managed workflows using PDF 1.4 (PDF/X-3).
% Technical Committee ISO/TC\,130 (December 2003).
-% \url{http://www.iso.org/iso/home/store/catalogue_tc/catalogue_detail.htm?csnumber=39940}.
+% \url{https://www.iso.org/standard/39940.html}.
%
% \bibitem{PDFX4}ISO\,15930-7:2010;
-% Graphic technology --- Prepress digital data exchange --- Use of PDF --- Part 7:
+% Graphic technology --- Prepress digital data exchange --- Use of PDF --- Part 7:
% Complete exchange of printing data (PDF/X-4) and partial exchange of printing data with external profile reference (PDF/X-4p) using PDF 1.6.
% Technical Committee ISO/TC\,130 (July 2010).
-% \url{http://www.iso.org/iso/home/store/catalogue_tc/catalogue_detail.htm?csnumber=55843}.
+% \url{https://www.iso.org/standard/55843.html}.
%
% \bibitem{PDFX5}ISO\,15930-8:2010;
-% Graphic technology --- Prepress digital data exchange --- Use of PDF --- Part 8:
-% Partial exchange of printing data using PDF 1.6 (PDF/X-5). \hfil
-% Technical Committee ISO/TC\,130 (July 2010). \hfil
-% \url{http://www.iso.org/iso/home/store/catalogue_tc/catalogue_detail.htm?csnumber=55844}.
+% Graphic technology --- Prepress digital data exchange --- Use of PDF --- Part 8:
+% Partial exchange of printing data using PDF 1.6 (PDF/X-5).
+% Technical Committee ISO/TC\,130 (July 2010).
+% \url{https://www.iso.org/standard/55844.html}.
% Revision via Corrigendum: ISO\,15930-8:2010/Cor\,1:2011 (August 2011);
-% \url{http://www.iso.org/iso/home/store/catalogue_tc/catalogue_detail.htm?csnumber=60210}.
+% \url{https://www.iso.org/standard/60210.html}.
+%
+% \bibitem{PDFX6}ISO\,15930-9:2020;
+% Graphic technology --- Prepress digital data exchange --- Use of PDF --- Part 9:
+% Complete exchange of printing data (PDF/X-6) and partial exchange of printing data
+% with external profile reference (PDF/X-6p and PDF/X-6n) using PDF 2.0
+% Technical Committee ISO/TC\,130 (November 2020).
+% \url{https://www.iso.org/standard/77103.html}.
+%
%
% \bibitem{PDFVT}ISO\,16612-2:2010;
-% Graphic technology\,---\,Variable data exchange\,---\,Part 2:\hfil
-% Using PDF/X-4 \penalty-5000 and PDF/X-5 (PDF/VT-1 and PDF/VT-2).
-% Technical Committee ISO/TC\,130 (December 2005). \hfil
-% \href{http://www.iso.org/iso/home/store/catalogue_tc/catalogue_detail.htm?csnumber=38013}%
-% {{\small\tt http://www.iso.org/iso/home/store/catalogue\_tc/catalogue\_detail.htm?\penalty-200csnumber=38013}}.
+% Graphic technology\,---\,Variable data exchange---Part\,2:
+% Using PDF/X-4\penalty-5000\ and PDF/X-5 (PDF/VT-1 and PDF/VT-2).
+% Technical Committee ISO/TC\,130 (December 2005).
+% \url{https://www.iso.org/standard/38013.html}.%
+%
+%
+% \bibitem{PDFVT3}ISO\,16612-3:2020;
+% Graphic technology\,---\,Variable data exchange---Part\,3:
+% Using PDF/X-6\penalty-5000\ (PDF/VT-3).
+% Technical Committee ISO/TC\,130 (Edition1, 2020).
+% \url{https://www.iso.org/standard/75218.html}.%
%
% \bibitem{XMP-ISO}ISO\,16684-1:2012;
-% Graphic technology --- Extensible metadata platform (XMP) specification --- Part 1:
+% Graphic technology --- Extensible metadata platform (XMP) specification --- Part 1:
% Data model, serialization and core properties.
-% Technical Committee ISO/TC\,130 (February 2012).
-% \url{http://www.iso.org/iso/home/store/catalogue_tc/catalogue_detail.htm?csnumber=57421}.
+% Technical Committee ISO/TC\,130 (February 2012 -- withdrawn).
+% Revised as ISO\,16684-1:2019; (Edition 2, 2019).
+% \url{https://www.iso.org/standard/75163.html}.
%
-% \bibitem{PDFA}ISO\,19005-1:2005;
+% \bibitem{PDFA}ISO\,19005-1:2005;
% Document Management --- Electronic document file format for long term preservation
% --- Part 1: Use of PDF\,1.4\,(PDF/A-1);
% Technical Committee ISO/TC\,171/SC\,2 (Sept. 2005).
-% Revisions via Corrigenda: ISO\,19005-1:2005/Cor\,1:2007 (March 2007);
-% ISO\,19005-1:2005/Cor\,2:2011 (Dec. 2011). \\
-% \url{http://www.iso.org/iso/catalogue_detail?csnumber=38920}.
+% Revisions via Corrigenda: ISO\,19005-1:2005/Cor\,1:2007 (March 2007);
+% ISO\,19005-1:2005/Cor\,2:2011 (Dec. 2011).
+% \url{https://www.iso.org/standard/38920.html}.
%
% \bibitem{PDFA2}ISO\,19005-2:2011;
% Document Management --- Electronic document file format for long term preservation
% --- Part 2: Use of ISO\,32000-1\,(PDF/A-2); \hfill
-% Technical Committee ISO/\penalty-200 TC\,171/SC\,2 (June 2011).\\
-% \url{http://www.iso.org/iso/catalogue_detail?csnumber=50655}.
+% Technical Committee ISO/\penalty-200 TC\,171/SC\,2 (June 2011).
+% \url{https://www.iso.org/standard/50655.html}.
%
% \bibitem{PDFA3}ISO\,19005-3:2012;
% Document Management --- Electronic document file format for long term preservation
% --- Part 3: Use of ISO\,32000-1 with support for embedded files (PDF/A-3);
-% Technical Committee ISO/TC\,171/SC\,2 (October 2012).\\
-% \url{http://www.iso.org/iso/catalogue_detail?csnumber=57229}.
+% Technical Committee ISO/TC\,171/SC\,2 (October 2012).
+% \url{https://www.iso.org/standard/57229.html}.
+%
+% \bibitem{PDFA4}ISO\,19005-4:2020;
+% Document Management --- Electronic document file format for long term preservation
+% --- Part 4: Use of ISO\,32000-2 (PDF/A-4);
+% Technical Committee ISO/TC\,171/SC\,2 (Edition 1, 2020).
+% \url{https://www.iso.org/standard/71832.html}.
+%
+% \bibitem{PDFDecl} PDF Declarations. A use of ISO\,32000.
+% PDF Association, Berlin, Germany (2019).
+% \url{https://pdfa.org/resource/pdf-declarations/}
%
% \bibitem{PDFE}ISO\,24517-1:2008;
-% Document Management --- Engineering document format using PDF --- Part 1:
+% Document Management --- Engineering document format using PDF --- Part 1:
% Use of PDF 1.6 (PDF/E-1);
% Technical Committee ISO/TC\,171/SC\,2 (May 2008).\\
-% \url{http://www.iso.org/iso/catalogue_detail?csnumber=42274}.
+% \url{https://www.iso.org/standard/42274.html}.
%
% \bibitem{ISO32000}ISO\,32000-1:2008;
% Document management\,---\,Portable document format\,(PDF\,1.7);
-% Technical Committee ISO/TC\,171/SC\,2 (July 2008).
+% Technical Committee ISO/TC\,171/SC\,2 (July 2008).
% Also available as \cite{PDF17}.\\
-% \url{http://www.iso.org/iso/catalogue_detail?csnumber=51502}.
+% \url{https://www.iso.org/standard/51502.html}.
%
% \bibitem{PDF20}ISO\,32000-2:2017;
% Document management --- Portable document format --- Part~2: PDF\,2.0;
-% Technical Committee ISO/TC\,171/SC\,2 Document file formats, EDMS systems
-% and authenticity of information. (July 2017)\\
-% \url{https://www.iso.org/standard/63534.html}.
+% Technical Committee ISO/TC\,171/SC\,2 Document file formats, EDMS systems
+% and authenticity of information. (July 2017 --- withdrawn)
+% Revised as ISO\,32000-2:2020; (Edition 2, 2020)
+% \url{https://www.iso.org/standard/75839.html}.\\
+% Sponsored access available since 5 April 2023, from
+% \href{https://www.pdfa-inc.org/product/iso-32000-2-pdf-2-0-bundle-sponsored-access/}{PDF Association}.
%
% \bibitem{LC2} F.\,Mittelbach, M.\,Goossens with J.\,Braams, D.\,Carlisle, C.\,Rowley;
% The \LaTeX\ Companion --- 2nd edition. Addison--Wesley (now Pearson Education Inc.), 2004.
% ISBN 0-201-36299-6 (paperback).
%
-% \bibitem{TN0009}PDF/A Competence Centre;
-% TechNote 0009: XMP Extension Schemas in PDF/A-1. (March 2008)
+% \bibitem{PDF-LaTeX} \LaTeX\ Project Working Group, PDF Association.
+% \url{https://pdfa.org/community/latex-project-lwg/}
+%
+% \bibitem{LaTeXPDF} \LaTeX\ Tagged PDF\,---\,A blueprint for a large project.
+% Frank Mittelbach, Chris Rowley; TUGboat, Volume 41 (2020), No 3.
+% \url{https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb41-3/tb129mitt-tagpdf.pdf}.
+% Project website \url{https://www.latex-project.org/};
+% \href{https://www.latex-project.org/publications/2020-FMi-TUB-tb129mitt-tagpdf.pdf}{Preprint}.
+%
+% \bibitem{TN0009}PDF/A Competence Centre;\,
+% TechNote\,0009: XMP Extension Schemas in PDF/A-1.\penalty-2000\ (March 2008) \ \
% \href{https://www.pdfa.org/publication/technical-note-tn-0009-xmp-extension-schemas-in-pdfa-1/}%
-% {\small\tt https://www.pdfa.org/publication/technical-note-tn-0009-xmp-extension\penalty-200 -schemas-in-pdfa-1/}.
+% {\UrlFont https://www.pdfa.org/publication/technical-note-tn-0009-xmp-\penalty-20 extension-schemas-in-pdfa-1/}.
%
% \bibitem{PDF-UA}
-% PDF/UA Technical Implementation Guide: Understanding ISO\,14289-1 (PDF/UA-1). \penalty-200
-% AIIM Global Community of Information Professionals. \hfil
+% PDF/UA Technical Implementation Guide: Understanding ISO\,14289-1\penalty-2000\ (PDF/UA-1).
+% AIIM Global Community of Information Professionals.
% \href{http://www.aiim.org/Research-and-Publications/standards/committees/PDFUA/Technical-Implementation-Guide}%
-% {\small\tt http://www.aiim.org/Re\penalty-200 search-and-Publications/standards/committees/PDFUA/Technical-Implementation\penalty-200 -Guide}.
+% {\UrlFont http://\penalty-20 www.aiim.org/Research-and-Publications/standards/committees/PDFUA/Technical\penalty-200 -Implementation-Guide}.
+%
+% \bibitem{WTPDF} Well-Tagged PDF (WTPDF);
+% Using Tagged PDF for Accessibility and Reuse in PDF 2.0.
+% PDF Association; PDF Reuse TWG \& PDF/UA TWG. Version 1.0.0, February 2024.
+% \url{https://pdfa.org/wtpdf/}
%
-% \bibitem{colorp} N.\,Preining;
+% \bibitem{colorp} N.\,Preining;
% \texttt{colorprofiles} \textemdash\ Collection of free ICC profiles.
-% \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ package (by R.\,Moore), distributed with \TeX{}Live. (November 2018)\\
+% \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ package (by R.\,Moore), distributed with \TeX{}Live. (Nov. 2018)
% \url{https://ctan.org/pkg/colorprofiles}.
%
-% \bibitem{PRISM}PRISM; Publishing Requirements for Industry Standard Metadata.
+% \bibitem{PRISM}PRISM; Publishing Requirements for Industry Standard Metadata.
% PRISM Metadata Initiative; Idealliance Working Group.
% \url{http://www.idealliance.org/specifications/prism-metadata-initiative/prism}
%
@@ -2541,16 +2644,24 @@
% Generation of PDF/X- and PDF/A-compliant PDFs with \pdftex --- \texttt{pdfx.sty}.
% TUGboat Vol.\,36, No.\,2; TUG 2015 Conference Proceedings. \TeX\ Users Group, 2015; pp.\,136--142.
%
-% \bibitem{veraPDF} veraPDF. Industry Supported PDF/A Validation.
-% Software, dual-licensed under the GNU General Public License v3 or later (GPLv3+)
+% \bibitem{tagpdf} |tagpdf| -- Tools for experimenting with tagging using pdf\LaTeX\ and Lua\LaTeX.
+% Ulrike Fischer. Available via CTAN repository.
+% \url{https://ctan.org/pkg/tagpdf}.
+%
+% \bibitem{tpdf} |tpdf|; Ross Moore. Unpublished.
+% \LaTeX\ package and macro suite for producing `real-world' standards-conforming PDF documents.
+% Examples available at \url{http://maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/TaggedPDF/}.
+%
+% \bibitem{veraPDF} veraPDF. Industry Supported PDF/A Validation.
+% Software, dual-licensed under the GNU General Public License v3 or later (GPLv3+)
% and Mozilla Public License v2 or later (MPLv2+). \url{https://verapdf.org}.
% Wiki: \url{https://github.com/veraPDF/veraPDF-validation-profiles/wiki}
%
-% \bibitem{RDF} World Wide Web Consortium (W3C);
+% \bibitem{RDF} World Wide Web Consortium (W3C);
% Resource Description Format: RDF 1.1 XML Syntax. W3C Recommendation. (February 2014)
% \url{https://www.w3.org/TR/rdf-syntax-grammar/}.
-%
-% \bibitem{wikiPDF}Wikipedia;
+%
+% \bibitem{wikiPDF}Wikipedia;
% PDF/A: \url{https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PDF/A}\newline
% PDF/E: \url{https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PDF/E}\newline
% PDF/VT: \url{https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PDF/VT}\newline
@@ -2560,7 +2671,7 @@
% \end{thebibliography}
% }\goodbreak
% \section[Implementation]{Implementation}
-%
+%
% \iffalse
%<*package>
% \fi \hfuzz=2.5pt%
@@ -2575,7 +2686,7 @@
}{}%
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\ProvidesPackage{pdfx}
- [2019/02/27 v1.6.3 PDF/X and PDF/A support (CVR/HTH/RRM/PS)]
+ [2024/06/24 v1.6.5f PDF/X and PDF/A support (CVR/HTH/RRM/PS)]
\newif\ifpdfx@noBOM \pdfx@noBOMfalse % use a BOM in the XMP packet
\newif\ifpdfx@x \pdfx@xfalse % PDF/X mode
@@ -2594,13 +2705,28 @@
\def\xmp@ReleaseDate{2005} % 2001 for PDF/X-1, 2005 for PDF/A-1,
% 2010 for PDF/A-2, 2012 for PDF/A-3.
+%% with Beamer pgf will have written Resource objects already
+\newif\ifpdfx@luacheck@needed
+\@ifpackageloaded{pgfcore}{\pdfx@luacheck@neededtrue}{}
+%% thanks to Ryutaroh Matsumoto for reporting this issue
+
\newcount\pdfx@minorversion
+\newcount\pdfx@majorversion
+\expandafter\ifx\csname pdfmajorversion\endcsname\relax
+%% RRM: 20240614 LuaLaTeX may not have this defined
+ \newcount\pdfmajorversion
+ \pdfmajorversion=1\relax
+\fi
\expandafter\ifx\csname pdfminorversion\endcsname\relax
-\else
- \global\pdfx@minorversion=\the\pdfminorversion
+%% RRM: 20240614 this could be set in luatex85 package
+ \newcount\pdfminorversion
+ \pdfminorversion=3\relax
\fi
+%% options can change these from the defaults
+\global\pdfx@majorversion=\the\pdfmajorversion
+\global\pdfx@minorversion=\the\pdfminorversion
-\def\pdfx@ErrorWarning#1#2#3#4{%
+\def\pdfx@ErrorWarning #1#2#3#4{%
\ifpdfx@noerr \PackageWarning{pdfx}{#1.^^J #2#3.^^J}%
\else \PackageError{pdfx}{#1}{#2#4.^^J
Use option 'noerr' to avoid this message.^^J}%
@@ -2781,6 +2907,9 @@
\DeclareOption{pdf15}{\global\pdfx@minorversion=5 }% 2005 Acrobat 6
\DeclareOption{pdf16}{\global\pdfx@minorversion=6 }% 2006 Acrobat 7 (ISBN 0-321-30474-8)
\DeclareOption{pdf17}{\global\pdfx@minorversion=7 }% 2008 ISO 32000-1:2008
+\DeclareOption{pdf20}{% 2020 ISO 32000-2:2020
+ \global\pdfx@majorversion=2 \relax
+ \global\pdfx@minorversion=0 }%
%% inhibits writing the XMP byte-order marker
\DeclareOption{noBOM}{\pdfx@noBOMtrue}
@@ -2845,6 +2974,13 @@
\ExecuteOptions{noBOM,a-1b}
\ProcessOptions
+\RequirePackage{ifluatex}
+\ifpdfx@luacheck@needed
+ \ifluatex
+ \RequirePackage{luatex85}
+ \fi
+\fi
+
\ifpdfx@ua\ifpdfx@x\else
\expandafter\if\xmp@Conformance A\else
\pdfx@ErrorWarning{PDF/UA requires 'Tagged PDF' for any structure.^^J
@@ -2857,19 +2993,23 @@
\expandafter\ifx\csname pdflastobj\endcsname\relax
\else
- \ifnum\pdflastobj >\z@ % pdftex has already written objects
+ \ifnum\pdflastobj >\z@ % pdf/luatex has already written objects
+ % e.g. by pgfcore , called from Beamer or other class
\ifnum\pdfx@minorversion=\pdfminorversion\else
\PackageError{pdfx}%
{^^J(pdfx) Cannot change the \string\pdfminorversion^^J%
- (pdfx) PDF version remains at 1.\the\pdfminorversion.^^J%
- (pdfx) Use \string\pdfminorversion=\the\pdfx@minorversion\space
+ (pdfx) PDF version remains at \the\pdfmajorversion.\the\pdfminorversion.^^J%
+ (pdfx) Use \string\pdfmajorversion=\the\pdfx@majorversion\space^^J%
+ and \string\pdfminorversion=\the\pdfx@minorversion\space
before \string\documentclass}%
{(pdfx) Another package or document-class has written objects into the PDF.^^J%
- (pdfx) Hit return to continue with PDF version 1.\the\pdfminorversion.%
- }%
+ (pdfx) Hit return to continue with PDF version %
+ \the\pdfmajorversion.\the\pdfminorversion.}%
+ \global\pdfx@majorversion=\the\pdfmajorversion
\global\pdfx@minorversion=\the\pdfminorversion
\fi
\else
+ \global\pdfmajorversion\pdfx@majorversion
\global\pdfminorversion\pdfx@minorversion
\fi
\fi
@@ -2877,6 +3017,7 @@
\expandafter\ifx\csname thepdfminorversion\endcsname\relax
\expandafter\ifx\csname pdfminorversion\endcsname\relax
\else
+ \xdef\thepdfmajorversion{\the\pdfmajorversion}
\xdef\thepdfminorversion{\the\pdfminorversion}
\fi\fi
@@ -2885,16 +3026,21 @@
\def\pdf@minorversion@xetex=#1{\gdef\thepdfminorversion{#1}}%
\let\pdfminorversion\pdf@minorversion@xetex
\else
- \ifnum\pdfminorversion < 4\relax
- \ifpdfx@x
- % more testing needed with PDF/X
- \else
- \pdfminorversion=4\relax % assumed for PDF/A ; options may change this for PDF/X
- \gdef\thepdfminorversion{4}%
- \fi
+ \ifnum\pdfmajorversion > 1\relax
+ \pdfminorversion=3\relax
+ %% else some JPG graphics with DCT encoding will fail
\else
- \ifnum\pdfminorversion<\thepdfminorversion\relax
- \global\pdfminorversion=\thepdfminorversion\relax
+ \ifnum\pdfminorversion < 4\relax
+ \ifpdfx@x
+ % more testing needed with PDF/X
+ \else
+ \pdfminorversion=4\relax % assumed for PDF/A ; options may change this for PDF/X
+ \gdef\thepdfminorversion{4}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifnum\pdfminorversion<\thepdfminorversion\relax
+ \global\pdfminorversion=\thepdfminorversion\relax
+ \fi
\fi
\fi
\fi
@@ -2902,7 +3048,8 @@
\pdfresetpageorigin=0
\fi
-\expandafter\ifx\csname pdfomitcharset\endcsname\relax\else
+\expandafter\ifx\csname pdfomitcharset\endcsname\relax
+\else
\ifpdfx@omitcharset
\pdfomitcharset = 1 %
%% do not create /Charset listings of font glyphs;
@@ -2940,8 +3087,10 @@
\RequirePackage{iftex}
\RequirePackage{ifpdf}
+%\expandafter\show\csname ifpdf\endcsname
%% Support for pdfTeX primitives when using XeTeX:
\RequirePackage{ifxetex}
+%\expandafter\show\csname ifpdf\endcsname
\ifxetex
\def\pdfx@pages@xetex#1{\special{pdf:put @pages <<#1>>}}
\def\pdfx@pageattr@xetex#1{\special{pdf:put @thispage <<#1>>}}
@@ -2971,7 +3120,10 @@
}%
\RequirePackage{pdftexcmds}%
\let\pdfx@mdfivesum\pdf@mdfivesum
- \let\pdfescapestring\pdf@escapestring
+% \let\pdfescapestring\pdf@escapestring
+ \long\def\pdf@escapestring@byte #1{%
+ \directlua {oberdiek.pdftexcmds.escapestring("\luaescapestring {#1}", "byte")}}%
+ %\let\pdf@escapestring\pdf@escapestring@byte
\else
\ifxetex
\expandafter\ifx\csname mdfivesum\endcsname\relax
@@ -3021,6 +3173,13 @@
\pdfgeninterwordspace=0 \relax
\fi
\begingroup
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname stockwidth\endcsname\relax\else
+ \ifdim\stockwidth=\z@ %% 20240528
+ \else
+ %% 20231023 support for memoir's stockwidth/height
+ \let\paperwidth\stockwidth
+ \let\paperheight\stockheight
+ \fi \fi
\dimen0=0.996264009963\paperwidth\relax
\edef\pdfx@mwidth{\strip@pt\dimen0}%
\advance\dimen0 -25\p@
@@ -3049,7 +3208,7 @@
\expandafter\immediate\pdfx@pageattr@xetex{\pdfx@everypage@xetex}}%
\EveryShipout{%
\expandafter\immediate\pdfx@pageattr@xetex{\pdfx@everypage@xetex}}%
- \else
+ \else
\EveryShipout{%
\expandafter\ifx\expandafter\relax\the\pdfpageattr\relax
\immediate\pdfpageattr\expandafter{\the\pdfpagesattr}%
@@ -3068,7 +3227,8 @@
\else
\ifnum\thepdfminorversion >3 \relax
\expandafter\ifx\csname pdfsuppresswarningdupmap\endcsname\relax
- \expandafter\ifx\csname pdfmapline\endcsname\relax\else
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname pdfmapline\endcsname\relax
+ \else
\pdfmapline{+dummy-space <dummy-space.pfb}
\fi
\else
@@ -3098,16 +3258,46 @@
\@namedef{M@L8U}{}%
%% adjust to LaTeX's 2018 change to the default encoding
+\def\pdfx@utfencodingname{utf8}%
+\def\pdfx@RawInputEncoding{%
+% \begingroup
+% \@tempcnta=0
+% % print out the catcodes of chars < 32
+% \loop
+% \typeout{\the\@tempcnta: \expandafter\the\catcode\@tempcnta}%
+% \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
+% \ifnum\@tempcnta<32
+% \repeat
+% \endgroup
+ \UseRawInputEncoding
+}
\expandafter\ifx\csname inputencodingname\endcsname\relax
\else
\def\pdfx@restoreencoding#1{%
- \@tempcnta=128
+ \@tempcnta=1\relax
+ \loop
+% \catcode\@tempcnta=13\relax
+ \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
+ \ifnum\@tempcnta<8\relax
+ \repeat
+ \catcode11=13 \relax
+ \@tempcnta=14\relax
+ \loop
+% \catcode\@tempcnta=13\relax
+ \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
+ \ifnum\@tempcnta<31 \relax
+ \repeat
+ \@tempcnta=128\relax
\loop
- \catcode\@tempcnta=13
+% \catcode\@tempcnta=13\relax
\advance\@tempcnta\@ne
\ifnum\@tempcnta<256
\repeat
- \inputencoding{#1}%
+% {\tracingall
+% \ifx\inputencodingname\pdfx@utfencodingname\else
+ \let\inputencodingname\relax %% kill previous
+% \fi
+ \inputencoding{#1}%}%
\let\LastDeclaredEncoding\pdfx@LastDeclaredEncoding
\let\DeclareFontEncoding@\pdfx@DeclareFontEncoding@
\let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\pdfx@DeclareUnicodeCharacter
@@ -3116,7 +3306,18 @@
\let\pdfx@inputencodingname\inputencodingname
\global\let\pdfx@DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacter
\global\let\pdfx@DeclareFontEncoding@\DeclareFontEncoding@
- \UseRawInputEncoding
+% \@tempcnta=0
+% \loop
+% \typeout{\the\@tempcnta: \expandafter\the\catcode\@tempcnta}%
+%% \expandafter\showthe\catcode\@tempcnta
+% \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
+% \ifnum\@tempcnta<32
+% \repeat
+%\show\UseRawInputEncoding
+%% if the encoding is utf8 then don't change it here – wrong!
+% \ifx\inputencodingname\pdfx@utfencodingname\else
+% \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\pdfx@RawInputEncoding %\fi
\fi
\InputIfFileExists{\pdfx@encodingfile}{}{}
\expandafter\ifx\csname pdfx@inputencodingname\endcsname\relax
@@ -3243,6 +3444,10 @@
\ifx\relax#1\relax\else\gdef\xmp@lang@Identifier{#1}\fi
\def\afterxmp@parse{\let\Identifier\pdfx@extraIdentifier}%
\xmp@parse{\global\let\xmp@Identifier\@this}}
+\newcommand{\pdfx@Nickname}[1][]{%
+ \ifx\relax#1\relax\else\gdef\xmp@lang@Nickname{#1}\fi
+% \def\afterxmp@parse{\let\Identifier\pdfx@extraNickname}%
+ \xmp@parse{\global\let\xmp@Nickname\@this}}
\newcommand{\pdfx@Thumbnails}{%
\def\afterxmp@parse{\let\Thumbnails\pdfx@extraThumbnails}%
\xmp@parse{\global\let\xmp@Thumbnails\@this}}
@@ -3443,6 +3648,28 @@
\xmp@parse{\global\let\xmp@extraIdentifier\@this}%
}%
+%% Nickname only supports a single usage, for PDF/X
+%\newcommand{\pdfx@extraNickname}[1][]{%
+% \ifx\relax#1\relax
+% \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\gdef
+% \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\xmp@Nickname
+% \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
+% \expandafter\xmp@Nickname\pdfx@insert@sep}%
+% \else
+% \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\gdef
+% \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\xmp@Nickname
+% \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
+% \expandafter\xmp@Nickname\pdfx@insert@sep[#1]}%
+% \fi
+% \def\afterxmp@parse{%
+% \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\gdef
+% \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\xmp@Nickname
+% \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
+% \expandafter\xmp@Nickname\xmp@extraNickname}%
+% }%
+% \xmp@parse{\global\let\xmp@extraNickname\@this}%
+% }%
+
\newcommand{\pdfx@extraThumbnails}[1][]{%
\ifx\relax#1\relax
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\gdef
@@ -3737,7 +3964,7 @@
%\let\sep\pdfx@sep
%% Note: '\ ', \&, \copyright are already predefined by hyperref.
%% allow LICRs to expand into PDF strings
- \def\cf@encoding{PU}%
+ \def\cf@encoding{PU}%
\def\9##1{\ifcase##1\string\0\or\string\1\or\string\2\or\string\3\fi}%
\def\8{\string\00}%
\def\0{\string\0}\def\1{\string\1}\def\2{\string\2}\def\3{\string\3}%
@@ -3798,6 +4025,9 @@
%%----------------------------------------------------------------------
%% Alternative way to get the CreationDate using Lua for XeTeX
\ifdefined\pdfcreationdate\else
+ \ifdefined\creationdate %% added to XeTeX in 2019
+ \let\pdfcreationdate\creationdate
+ \else
\begingroup %% ensure correct catcodes, not done by \dospecials
\catcode`\:=12 \catcode`\.=12
\begin{filecontents*}{creationdate.lua}
@@ -3833,7 +4063,7 @@
\def\noexpand\pdfcreationdate{\string D:20181028075445+10'00'}}%
\x
\fi
-\fi
+\fi \fi
%%----------------------------------------------------------------------
\def\pdfx@findUUID#1{\edef\pdfx@tmpstring{\pdfx@mdfivesum{#1}}
@@ -4004,7 +4234,7 @@
\fi\fi
}%
\fi\fi
-\hypersetup{pdfencoding=auto}% unicode
+%\hypersetup{pdfencoding=auto}% 2019-12-08 No; this writes 8-bit bookmarks.
\expandafter\ifx\csname KV@Hyp@psdextra\endcsname\relax\else
\hypersetup{psdextra}
\fi
@@ -4370,7 +4600,7 @@
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
\begingroup
- \catcode`\_ 12 \catcode`\" 12 \catcode`\' 12
+ \catcode`\_ 12 \catcode`\" 12 \catcode`\' 12
\catcode`\< 12 \catcode`\> 12 \catcode`\/ 12 \catcode`\[ 12 \catcode`\] 12
\edef\@pctchar{\expandafter\@gobble\string\%}
\edef\@bchar{\expandafter\@gobble\string\\}
@@ -4733,22 +4963,24 @@
\fi
}% end of \catcode
+
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
%% \pdfx@topdfstring\toka\tokb: Convert the string in \tokb to a format
%% appropriate for PDF /Info strings, i.e., PDFDoc encoding or UTF-16
%% encoding, and store the result in \toka As a special case, if \tokb
%% is \@empty, set \toka to \@empty.
-\def\pdfx@topdfstring#1#2{%
- \ifx#2\@empty
+\RequirePackage{stringenc}% prevent it loading later inside a group
+\def\pdfx@topdfstring #1#2{%
+ \ifx #2\@empty
\global\let#1\empty
\else
\begingroup
\ifluatex\else\ifxetex\else
\inputencoding{utf8}%
\fi\fi
- \hypersetup{pdfencoding=auto}%
- \pdfstringdef#1{#2}%
+ \@ifl@t@r\fmtversion{2022/06/01}{}{\hypersetup{pdfencoding=auto}}%
+ \pdfstringdef #1{#2}%
\endgroup
\fi
}
@@ -4858,7 +5090,7 @@
\RequirePackage{stringenc}%
\begingroup
\catcode`\| 0
- \catcode `\\ 12
+ \catcode `\\ 12
|gdef |pdfx@parsebackslash#1{%
|begingroup
|def |pdfx@parsemacro{#1}%
@@ -4873,7 +5105,7 @@
|edef |pdfx@parseout{|pdfx@parseout \\}%
|def |next{|pdfx@doparsebackslash#2|pdfx@endparse}%
|fi |next
- }
+ }
|endgroup
\def\pdfx@parseend{%
\edef\next{\endgroup\def\expandafter\noexpand\pdfx@parsemacro{\pdfx@parseout}}%
@@ -5018,7 +5250,7 @@
\spacefactor\accent@spacefactor
}
%% same for named accents in math-mode
-\def\pdfx@mathaccentV#1#2#3#4#5{%
+\def\pdfx@mathaccentV #1#2#3#4#5{%
#5{\mathsurround=\z@\relax
\everymath{}%
\mathchoice
@@ -5027,12 +5259,74 @@
{\setbox\z@\hbox{$\scriptstyle #5$}\kern-\wd\z@}%
{\setbox\z@\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle #5$}\kern-\wd\z@}%
}%
+% \pdfx@AMS@mathaccentV{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}%
\AMS@mathaccentV{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{\phantom{#5}}%
}
+
+%%% the original AMS coding:
+%%\mathaccentV=macro: #1#2#3#4#5->\ifmmode
+%% \gdef \macc@tmp {\macc@depth \@ne }%
+%% \setbox \z@ \hbox {\let\mathaccentV \macc@test
+%% \let \use@mathgroup \@gobbletwo
+%% \let \select@group \@gobblethree \frozen@everymath {}$#5$}\macc@tmp
+%% \ifnum \macc@depth =\@ne
+%% \global \let \macc@nucleus \@empty
+%% \mathaccent "\accentclass@
+%% \else \@xp \macc@nested
+%% \fi #2#3#4{#5}\macc@nucleus
+%% \else
+%% \@xp \nonmatherr@ \csname #1\endcsname \fi .
+
+\def\pdfx@AMS@mathaccentV #1#2#3#4#5{%
+ \ifmmode
+ \gdef \macc@tmp {\macc@depth \@ne }%
+ \setbox \z@ \hbox {\let\mathaccentV \macc@test
+ \let \use@mathgroup \@gobbletwo
+ \let \select@group \@gobblethree \frozen@everymath {}$\phantom{#5}$}\macc@tmp
+ \ifnum \macc@depth =\@ne
+ \global \let \macc@nucleus \@empty
+ \mathaccent "\accentclass@
+ \else \@xp \macc@nested
+ \fi #2#3#4{#5}\macc@nucleus
+ \else
+ \@xp \nonmatherr@ \csname #1\endcsname
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+%% code supplied by Yuwsuke Kieda, 7 May 2019 :
+%% https://gist.github.com/yuw/a31936370647d0044eeb4e47f3ae913f
+%%
+\@ifpackageloaded{amsmath}{%
+ \def\pdfx@macc@a #1#2{%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\macc@style#1\relax
+ \def\macc@palette ##1{##1\macc@style}%
+ \advance\macc@depth\m@ne
+ \ifnum\macc@depth=\z@
+ \gdef\macc@nucleus{\phantom{#2}}%% <<< here
+ \setbox\z@\hbox{$#1#2\@empty{}\macc@skewchar$}%
+ \setbox\tw@\hbox{$#1#2\@empty\macc@skewchar$}%
+ \dimen@\tw@\wd\tw@ \advance\dimen@-\tw@\wd\z@
+ \xdef\macc@kerna{\the\dimen@\relax}%
+ \setbox4\hbox{$#1#2\acc@check\@empty$}%
+ \global\setbox\@ne\hbox to\wd4{}%
+ \ht\@ne\ht4 \dp\@ne\dp4
+ \xdef\macc@kernb{\the\wd4\relax}%
+ \mathaccent\macc@code{\box\@ne\kern\macc@kerna}%
+ \else
+ \mathaccent\macc@code{\let\macc@adjust\@empty #1#2\@empty}%
+ \macc@adjust
+ \fi
+ \endgroup
+ }}\relax
+%
\AtBeginDocument{%
\@ifpackageloaded{amsmath}{%
\let\AMS@mathaccentV\mathaccentV
- \let\mathaccentV\pdfx@mathaccentV}%
+% \let\mathaccentV\pdfx@mathaccentV
+% \let\macc@a\pdfx@macc@a
+ }%
}%
%% How to support XeTeX here ?
@@ -5284,10 +5578,25 @@
%% it should be loaded outside the grouping, else biblatex may barf
%%
\RequirePackage{ifthen}
-\begingroup
+
+%% 2024-04-05: from July 2024 LaTeX will not allow packages to load
+%% within a grouping, so reorganise a bit.
+%%
%% override the \ifpdf check of xmpincl package, inside the grouping
- \pdftrue
- \RequirePackage{xmpincl}
+%% after saving its current value:
+\let\pdfx@ifpdf\ifpdf
+\pdftrue
+%% now load the packages, then enter the grouping:
+\RequirePackage{xmpincl}
+%%
+\begingroup
+%%% 20240405 revert the value of \ifpdf ...
+\pdfx@ifpdf
+\else
+ %% 20240624 ... outside the grouping
+ \aftergroup\pdffalse
+\fi
+
%% combine coding from xmpincl and hyperxml to support XeTeX
\def\pdfx@xmpincl@xetex#1{%
\IfFileExists{#1.xmp}{%
@@ -5343,6 +5652,13 @@
%%----------------------------------------------------------------------
\begingroup
+%% 20210706 we need a pointer to unexpandable \par
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname tex_par:D\endcsname \relax
+ \let\pdfx@par\par
+ \else
+%% using LaTeX 2021-06 or later
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\pdfx@par\csname tex_par:D\endcsname
+ \fi
\ifpdfx@x
\ifpdfx@vt
\def\xmp@template{pdfvt}%
@@ -5396,9 +5712,11 @@
%% beware 128 space characters -- for padding end of XMP packet
\gdef\paddingline{ }%
\typeout{Using XMP template file: \xmp@template.xmp}%
+ %% 20210706 ensure \par is unexpandable
+ \let\par\pdfx@par
\includexmp{\xmp@template}%
\endgroup
-
+%%%
%%
%% revert active characters to previous encoding
%%
@@ -5462,13 +5780,27 @@
%%
%% controls the color model and conversions with xcolor package
%%
+\def\pdfx@selectcolormodel@doing #1{%% Warning
+ \PackageWarning{pdfx}{Setting all color commands to #1,^^J%
+ consistent with the Color Model for PDF/%
+ \ifpdfx@x X \else \ifpdfx@e E \else A \fi\fi}%
+ }%% 20240528 inhibit any changes
+\def\pdfx@selectcolormodel@done #1{%% Warning
+ \PackageWarning{pdfx}{Color Model already set for PDF/%
+ \ifpdfx@x X\else \ifpdfx@e E\else A\fi\fi,^^Jcannot change to #1 }%
+ }%% 20240528 inhibit any changes
+%%
\ifpdfx@cmyk
%
% this will have been done already for PDF/X
%
\PassOptionsToPackage{cmyk,hyperref}{xcolor}
- \def\pdfx@handlexcolor{\def\@@mod{cmyk}\selectcolormodel{cmyk}%
- \convertcolorsUtrue\convertcolorsDtrue}
+ \def\pdfx@handlexcolor{\def\@@mod{cmyk}%
+ \pdfx@selectcolormodel@doing{cmyk}%
+ \selectcolormodel{cmyk}%
+ \convertcolorsUtrue\convertcolorsDtrue
+ \let\selectcolormodel\pdfx@selectcolormodel@done
+ }
\ifpdfx@x
\else
%% \AtBeginDocument{%
@@ -5491,8 +5823,12 @@
\fi
\else
\PassOptionsToPackage{rgb,hyperref}{xcolor}
- \def\pdfx@handlexcolor{\def\@@mod{rgb}\selectcolormodel{rgb}%
- \convertcolorsUtrue\convertcolorsDtrue}
+ \def\pdfx@handlexcolor{\def\@@mod{rgb}%
+ \pdfx@selectcolormodel@doing{rgb}%
+ \selectcolormodel{rgb}%
+ \convertcolorsUtrue\convertcolorsDtrue
+ \let\selectcolormodel\pdfx@selectcolormodel@done
+ }
\fi
\@ifpackageloaded{xcolor}{\pdfx@handlexcolor
\ifpdfx@cmyk\else\color{black}\fi}{%
@@ -5628,7 +5964,9 @@
%</package>
% \fi
% \Finale
-% \let\newpage\relax
% \PrintIndex
+% \let\realGlossaryParms\GlossaryParms \let\realsubitem\subitem
+% \long\def\GlossaryParms{\realGlossaryParms \def\hdpindex ##1##2{}%
+% \long\def\subitem ##1:\ ##2\pfill{\par\hangindent 30pt\hspace*{15pt}##2\hfil}}%
% \PrintChanges
% \endinput
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/pdfx/src/pdfx.ins b/macros/latex/contrib/pdfx/src/pdfx.ins
index afd943fbb5..88defbfee8 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/pdfx/src/pdfx.ins
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/pdfx/src/pdfx.ins
@@ -4,9 +4,9 @@
\preamble
- Copyright (c) 2019, CV Radhakrishnan <cvr@river-valley.org>,
+ Copyright (c) 2019-2024, CV Radhakrishnan <cvr@river-valley.org>,
Han The Thanh <thanh@river-valley.org>,
- Ross Moore <ross.moore@mq.edu.au>,
+ Ross Moore <ozross@icloud.com> - primary contact,
Peter Selinger <selinger@mathstat.dal.ca>
This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/pdfx/src/pdfx.xmpdata b/macros/latex/contrib/pdfx/src/pdfx.xmpdata
deleted file mode 100644
index 66eb644635..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/pdfx/src/pdfx.xmpdata
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-\Title{Generation of PDF/X- and PDF/A-compliant PDFs with pdfTeX \textemdash\ pdfx.sty}
-\Author{\CVR\sep \Thanh\sep Ross Moore\sep Peter Selinger}
-\Subject{This package supports generation of PDF/X-, PDF/A- and PDF/E-compliant documents, in most of their variants, using pdfLaTeX, LuaLaTeX and XeLaTeX.}
-\Keywords{PDF/X-, PDF/A- and PDF/E-compliance\sep Multilingual Metadata\sep installation\sep \TeX Live \thisyear}
-\PublicationType{manual}
-\Contributor{Norbert Preining: 'colorprofiles' package}
-\Copyright{Public domain.}
-\Copyrighted{False}
-\CopyrightURL{http://tug.org/texlive/}
-\CoverDisplayDate{March \thisyear}
-\CoverDate{\thisyear-03-10}
-\CreatorTool{LaTeX + pdfx.sty with option \pdfxopt, from TeX Live \thisyear}
-\Date{2017-05-18\sep 2017-06-23\sep 2018-11-29\sep 2018-12-22\sep 2019-02-08\sep 2019-03-10}
-\Advisory{An earlier version of this documentation was published as: TUGboat 36, No.2, pp.136\textendash 142 (2015)}
-\Advisory{v1.6: Added XMP support for PDF/UA-1. Added more Metadata fields and Language support.}
-\Advisory{v1.6: Default RGB and CMYK profiles now require the colorprofiles.sty package.}
-\Relation{Requires the colorprofiles package for RGB and CMYK default profiles.}
-\Advisory{v1.6: Access more profiles, incl. to pdfaPilot's color profile folders.}
-\Advisory{v1.6: Revised glyphtounicode.sty to use variation selectors.}
-\Advisory{v1.6: altered maps to PUA codepoints.}
-\Advisory{v1.6: added more glyphs via glyphtounicode-ntx.tex }
-\Advisory{v1.6: Support for 8-bit Hebrew encodings, some Arabic and Devanagari.}
-\Advisory{v1.6: Updated documentation, incl. for LaTeX changes.}
-\Advisory{v1.6.1: Fixed issue with ifthen package; improved Metadata with LuaTeX and XeTeX.}
-\Advisory{v.1.6.1: Flexibility with page boxes for PDF/X.}
-\Advisory{v.1.6.2: Fixed passing of options to xcolor, and some glyphtounicode values.}
-\Advisory{v.1.6.2: Fixed encoding issue. Extra warning when colorprofiles.tex is missing.}
-\Advisory{v.1.6.3: Properly fixed encoding issue; supports \string\pdfomitcharset\ primitive.}
-\Advisory{v.1.6.3: Reference to veraPDF validation software; additions to glyphtounicode-ntx.tex.}
-\Advisory{v.1.6.3: Patched \string\mathaccentV\ to output accents after the base character.}
-\pdfxEnableCommands{%
- \def\CVR{C.V. Radhakrishnan}\def\Thanh{H\`an Th\eee Thanh}%
- \def\eee{^^c3^^aa^^cc^^81 }}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/thuthesis/CHANGELOG.md b/macros/latex/contrib/thuthesis/CHANGELOG.md
index fb293105fc..b038a8a762 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/thuthesis/CHANGELOG.md
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/thuthesis/CHANGELOG.md
@@ -6,6 +6,17 @@
## [Unreleased]
+## [v7.5.2] - 2024-07-01
+
+### Added
+
+- 增加选项 `eqn-paren-style` 控制公式编号的括号样式([#959](https://github.com/tuna/thuthesis/pull/959))。
+
+### Fixed
+
+- 解决本科生的多篇“书面翻译对应的原文索引”([#956](https://github.com/tuna/thuthesis/issues/956))。
+- 修复 GitHub 发布的 Release 压缩包缺少部分文件的问题([#965](https://github.com/tuna/thuthesis/issues/965))。
+
## [v7.5.1] - 2024-05-20
### Changed
@@ -988,7 +999,8 @@
-[Unreleased]: https://github.com/tuna/thuthesis/compare/v7.5.1...HEAD
+[Unreleased]: https://github.com/tuna/thuthesis/compare/v7.5.2...HEAD
+[v7.5.2]: https://github.com/tuna/thuthesis/compare/v7.5.1...v7.5.2
[v7.5.1]: https://github.com/tuna/thuthesis/compare/v7.5.0...v7.5.1
[v7.5.0]: https://github.com/tuna/thuthesis/compare/v7.4.0...v7.5.0
[v7.4.0]: https://github.com/tuna/thuthesis/compare/v7.3.2...v7.4.0
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/thuthesis/thuthesis-example.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/thuthesis/thuthesis-example.pdf
index 2c48ce2ef5..36ed8efd75 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/thuthesis/thuthesis-example.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/thuthesis/thuthesis-example.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/thuthesis/thuthesis.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/thuthesis/thuthesis.dtx
index ea4ac03f22..e6f3e46ad8 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/thuthesis/thuthesis.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/thuthesis/thuthesis.dtx
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
%
% \iffalse
%<*driver>
-\ProvidesFile{thuthesis.dtx}[2024/05/20 7.5.1 Tsinghua University Thesis Template]
+\ProvidesFile{thuthesis.dtx}[2024/07/01 7.5.2 Tsinghua University Thesis Template]
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\usepackage{dtx-style}
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@
% $ bibtex thuthesis-example.aux # 生成 bbl 文件
% $ bibtex thuthesis-example-appendix-a.aux # 附录 A 的的参考文献
% $ bibtex thuthesis-example-appendix-b.aux # 附录 B 的的参考文献……
-% $ bibtex thuthesis-example-index.aux # 本科生的书面翻译对应的原文索引
+% $ bibtex thuthesis-example-index-1.aux # 本科生的书面翻译对应的原文索引
% $ xelatex thuthesis-example.tex # 解决引用
% $ xelatex thuthesis-example.tex # 生成论文 PDF
%
@@ -813,7 +813,7 @@
% }
% \end{latex}
%
-% 用户也可以逐项修改数学样式。
+% 用户也可以逐项修改数学样式,包括:
% \newcommand\dif{\mathop{}\!\mathrm{d}}
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item \DescribeOption{uppercase-greek}
@@ -885,12 +885,16 @@
% 模板作了处理,用户可以直接使用这些宏包的命令,如 \cs{bm}、\cs{mathscr}、
% \cs{uppi}。
%
-% 另外,模板还为 `math-font` 提供了传统的 Type 1 字体 \option{newtx}。
+% 另外,模板还为 |math-font| 提供了传统的 Type 1 字体 \option{newtx}。
% 该选项会调用 \pkg{newtxmath} 宏包。
% 但是,如果西文字体已经使用了 OpenType 的 Times New Roman,
% 混用 Type 1 字体可能会导致问题,尤其是使用 \pkg{siunitx} 宏包时。
% 该选项还处于测试阶段,需要谨慎使用。
%
+% \DescribeOption{eqn-paren-style}
+% 控制中文论文中,数学公式编号两边的括号样式。可选项包括:\option{full}(全角,默认) / \option{half}(半角)。
+% 在语言为英语(|language = english|)时,此选项无效,仅使用半角括号。
+%
% \subsubsection{定理环境}
% \label{sec:theorem}
% \thuthesis{} 定义了常用的数学环境:
@@ -1269,7 +1273,7 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
%<cls>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2017/04/15]
%<cls>\ProvidesClass{thuthesis}
-%<cls>[2024/05/20 7.5.1 Tsinghua University Thesis Template]
+%<cls>[2024/07/01 7.5.2 Tsinghua University Thesis Template]
% \end{macrocode}
%
% 报错
@@ -1330,7 +1334,7 @@
%<*cls>
\hyphenation{Thu-Thesis}
\def\thuthesis{ThuThesis}
-\def\version{7.5.1}
+\def\version{7.5.2}
\RequirePackage{kvdefinekeys}
\RequirePackage{kvsetkeys}
\RequirePackage{kvoptions}
@@ -1658,6 +1662,17 @@
},
default = print,
},
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% 数学公式编号的括号使用全角还是半角。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ eqn-paren-style = {
+ name = eqn@paren@style,
+ choices = {
+ full,
+ half,
+ }
+ },
}
\newif\ifthu@degree@graduate
\newcommand\thu@set@graduate{%
@@ -3511,10 +3526,23 @@
% 中文模板的公式编号使用中文括号。需要修改 \pkg{amsmath} 的 \cs{tagform@}。
% 这里中文的 \cs{unskip} 是为了“|式~\eqref|”这样的写法不产生额外的空格。
% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\thu@eqn@left@paren{(}
+\newcommand\thu@eqn@right@paren{)}
+\newcommand\thu@set@eqn@paren@style{%
+ \ifthu@eqn@paren@style@full
+ \renewcommand\thu@eqn@left@paren{(}%
+ \renewcommand\thu@eqn@right@paren{)}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand\thu@eqn@left@paren{(}%
+ \renewcommand\thu@eqn@right@paren{)}%
+ \fi
+}
+\thu@set@eqn@paren@style
+\thu@option@hook{eqn-paren-style}{\thu@set@eqn@paren@style}
\newcommand\thu@put@parentheses[1]{%
\ifthu@language@chinese
\unskip
- (#1)%
+ \thu@eqn@left@paren#1\thu@eqn@right@paren
\else
(#1)%
\fi
@@ -6347,9 +6375,11 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\newenvironment{translation-index}{}{}
\AtEndOfPackageFile*{bibunits}{
+ \newcounter{thu@translation@index}%
\renewenvironment{translation-index}{%
+ \global\advance\c@thu@translation@index\@ne
\begin{bibunit}%
- \renewcommand\@bibunitname{\jobname-index}%
+ \renewcommand\@bibunitname{\jobname-index-\arabic{thu@translation@index}}%
\renewcommand\bibname{书面翻译对应的原文索引}%
\thu@set@survey@bibheading
}{%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/thuthesis/thuthesis.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/thuthesis/thuthesis.pdf
index daa32de045..4979b94dc4 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/thuthesis/thuthesis.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/thuthesis/thuthesis.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/README.md
index 7200d27b9f..180c5407f8 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/README.md
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/README.md
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
Copyright (C) Marei Peischl <marei@peitex.de>, 2018–2024
- tuda-ci v3.39 (2024-06-27)
+ tuda-ci v3.40 (2024-07-01)
***************************************************************************
@@ -362,4 +362,7 @@ leaflets | DEMO-TUDaLeaflet.tex | tudaleaflet.cls
- update PhD affidavit
* 3.39 (2024-06-27)
- update all templates to no longer use pdfx by default due to the pdfx bug
- - fix letter last page reference \ No newline at end of file
+ - fix letter last page reference
+ * 3.40 (2024-07-01)
+ - implement workaround for the pdfx package bug. Thanks to Ulrike Fischer for the hint!
+ - fix `ìn_department` strings for theses
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaAnnouncement.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaAnnouncement.pdf
index 28ceb95d74..66c2ec315d 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaAnnouncement.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaAnnouncement.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaBeamer.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaBeamer.pdf
index b7d11f2aa4..c5c9c2eb8a 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaBeamer.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaBeamer.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaBeamer2023.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaBeamer2023.pdf
index d2e2f11794..897156d84b 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaBeamer2023.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaBeamer2023.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaExercise.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaExercise.pdf
index 50716c5dad..dda05a5702 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaExercise.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaExercise.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaLeaflet.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaLeaflet.pdf
index 5bf13522ef..bcbadd618d 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaLeaflet.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaLeaflet.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaLetter.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaLetter.pdf
index 452462b83f..bd0deae370 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaLetter.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaLetter.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaPhD.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaPhD.pdf
index 581d0c4272..0a75cc5517 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaPhD.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaPhD.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaPoster.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaPoster.pdf
index fa06d29e4a..e4f10cb424 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaPoster.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaPoster.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaPub.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaPub.pdf
index 6546e45efa..4475ddfd1b 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaPub.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaPub.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaReport.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaReport.pdf
index b5078b678a..57e94e69e1 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaReport.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaReport.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaSciPoster.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaSciPoster.pdf
index d42332ad99..fc7d802f81 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaSciPoster.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaSciPoster.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaThesis.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaThesis.pdf
index 555b1afdff..96834f4d3c 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaThesis.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/doc/DEMO-TUDaThesis.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaAnnouncement.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaAnnouncement.tex
index 8e39f52041..d3f9c45331 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaAnnouncement.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaAnnouncement.tex
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `DEMO-TUDaAnnouncement-de.tex' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `DEMO-TUDaAnnouncement-de.tex' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -34,14 +34,14 @@
\documentclass[
paper=a4,
- ngerman,
+ german,
color=black!20,
footer=true,
type=announcement,
% logofile=example-image, %Falls die Logo Dateien nicht vorliegen
]{tudaposter}
-\usepackage[english, main=ngerman]{babel}
+\usepackage[english, main=german]{babel}
\usepackage[autostyle]{csquotes}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaBeamer.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaBeamer.tex
index 92f63543ce..a22b957efe 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaBeamer.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaBeamer.tex
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `DEMO-TUDaBeamer-de.tex' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `DEMO-TUDaBeamer-de.tex' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -32,15 +32,15 @@
% !TeX program = lualatex
%%
\documentclass[
- ngerman,%g'Globale Übergabe der Hauptsprache
- aspectratio=169,%Beamer Option zum Umschalten des Formates
+ german,% Globale Übergabe der Hauptsprache
+ aspectratio=169,% Beamer Option zum Umschalten des Formates
accentcolor=2d,% Akzentfarbe
logo=false,% Kein Logo auf Folgeseiten
- colorframetitle=true,%Akzentfarbe auch im Frametitle
-% logofile=example-image, %Falls die Logo Dateien nicht vorliegen
- design=2008, %to activate the old design
+ colorframetitle=true,% Akzentfarbe auch im Frametitle
+% logofile=example-image, % Falls die Logo Dateien nicht vorliegen
+ design=2008, %Um das alte Design zu aktivieren
]{tudabeamer}
-\usepackage[main=ngerman]{babel}
+\usepackage[main=german]{babel}
% Der folgende Block ist nur bei pdfTeX auf Versionen vor April 2018 notwendig:
\usepackage{iftex}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaBeamer2023.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaBeamer2023.tex
index fb02f96b8e..afb39106bf 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaBeamer2023.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaBeamer2023.tex
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `DEMO-TUDaBeamer2023.tex' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `DEMO-TUDaBeamer2023.tex' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaBibliography.bib b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaBibliography.bib
index 154a6a80fa..6b0fff21ea 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaBibliography.bib
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaBibliography.bib
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `DEMO-TUDaBibliography.bib' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `DEMO-TUDaBibliography.bib' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaExercise.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaExercise.tex
index d4a84ee807..ef99670d60 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaExercise.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaExercise.tex
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `DEMO-TUDaExercise-de.tex' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `DEMO-TUDaExercise-de.tex' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -33,11 +33,11 @@
%%
\documentclass[
- ngerman,
+ german,
points=true,% für die Aktivierung der Punktereferenzen funktioniert nicht für TeX Versionen vor 2020
]{tudaexercise}
-\usepackage[english, main=ngerman]{babel}
+\usepackage[english, main=german]{babel}
\usepackage[autostyle]{csquotes}
\usepackage{biblatex}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaFromaddress.lco b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaFromaddress.lco
index 43d28f5cf7..5753dfb2b2 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaFromaddress.lco
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaFromaddress.lco
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `DEMO-TUDaFromaddress.lco' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `DEMO-TUDaFromaddress.lco' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaLeaflet.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaLeaflet.tex
index 453d4250a8..582f1fdec0 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaLeaflet.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaLeaflet.tex
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `DEMO-TUDaLeaflet-de.tex' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `DEMO-TUDaLeaflet-de.tex' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
% logofile=example-image, %Falls die Logo Dateien nicht vorliegen
]{tudaleaflet}
-\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}
+\usepackage[german]{babel}
\usepackage{blindtext}
\usepackage[autostyle]{csquotes}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaLetter.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaLetter.tex
index 0e3381865d..2b2c1245ed 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaLetter.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaLetter.tex
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `DEMO-TUDaLetter-de.tex' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `DEMO-TUDaLetter-de.tex' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -33,11 +33,13 @@
%%
\DocumentMetadata{
pdfstandard=a-2b,
- pdfversion=1.7,% 2.0 is possible as well, but some validators don't support that yet
+ lang=de,
+ pdfversion=1.7,% 2.0 geht auch, aber die meisten Validierungsprogramme unterstützen das noch nicht.
}
+
\documentclass[
- ngerman,
+ german,
% logo=false,%Schaltet das Logo für Folgeseiten ab
accentcolor=9c,%Akzentfarbe nach Tabelle aus den Corporate Design Richtlinien
premium=true,%Aktiviert die Färbung der Identitätsleiste
@@ -88,7 +90,7 @@ Zusätzliche Optionen sind im Folgenden aufgelistet:\\
}
Für Wiederverwendung der Absenderadresse wurde die Datei \enquote{DEMO"=TUDaFromaddress.lco} angelegt. Sie wird, wie bei \KOMAScript{} üblich, über
-\verb+\LoadLetterOption+ geladen. Sämtliche dort gesetzten Werte können innerhalb der Briefdatei überschrieben werden.
+\verb+\LoadLett+\babelhyphen{empty}\verb+erOption+ geladen. Sämtliche dort gesetzten Werte können innerhalb der Briefdatei überschrieben werden.
Die Adressdatei wird üblicherweise lokal im System installiert, um sie nicht immer mit allen anderen Dateien kopieren zu müssen. Falls Sie dies durchführen möchten, findet sich eine entsprechende Erklärung am Ende der DEMO"=TUDaFromaddress.lco"=Datei.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaPhD.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaPhD.tex
index 028ecf6f95..868ca35037 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaPhD.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaPhD.tex
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `DEMO-TUDaPhD-de.tex' version 3.39 (2024-06-27)
+%% This is file `DEMO-TUDaPhD-de.tex' version 3.40 (2024-07-01)
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -34,11 +34,12 @@
% PDF/A über pdfmanagement und nicht über pdfx
\DocumentMetadata{
pdfstandard=a-2b,
+ lang=de,
pdfversion=1.7,% 2.0 geht auch, aber die meisten Validierungsprogramme unterstützen das noch nicht.
}
\documentclass[
- german,% Hauptsprache als globale Option, früher war ngerman notwendig
+ german,% Hauptsprache als globale Option, früher war german notwendig
ruledheaders=chapter,% Ebene bis zu der die Überschriften mit Linien abgetrennt werden, vgl. DEMO-TUDaPub
class=book,% Basisdokumentenklasse. Wählt die korrespondierende KOMA-Script Klasse
thesis={% Dokumententyp PhD Thesis, für kleinere Abschlussarbeiten, siehe DEMO-TUDaThesis-de.tex
@@ -57,7 +58,7 @@
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Spracheinstellungen
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\usepackage[english, main=ngerman]{babel}
+\usepackage[english, main=german]{babel}
\usepackage[autostyle]{csquotes}% Sprachabhängig Anführungszeichen mit \enquote
% Falls mit pdflatex kompiliert wird, wird microtype automatisch geladen, in diesem Fall muss diese Zeile entfernt werden, und falls weiter Optionen hinzugefügt werden sollen, muss dies über
@@ -173,16 +174,16 @@ TUDa-CI verwendet hierfür das babel-Paket.
Dies wird jedoch nicht automatisch geladen, da hierfür die Konfiguration der Sprachen bekannt sein müsste. Die Demo-Dateien für Abschlussarbeiten (\file{DEMO-TUDaThesis.tex}/""\file{DEMO-TUDaPhD.tex}) laden hierfür die Konfiguration:
\begin{verbatim}
- \usepackage[english, main=ngerman]{babel}
+ \usepackage[english, main=german]{babel}
\end{verbatim}
Diese ist für ein Dokument mit Deutsch als Hauptsprache und Englischen Elementen.
Die Hauptsprache wird als Wert der Option \verb+main=+ übergeben.
-Das Laden von \verb+ngerman+ wird in den Fällen, in denen es von TUDa-CI benötigt wird, automatisch ausgelöst.
+Das Laden von \verb+german+ wird in den Fällen, in denen es von TUDa-CI benötigt wird, automatisch ausgelöst.
Für eine bessere Übersichtlichkeit ist es dennoch hilfreich es dort aufzuführen.
Falls die Hauptsprache nicht Deutsch ist, wäre daher die folgende Konfiguration sinnvoll:
\begin{verbatim}
- \usepackage[ngerman, main=<Hauptsprache>]{babel}
+ \usepackage[german, main=<Hauptsprache>]{babel}
\end{verbatim}
\section{Übergabe der Titeldaten}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaPoster.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaPoster.tex
index 35e8d5d812..635d946e93 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaPoster.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaPoster.tex
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `DEMO-TUDaPoster-de.tex' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `DEMO-TUDaPoster-de.tex' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -34,14 +34,14 @@
\documentclass[
paper=a0,
- ngerman,
+ german,
accentcolor=9c,
logo=body,% Logo unterhalb der Identitätsleise
footer=true,
% logofile=example-image, %Falls die Logo Dateien nicht vorliegen
]{tudaposter}
-\usepackage[english, main=ngerman]{babel}
+\usepackage[english, main=german]{babel}
\usepackage[autostyle]{csquotes}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaPub.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaPub.tex
index 1e6cdc8ce7..5259355e72 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaPub.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaPub.tex
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `DEMO-TUDaPub-de.tex' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `DEMO-TUDaPub-de.tex' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -34,16 +34,17 @@
% PDF/A über pdfmanagement und nicht über pdfx
\DocumentMetadata{
pdfstandard=a-2b,
+ lang=de,
pdfversion=1.7,% 2.0 geht auch, aber die meisten Validierungsprogramme unterstützen das noch nicht.
}
\documentclass[
- ngerman,
+ german,
accentcolor=9c,% Farbe für Hervorhebungen auf Basis der Deklarationen in den Corporate Design Richtlinien
% logofile=example-image, %Falls die Logo Dateien nicht vorliegen
]{tudapub}
-\usepackage[english, main=ngerman]{babel}
+\usepackage[english, main=german]{babel}
\usepackage[autostyle]{csquotes}
\usepackage{biblatex}
@@ -239,7 +240,7 @@ Die \code{abstract}-Umgebung wird für \cls{tudapub} um eine Option für die Spr
\end{abstract}
\end{verbatim}
-Für die Verwendung ist wichtig, dass alle im Dokument genutzten Sprachen geladen werden. Im Falle des Beispiels muss also sowohl \code{ngerman} als auch \code{english} an das \pck{babel}-Paket übergeben werden.
+Für die Verwendung ist wichtig, dass alle im Dokument genutzten Sprachen geladen werden. Im Falle des Beispiels muss also sowohl \code{german} als auch \code{english} an das \pck{babel}-Paket übergeben werden.
\subsection{PDF/A Konformität}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaReport.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaReport.tex
index 56272741ba..46333d1d8b 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaReport.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaReport.tex
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `DEMO-TUDaReport-de.tex' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `DEMO-TUDaReport-de.tex' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -33,13 +33,13 @@
%%
\documentclass[
- ngerman,
+ german,
accentcolor=9c,% Farbe für Hervorhebungen auf Basis der Deklarationen in den
type=intern,
marginpar=false
]{tudapub}
-\usepackage[english, main=ngerman]{babel}
+\usepackage[english, main=german]{babel}
\usepackage[autostyle]{csquotes}
%Formatierungen für Beispiele in diesem Dokument. Im Allgemeinen nicht notwendig!
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaSciPoster.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaSciPoster.tex
index 81978daa3d..a9afdaa23c 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaSciPoster.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaSciPoster.tex
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `DEMO-TUDaSciPoster-de.tex' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `DEMO-TUDaSciPoster-de.tex' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
]{tudasciposter}
%Sprache
-\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}
+\usepackage[german]{babel}
\usepackage[autostyle]{csquotes}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaThesis.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaThesis.tex
index 300274f41c..a2c232c330 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaThesis.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/example/DEMO-TUDaThesis.tex
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `DEMO-TUDaThesis-de.tex' version 3.39 (2024-06-27)
+%% This is file `DEMO-TUDaThesis-de.tex' version 3.40 (2024-07-01)
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -34,11 +34,12 @@
% PDF/A über pdfmanagement und nicht über pdfx
\DocumentMetadata{
pdfstandard=a-2b,
+ lang=de,
pdfversion=1.7,% 2.0 geht auch, aber die meisten Validierungsprogramme unterstützen das noch nicht.
}
\documentclass[
- german,% Hauptsprache als globale Option, früher war ngerman notwendig
+ german,% Hauptsprache als globale Option, früher war german notwendig
ruledheaders=section,% Ebene bis zu der die Überschriften mit Linien abgetrennt werden,
class=report,% Basisdokumentenklasse. Wählt die Korrespondierende KOMA-Script Klasse
thesis={type=bachelor},% Dokumententyp Thesis, für Dissertationen siehe die Demo-Datei DEMO-TUDaPhd
@@ -54,7 +55,7 @@
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Spracheinstellungen
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\usepackage[english, main=ngerman]{babel}
+\usepackage[english, main=german]{babel}
\usepackage[autostyle]{csquotes}% Sprachabhängig Anführungszeichen mit \enquote
% Falls mit pdflatex kompiliert wird, wird microtype automatisch geladen, in diesem Fall muss diese Zeile entfernt werden, und falls weiter Optionen hinzugefügt werden sollen, muss dies über
@@ -190,16 +191,16 @@ TUDa-CI verwendet hierfür das babel-Paket.
Dies wird jedoch nicht automatisch geladen, da hierfür die Konfiguration der Sprachen bekannt sein müsste. Die Demo-Dateien für Abschlussarbeiten (\file{DEMO-TUDaThesis.tex}/""\file{DEMO-TUDaPhD.tex}) laden hierfür die Konfiguration:
\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[english, main=ngerman]{babel}
+\usepackage[english, main=german]{babel}
\end{verbatim}
Diese ist für ein Dokument mit Deutsch als Hauptsprache und Englischen Elementen.
Die Hauptsprache wird als Wert der Option \verb+main=+ übergeben.
-Das Laden von \verb+ngerman+ wird in den Fällen, in denen es von TUDa-CI benötigt wird, automatisch ausgelöst.
+Das Laden von \verb+german+ wird in den Fällen, in denen es von TUDa-CI benötigt wird, automatisch ausgelöst.
Für eine bessere Übersichtlichkeit ist es dennoch hilfreich es dort aufzuführen.
Falls die Hauptsprache nicht Deutsch ist, wäre daher die folgende Konfiguration sinnvoll:
\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[ngerman, main=<Hauptsprache>]{babel}
+\usepackage[german, main=<Hauptsprache>]{babel}
\end{verbatim}
\section{Übergabe der Titeldaten}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamercolorthemeTUDa.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamercolorthemeTUDa.sty
index 0a7b2a9723..3b41cfa743 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamercolorthemeTUDa.sty
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamercolorthemeTUDa.sty
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `beamercolorthemeTUDa.sty' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `beamercolorthemeTUDa.sty' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamercolorthemeTUDa2008.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamercolorthemeTUDa2008.sty
index 60b262bbef..729584feb0 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamercolorthemeTUDa2008.sty
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamercolorthemeTUDa2008.sty
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `beamercolorthemeTUDa2008.sty' version 3.39 (2024-06-27)
+%% This is file `beamercolorthemeTUDa2008.sty' version 3.40 (2024-07-01)
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerfontthemeTUDa.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerfontthemeTUDa.sty
index 54fcdc3579..6e835e23b9 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerfontthemeTUDa.sty
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerfontthemeTUDa.sty
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `beamerfontthemeTUDa.sty' version 3.39 (2024-06-27)
+%% This is file `beamerfontthemeTUDa.sty' version 3.40 (2024-07-01)
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerfontthemeTUDa2008.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerfontthemeTUDa2008.sty
index dd6dd37d5a..09132cf890 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerfontthemeTUDa2008.sty
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerfontthemeTUDa2008.sty
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `beamerfontthemeTUDa2008.sty' version 3.39 (2024-06-27)
+%% This is file `beamerfontthemeTUDa2008.sty' version 3.40 (2024-07-01)
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerinnerthemeTUDa.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerinnerthemeTUDa.sty
index 7b187cc3e7..387f956766 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerinnerthemeTUDa.sty
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerinnerthemeTUDa.sty
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `beamerinnerthemeTUDa.sty' version 3.39 (2024-06-27)
+%% This is file `beamerinnerthemeTUDa.sty' version 3.40 (2024-07-01)
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerinnerthemeTUDa2008.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerinnerthemeTUDa2008.sty
index 52fdc3b0ba..bce6197b0c 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerinnerthemeTUDa2008.sty
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerinnerthemeTUDa2008.sty
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `beamerinnerthemeTUDa2008.sty' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `beamerinnerthemeTUDa2008.sty' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerinnerthemeTUDa2023.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerinnerthemeTUDa2023.sty
index e2edb462c5..66f80f3887 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerinnerthemeTUDa2023.sty
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerinnerthemeTUDa2023.sty
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `beamerinnerthemeTUDa2023.sty' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `beamerinnerthemeTUDa2023.sty' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerouterthemeTUDa.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerouterthemeTUDa.sty
index 54d0a141f4..efb0c01899 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerouterthemeTUDa.sty
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerouterthemeTUDa.sty
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `beamerouterthemeTUDa.sty' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `beamerouterthemeTUDa.sty' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerouterthemeTUDa2008.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerouterthemeTUDa2008.sty
index 61e65d351e..41c937e0b7 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerouterthemeTUDa2008.sty
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerouterthemeTUDa2008.sty
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `beamerouterthemeTUDa2008.sty' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `beamerouterthemeTUDa2008.sty' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerthemeTUDa-mecheng.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerthemeTUDa-mecheng.sty
index 0f3b3f8489..7ecafc5eb4 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerthemeTUDa-mecheng.sty
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerthemeTUDa-mecheng.sty
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `beamerthemeTUDa-mecheng.sty' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `beamerthemeTUDa-mecheng.sty' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
%%
%% ============================================================================
%%
-\def\fileversion{3.39}
-\def\filedate{2024-06-27}
+\def\fileversion{3.40}
+\def\filedate{2024-07-01}
\ProvidesExplPackage{beamerthemeTUDa-mecheng}{\filedate}{\fileversion}{specific tudabeamer configuration for the department of mechanical engineering}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerthemeTUDa.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerthemeTUDa.sty
index bccd070c5f..6768f7fa97 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerthemeTUDa.sty
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerthemeTUDa.sty
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `beamerthemeTUDa.sty' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `beamerthemeTUDa.sty' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerthemeTUDa2008.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerthemeTUDa2008.sty
index 25a6b83e7d..d5c60ffd4a 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerthemeTUDa2008.sty
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerthemeTUDa2008.sty
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `beamerthemeTUDa2008.sty' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `beamerthemeTUDa2008.sty' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
%%
%% ============================================================================
%%
-\def\fileversion{3.39}
-\def\filedate{2024-06-27}
+\def\fileversion{3.40}
+\def\filedate{2024-07-01}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2022/06/01]
\ProvidesPackage{beamerthemeTUDa2008}
[\filedate\space\fileversion\space beamer theme using the Corporate Design of TU Darmstadt Design of 2008]
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerthemeTUDa2023.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerthemeTUDa2023.sty
index a828f2edb2..48fbf3d994 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerthemeTUDa2023.sty
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/beamerthemeTUDa2023.sty
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `beamerthemeTUDa2023.sty' version 3.39 (2024-06-27)
+%% This is file `beamerthemeTUDa2023.sty' version 3.40 (2024-07-01)
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-a0paper.clo b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-a0paper.clo
index f26920e488..d1979be589 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-a0paper.clo
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-a0paper.clo
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `tuda-a0paper.clo' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `tuda-a0paper.clo' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -25,16 +25,18 @@
%%
%% ============================================================================
%%
-\def\fileversion{3.39}
-\def\filedate{2024-06-27}
-\ProvidesExplFile{tuda-a0paper.clo}{\filedate}{\fileversion}{tuda-ci~size~adjustments~for~a0paper}
+\ProvidesExplFile{tuda-a0paper.clo}{2024-07-01}{3.40}{tuda-ci~size~adjustments~for~a0paper}
\cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_setup_title_sizes: {
- \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_title_fontsize: {{125pt}{165pt}}
- \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_titleinfo_fontsize: {{28pt}{35pt}}
- \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_titlethanks_fontsize: {{24pt}{30pt}}
+ \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_title_fontsize: {{125pt}{165pt}}
+ \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_titleinfo_fontsize: {{28pt}{35pt}}
+ \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_titlethanks_fontsize: {{24pt}{30pt}}
}
\cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_setup_base_sizes: {
- \tl_if_empty:NT \g_ptxcd_fontsize_tl {\tl_gset:Nn \g_ptxcd_fontsize_tl {30pt}}
- \dim_gset:Nn \g_ptxcd_margin_dim {30mm}
+ \tl_if_empty:NT \g_ptxcd_fontsize_tl {
+ \tl_gset:Nn \g_ptxcd_fontsize_tl {30pt}
+ }
+ \dim_gset:Nn \g_ptxcd_margin_dim {30mm}
}
\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `tuda-a0paper.clo'.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-a1paper.clo b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-a1paper.clo
index a09b548393..ea15a9e37a 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-a1paper.clo
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-a1paper.clo
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `tuda-a1paper.clo' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `tuda-a1paper.clo' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -25,16 +25,18 @@
%%
%% ============================================================================
%%
-\def\fileversion{3.39}
-\def\filedate{2024-06-27}
-\ProvidesExplFile{tuda-a1paper.clo}{\filedate}{\fileversion}{tuda-ci~size~adjustments~for~a1paper}
+\ProvidesExplFile{tuda-a1paper.clo}{2024-07-01}{3.40}{tuda-ci~size~adjustments~for~a1paper}
\cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_setup_title_sizes: {
- \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_title_fontsize: {{86pt}{120pt}}
- \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_titleinfo_fontsize: {{35pt}{42pt}}
- \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_titlethanks_fontsize: {{22pt}{26pt}}
+ \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_title_fontsize: {{86pt}{120pt}}
+ \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_titleinfo_fontsize: {{35pt}{42pt}}
+ \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_titlethanks_fontsize: {{22pt}{26pt}}
}
\cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_setup_base_sizes: {
- \tl_if_empty:NT \g_ptxcd_fontsize_tl {\tl_gset:Nn \g_ptxcd_fontsize_tl {25pt}}
- \dim_gset:Nn \g_ptxcd_margin_dim {30mm}
+ \tl_if_empty:NT \g_ptxcd_fontsize_tl {
+ \tl_gset:Nn \g_ptxcd_fontsize_tl {25pt}
+ }
+ \dim_gset:Nn \g_ptxcd_margin_dim {30mm}
}
\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `tuda-a1paper.clo'.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-a2paper.clo b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-a2paper.clo
index 6b39a2e0c1..f32e56474d 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-a2paper.clo
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-a2paper.clo
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `tuda-a2paper.clo' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `tuda-a2paper.clo' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -25,16 +25,18 @@
%%
%% ============================================================================
%%
-\def\fileversion{3.39}
-\def\filedate{2024-06-27}
-\ProvidesExplFile{tuda-a2paper.clo}{\filedate}{\fileversion}{tuda-ci~size~adjustments~for~a0paper}
+\ProvidesExplFile{tuda-a2paper.clo}{2024-07-01}{3.40}{tuda-ci~size~adjustments~for~a2paper}
\cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_setup_title_sizes: {
- \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_title_fontsize: {{65pt}{82pt}}
- \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_titleinfo_fontsize: {{22pt}{28pt}}
- \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_titlethanks_fontsize: {{14pt}{20pt}}
+ \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_title_fontsize: {{65pt}{82pt}}
+ \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_titleinfo_fontsize: {{22pt}{28pt}}
+ \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_titlethanks_fontsize: {{14pt}{20pt}}
}
\cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_setup_base_sizes: {
- \tl_if_empty:NT \g_ptxcd_fontsize_tl {\tl_gset:Nn \g_ptxcd_fontsize_tl {25pt}}
+ \tl_if_empty:NT \g_ptxcd_fontsize_tl {
+ \tl_gset:Nn \g_ptxcd_fontsize_tl {25pt}
+ }
\dim_gset:Nn \g_ptxcd_margin_dim {30mm}
}
\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `tuda-a2paper.clo'.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-a3paper.clo b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-a3paper.clo
index 1669e7082a..cb993051f3 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-a3paper.clo
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-a3paper.clo
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `tuda-a3paper.clo' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `tuda-a3paper.clo' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -25,16 +25,18 @@
%%
%% ============================================================================
%%
-\def\fileversion{3.39}
-\def\filedate{2024-06-27}
-\ProvidesExplFile{tuda-a3paper.clo}{\filedate}{\fileversion}{tuda-ci~size~adjustments~for~a3paper}
+\ProvidesExplFile{tuda-a3paper.clo}{2024-07-01}{3.40}{tuda-ci~size~adjustments~for~a3paper}
\cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_setup_title_sizes: {
- \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_title_fontsize: {{47pt}{61pt}}
- \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_titleinfo_fontsize: {{16pt}{20pt}}
- \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_titlethanks_fontsize: {{12pt}{16pt}}
+ \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_title_fontsize: {{47pt}{61pt}}
+ \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_titleinfo_fontsize: {{16pt}{20pt}}
+ \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_titlethanks_fontsize: {{12pt}{16pt}}
}
\cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_setup_base_sizes: {
- \tl_if_empty:NT \g_ptxcd_fontsize_tl {\tl_gset:Nn \g_ptxcd_fontsize_tl {17pt}}
- \dim_gset:Nn \g_ptxcd_margin_dim {15mm}
+ \tl_if_empty:NT \g_ptxcd_fontsize_tl {
+ \tl_gset:Nn \g_ptxcd_fontsize_tl {17pt}
+ }
+ \dim_gset:Nn \g_ptxcd_margin_dim {15mm}
}
\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `tuda-a3paper.clo'.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-a4paper.clo b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-a4paper.clo
index 70605e9f31..a025d88c1a 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-a4paper.clo
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-a4paper.clo
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `tuda-a4paper.clo' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `tuda-a4paper.clo' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -25,16 +25,18 @@
%%
%% ============================================================================
%%
-\def\fileversion{3.39}
-\def\filedate{2024-06-27}
-\ProvidesExplFile{tuda-a4paper.clo}{\filedate}{\fileversion}{tuda-ci~size~adjustments~for~a4paper}
+\ProvidesExplFile{tuda-a4paper.clo}{2024-07-01}{3.40}{tuda-ci~size~adjustments~for~a4paper}
\cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_setup_title_sizes: {
- \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_title_fontsize: {{36pt}{47pt}}
- \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_titleinfo_fontsize: {{12pt}{14pt}}
- \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_titlethanks_fontsize: {{10pt}{11.5pt}}
+ \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_title_fontsize: {{36pt}{47pt}}
+ \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_titleinfo_fontsize: {{12pt}{14pt}}
+ \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_titlethanks_fontsize: {{10pt}{11.5pt}}
}
\cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_setup_base_sizes: {
- \tl_if_empty:NT \g_ptxcd_fontsize_tl {\tl_gset:Nn \g_ptxcd_fontsize_tl {14pt}}
- \dim_gset:Nn \g_ptxcd_margin_dim {15mm}
+ \tl_if_empty:NT \g_ptxcd_fontsize_tl {
+ \tl_gset:Nn \g_ptxcd_fontsize_tl {14pt}
+ }
+ \dim_gset:Nn \g_ptxcd_margin_dim {15mm}
}
\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `tuda-a4paper.clo'.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-a5paper.clo b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-a5paper.clo
index dff190b3e7..c3c67d1a7e 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-a5paper.clo
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-a5paper.clo
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `tuda-a5paper.clo' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `tuda-a5paper.clo' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -25,16 +25,18 @@
%%
%% ============================================================================
%%
-\def\fileversion{3.39}
-\def\filedate{2024-06-27}
-\ProvidesExplFile{tuda-a5paper.clo}{\filedate}{\fileversion}{tuda-ci~size~adjustments~for~a5paper}
+\ProvidesExplFile{tuda-a5paper.clo}{2024-07-01}{3.40}{tuda-ci~size~adjustments~for~a5paper}
\cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_setup_title_sizes: {
- \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_title_fontsize: {{22pt}{28pt}}
- \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_titleinfo_fontsize: {{10pt}{11.5pt}}
- \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_titlethanks_fontsize: {{10pt}{11.5pt}}
+ \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_title_fontsize: {{22pt}{28pt}}
+ \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_titleinfo_fontsize: {{10pt}{11.5pt}}
+ \cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_titlethanks_fontsize: {{10pt}{11.5pt}}
}
\cs_set:Nn \ptxcd_setup_base_sizes: {
- \tl_if_empty:NT \g_ptxcd_fontsize_tl {\tl_gset:Nn \g_ptxcd_fontsize_tl {10pt}}
- \dim_gset:Nn \g_ptxcd_margin_dim {12mm}
+ \tl_if_empty:NT \g_ptxcd_fontsize_tl {
+ \tl_gset:Nn \g_ptxcd_fontsize_tl {10pt}
+ }
+ \dim_gset:Nn \g_ptxcd_margin_dim {12mm}
}
\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `tuda-a5paper.clo'.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-pgfplots.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-pgfplots.sty
index 5e5bae21f0..e599ef39fc 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-pgfplots.sty
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tuda-pgfplots.sty
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `tuda-pgfplots.sty' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `tuda-pgfplots.sty' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
%%
%% ============================================================================
%%
-\def\fileversion{3.39}
-\def\filedate{2024-06-27}
+\def\fileversion{3.40}
+\def\filedate{2024-07-01}
% Special thanks to: Sebastian Schöps Institut Theorie Elektromagnetischer Felder (TEMF), TU Darmstadt
% The original version of this file has been inspired by the colorscheme in the Metropolis beamer theme by Matthias Vogelgesang https://github.com/matze/mtheme
\ProvidesPackage{tuda-pgfplots}[\filedate\space\fileversion\space tuda-ci pgfplots color schemes]
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudabeamer.cls b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudabeamer.cls
index 184616df31..04a8f8d4a3 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudabeamer.cls
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudabeamer.cls
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `tudabeamer.cls' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `tudabeamer.cls' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
%%
%% ============================================================================
%%
-\def\fileversion{3.39}
-\def\filedate{2024-06-27}
+\def\fileversion{3.40}
+\def\filedate{2024-07-01}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\ProvidesClass{tudabeamer}
[\filedate\space\fileversion\space]
@@ -137,7 +137,16 @@
\bool_if:NT \g_ptxcd_pdfa_bool {
\UnPreventPackageFromLoading{hyperref}
\PassOptionsToPackage{a-2b}{pdfx}
+% Workaround posted by David Carlisle on tex.stackexchange
+% Thanks to Ulrike Fischer for mentioning it in #472
+ \let \__ptxcd_grouplevel_before_pdfx: \currentgrouplevel
+ \chardef\currentgrouplevel0
+ \ExplSyntaxOff
\RequirePackage{pdfx}
+ \ExplSyntaxOn
+ \let \currentgrouplevel \__ptxcd_grouplevel_before_pdfx:
+ \cs_undefine:N \__ptxcd_grouplevel_before_pdfx:
+% end of the workaround
}
\hypersetup{hidelinks, unicode}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudacolors.def b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudacolors.def
index 6fe3861ef1..52ea3407c7 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudacolors.def
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudacolors.def
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `tudacolors.def' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `tudacolors.def' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
%%
%% ============================================================================
%%
-\def\fileversion{3.39}
-\def\filedate{2024-06-27}
+\def\fileversion{3.40}
+\def\filedate{2024-07-01}
\ProvidesFile{tudacolors.def}
[\filedate\space\fileversion\space Color definitions for tuda-ci]
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudacolors.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudacolors.sty
index 1e85a05300..9e91898674 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudacolors.sty
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudacolors.sty
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `tudacolors.sty' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `tudacolors.sty' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
%%
%% ============================================================================
%%
-\def\fileversion{3.39}
-\def\filedate{2024-06-27}
+\def\fileversion{3.40}
+\def\filedate{2024-07-01}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\ProvidesExplPackage{tudacolors}{\filedate}{\fileversion}{Color definition for TU Darmstadt's tuda-ci bundle}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudaexercise.cls b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudaexercise.cls
index cb57b6249c..1a6010d029 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudaexercise.cls
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudaexercise.cls
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `tudaexercise.cls' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `tudaexercise.cls' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
%%
%% ============================================================================
%%
-\def\fileversion{3.39}
-\def\filedate{2024-06-27}
+\def\fileversion{3.40}
+\def\filedate{2024-07-01}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\ProvidesExplClass{tudaexercise}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudafonts.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudafonts.sty
index cc05ff2404..38d89bcb8e 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudafonts.sty
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudafonts.sty
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `tudafonts.sty' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `tudafonts.sty' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
%%
%% ============================================================================
%%
-\def\fileversion{3.39}
-\def\filedate{2024-06-27}
+\def\fileversion{3.40}
+\def\filedate{2024-07-01}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\ProvidesPackage{tudafonts}
[\filedate\space\fileversion\space
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudaleaflet.cls b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudaleaflet.cls
index 46da40287a..292c01ecfd 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudaleaflet.cls
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudaleaflet.cls
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `tudaleaflet.cls' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `tudaleaflet.cls' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
%%
%% ============================================================================
%%
-\def\fileversion{3.39}
-\def\filedate{2024-06-27}
+\def\fileversion{3.40}
+\def\filedate{2024-07-01}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\ProvidesExplPackage{tudaleaflet}{\filedate}{\fileversion}{Leaflets using the Corporate Design of TU Darmstadt}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudaletter.cls b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudaletter.cls
index 462cfed709..83bf2cafaa 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudaletter.cls
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudaletter.cls
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `tudaletter.cls' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `tudaletter.cls' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
%%
%% ============================================================================
%%
-\def\fileversion{3.39}
-\def\filedate{2024-06-27}
+\def\fileversion{3.40}
+\def\filedate{2024-07-01}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\ProvidesExplClass{tudaletter}
@@ -171,30 +171,30 @@
\geometry{top=30mm}
}
-\@setplength{firstheadhpos}{\c_ptxcd_HeadMargin_dim}
-\@setplength{firstheadvpos}{\c_ptxcd_HeadMargin_dim}
-\@setplength{firstheadwidth}{\dim_eval:n {\paperwidth - 2\c_ptxcd_HeadMargin_dim}}
+\setplength{firstheadhpos}{\c_ptxcd_HeadMargin_dim}
+\setplength{firstheadvpos}{\c_ptxcd_HeadMargin_dim}
+\setplength{firstheadwidth}{\dim_eval:n {\paperwidth - 2\c_ptxcd_HeadMargin_dim}}
-\@setplength{firstfootvpos}{\dim_eval:n {\paperheight -17mm}}
-\@setplength{firstfoothpos}{\useplength{firstheadhpos}}
-\@setplength{firstfootwidth}{\useplength{firstheadwidth}}
+\setplength{firstfootvpos}{\dim_eval:n {\paperheight -17mm}}
+\setplength{firstfoothpos}{\useplength{firstheadhpos}}
+\setplength{firstfootwidth}{\useplength{firstheadwidth}}
-\@setplength{toaddrhpos}{\c_ptxcd_LeftMargin_dim}
-\@setplength{toaddrvpos}{50mm}
-\@setplength{backaddrheight}{4mm}
-\@setplength{toaddrindent}{0mm}
+\setplength{toaddrhpos}{\c_ptxcd_LeftMargin_dim}
+\setplength{toaddrvpos}{50mm}
+\setplength{backaddrheight}{4mm}
+\setplength{toaddrindent}{0mm}
-\@setplength{refhpos}{\c_ptxcd_LeftMargin_dim}
-\@setplength{refvpos}{106mm}
+\setplength{refhpos}{\c_ptxcd_LeftMargin_dim}
+\setplength{refvpos}{106mm}
-\@setplength{subjectaftervskip}{2\baselineskip}
-\@setplength{lochpos}{\c_ptxcd_HeadMargin_dim}
-\@setplength{locvpos}{\dimexpr\useplength{refvpos}+\useplength{subjectaftervskip}+1.4\baselineskip\relax}
-\@setplength{refaftervskip}{0pt}
-\@setplength{subjectbeforevskip}{0pt}
-\@setplength{locwidth}{\dimexpr\paperwidth-154,5mm -\c_ptxcd_HeadMargin_dim\relax}
-\@setplength{locheight}{\dimexpr\paperheight-\useplength{locvpos}-\c_ptxcd_BottomMargin_dim\relax}
+\setplength{subjectaftervskip}{2\baselineskip}
+\setplength{lochpos}{\c_ptxcd_HeadMargin_dim}
+\setplength{locvpos}{\dimexpr\useplength{refvpos}+\useplength{subjectaftervskip}+1.4\baselineskip\relax}
+\setplength{refaftervskip}{0pt}
+\setplength{subjectbeforevskip}{0pt}
+\setplength{locwidth}{\dimexpr\paperwidth-154,5mm -\c_ptxcd_HeadMargin_dim\relax}
+\setplength{locheight}{\dimexpr\paperheight-\useplength{locvpos}-\c_ptxcd_BottomMargin_dim\relax}
\RequirePackage[paper=a4]{tudarules}
@@ -461,7 +461,16 @@
%pdfa
\if_bool:N \g_ptxcd_pdfx_bool
\PassOptionsToPackage{a-2b}{pdfx}
+% Workaround posted by David Carlisle on tex.stackexchange
+% Thanks to Ulrike Fischer for mentioning it in #472
+ \let \__ptxcd_grouplevel_before_pdfx: \currentgrouplevel
+ \chardef\currentgrouplevel0
+ \ExplSyntaxOff
\RequirePackage{pdfx}
+ \ExplSyntaxOn
+ \let \currentgrouplevel \__ptxcd_grouplevel_before_pdfx:
+ \cs_undefine:N \__ptxcd_grouplevel_before_pdfx:
+% end of the workaround
%%hyperref
\hypersetup{hidelinks, unicode}
\iow_new:N \ptxcd_xmpdata_stream
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudalettersize10pt.clo b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudalettersize10pt.clo
index f88ea788df..8a80e07446 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudalettersize10pt.clo
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudalettersize10pt.clo
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `tudalettersize10pt.clo' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `tudalettersize10pt.clo' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -37,9 +37,11 @@
%%
\ProvidesFile{%
tudalettersize10pt.clo%
-}[tudaletter font size class option]
-
-\def\normalsize{%
+}[
+ tudaletter font size class option (10pt)
+]
+\let\normalsize\@undefined
+\DeclareRobustCommand\normalsize{%
\@setfontsize\normalsize\@xpt\@xipt
\abovedisplayskip 10\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus5\p@
\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus3\p@
@@ -49,9 +51,11 @@
}
\def\datasize{%
\normalsize
- \@setfontsize\normalsize\@xpt\@xiiipt
+ \@setfontsize\normalsize
+ \@xpt\@xiiipt
}
-\def\small{%
+\let\small\@undefined
+\DeclareRobustCommand\small{%
\@setfontsize\small\@ixpt{11}%
\abovedisplayskip 8.5\p@ \@plus3\p@ \@minus4\p@
\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus2\p@
@@ -62,7 +66,8 @@
\itemsep \parsep}%
\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
}
-\def\footnotesize{%
+\let\footnotesize\@undefined
+\DeclareRobustCommand\footnotesize{%
\@setfontsize\footnotesize{7.5pt}\@xpt%
\abovedisplayskip 6\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus4\p@
\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus\p@
@@ -73,21 +78,28 @@
\itemsep \parsep}%
\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
}
-\def\scriptsize{\@setfontsize\scriptsize\@viipt\@viiipt}
-\def\tiny{\@setfontsize\tiny\@vipt\@viipt}
-\def\large{\@setfontsize\large\@xiipt{14}}
-\def\Large{\@setfontsize\Large\@xivpt{18}}
-\def\LARGE{\@setfontsize\LARGE\@xviipt{22}}
-\def\huge{\@setfontsize\huge\@xxpt{25}}
-\def\Huge{\@setfontsize\Huge\@xxvpt{30}}
+\let\scriptsize\@undefined
+\let\tiny\@undefined
+\let\large\@undefined
+\let\Large\@undefined
+\let\LARGE\@undefined
+\let\huge\@undefined
+\let\Huge\@undefined
+\DeclareRobustCommand\scriptsize{\@setfontsize\scriptsize\@viipt\@viiipt}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\tiny{\@setfontsize\tiny\@vipt\@viipt}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\large{\@setfontsize\large\@xiipt{14}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\Large{\@setfontsize\Large\@xivpt{18}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\LARGE{\@setfontsize\LARGE\@xviipt{22}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\huge{\@setfontsize\huge\@xxpt{25}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\Huge{\@setfontsize\Huge\@xxvpt{30}}
\normalsize
\setlength\footnotesep {6.65\p@}
\setlength{\skip\footins} {9\p@ \@plus 4\p@ \@minus 2\p@}
-\setlength\floatsep {12\p@ \@plus 2\p@ \@minus 2\p@}
\setlength\textfloatsep {20\p@ \@plus 2\p@ \@minus 4\p@}
+\setlength\dbltextfloatsep{20\p@ \@plus 2\p@ \@minus 4\p@}
+\setlength\floatsep {12\p@ \@plus 2\p@ \@minus 2\p@}
\setlength\intextsep {12\p@ \@plus 2\p@ \@minus 2\p@}
\setlength\dblfloatsep {12\p@ \@plus 2\p@ \@minus 2\p@}
-\setlength\dbltextfloatsep{20\p@ \@plus 2\p@ \@minus 4\p@}
\setlength\@fptop {0\p@ \@plus 1fil}
\setlength\@fpsep {8\p@ \@plus 2fil}
\setlength\@fpbot {0\p@ \@plus 1fil}
@@ -96,32 +108,32 @@
\setlength\@dblfpbot {0\p@ \@plus 1fil}
\setlength\partopsep {2\p@ \@plus 1\p@ \@minus 1\p@}
\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini
- \parsep 4\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus\p@
- \topsep 8\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus4\p@
- \itemsep4\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus\p@}
+ \parsep 4\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus\p@
+ \topsep 8\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus4\p@
+ \itemsep \parsep}
\let\@listI\@listi
\def\@listii {\leftmargin\leftmarginii
- \labelwidth\leftmarginii
- \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
- \topsep 4\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus\p@
- \parsep 2\p@ \@plus\p@ \@minus\p@
- \itemsep \parsep}
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginii
+ \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 4\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus\p@
+ \parsep 2\p@ \@plus\p@ \@minus\p@
+ \itemsep \parsep}
\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
- \labelwidth\leftmarginiii
- \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
- \topsep 2\p@ \@plus\p@\@minus\p@
- \parsep \z@
- \partopsep \p@ \@plus\z@ \@minus\p@
- \itemsep \topsep}
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiii
+ \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 2\p@ \@plus\p@\@minus\p@
+ \parsep \z@
+ \partopsep \p@ \@plus\z@ \@minus\p@
+ \itemsep \topsep}
\def\@listiv {\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
- \labelwidth\leftmarginiv
- \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiv
+ \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
\def\@listv {\leftmargin\leftmarginv
- \labelwidth\leftmarginv
- \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginv
+ \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
\def\@listvi {\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
- \labelwidth\leftmarginvi
- \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginvi
+ \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx 3064 2019-02-01 07:40:28Z kohm $
\@ifundefined{@list@extra}{}{%
\expandafter\ifnum\scr@v@is@ge{3.17}\par@updaterelative\fi
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudamecheng.cfg b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudamecheng.cfg
index 3f139d6117..569e3edae9 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudamecheng.cfg
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudamecheng.cfg
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `tudamecheng.cfg' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `tudamecheng.cfg' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
%%
%% ============================================================================
%%
-\def\fileversion{3.39}
-\def\filedate{2024-06-27}
+\def\fileversion{3.40}
+\def\filedate{2024-07-01}
\RequirePackage{expl3}
\ProvidesExplFile{tudamecheng.cfg}
{\filedate}{\fileversion}{Special Features the department of mechanical engineering of Darmstadt's Corporate Design (tuda-ci)}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudaposter.cls b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudaposter.cls
index 48b515d833..db0fa22c52 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudaposter.cls
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudaposter.cls
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `tudaposter.cls' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `tudaposter.cls' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
%%
%% ============================================================================
%%
-\def\fileversion{3.39}
-\def\filedate{2024-06-27}
+\def\fileversion{3.40}
+\def\filedate{2024-07-01}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\ProvidesExplPackage{tudaposter}{\filedate}{\fileversion}{Poster Layouts for the Corporate Design of TU Darmstadt}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudapub.cls b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudapub.cls
index a8347aac90..d85c457b1d 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudapub.cls
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudapub.cls
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `tudapub.cls' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `tudapub.cls' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
%%
%% ============================================================================
%%
-\def\fileversion{3.39}
-\def\filedate{2024-06-27}
+\def\fileversion{3.40}
+\def\filedate{2024-07-01}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\ProvidesExplClass{tudapub}
@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@
You~selected~an~unknown~language~#1.\\
The~Variable~#2~does~not~have~a~predefined~value.\\
Ensure~to~redefine~#2~to~match~your~language.\\
- Otherwise~the~ngerman~vaue~#3~will~be~used.
+ Otherwise~the~german~vaue~#3~will~be~used.
}
\cs_new:Nn \ptxcd_define_captionFallback:Nn {
@@ -881,8 +881,16 @@
}
%only apply the hack if pdfx is older than the working version
\PassOptionsToPackage{a-2b}{pdfx}
+% Workaround posted by David Carlisle on tex.stackexchange
+% Thanks to Ulrike Fischer for mentioning it in #472
+ \let \__ptxcd_grouplevel_before_pdfx: \currentgrouplevel
+ \chardef\currentgrouplevel0
+ \ExplSyntaxOff
\RequirePackage{pdfx}
-
+ \ExplSyntaxOn
+ \let \currentgrouplevel \__ptxcd_grouplevel_before_pdfx:
+ \cs_undefine:N \__ptxcd_grouplevel_before_pdfx:
+% end of the workaround
\msg_new:nnnn{tudapub} {outdated-package-pdfa} {
Your~Version~of~the~#1-package~is~too~old~to~support~all~methods~required~by~tudapubs~pdfa-mode.\\
Either~update~your~TeX-distribution~or~switch~to~pdfa=false.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudarules.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudarules.sty
index 4957df601a..20180cb827 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudarules.sty
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudarules.sty
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `tudarules.sty' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `tudarules.sty' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
%%
%% ============================================================================
%%
-\def\fileversion{3.39}
-\def\filedate{2024-06-27}
+\def\fileversion{3.40}
+\def\filedate{2024-07-01}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\ProvidesExplPackage{tudarules}{\filedate}{\fileversion}{Creation of colored bars for tuda-ci bundle}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudasciposter.cls b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudasciposter.cls
index ed1da3000f..b63f4fe9a4 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudasciposter.cls
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudasciposter.cls
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `tudasciposter.cls' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `tudasciposter.cls' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
%%
%% ============================================================================
%%
-\def\fileversion{3.39}
-\def\filedate{2024-06-27}
+\def\fileversion{3.40}
+\def\filedate{2024-07-01}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\ProvidesExplPackage{tudasciposter}{\filedate}{\fileversion}{Scientific Poster Layout for TU Darmstadt}
@@ -232,7 +232,17 @@
%PDFA
\if_bool:N \g_ptxcd_pdfa_bool
\PassOptionsToPackage{a-2b}{pdfx}
-\RequirePackage{pdfx}
+\IfFormatAtLeastTF{2020/10/01}{}{\endinput}
+% Workaround posted by David Carlisle on tex.stackexchange
+% Thanks to Ulrike Fischer for mentioning it in #472
+ \let \__ptxcd_grouplevel_before_pdfx: \currentgrouplevel
+ \chardef\currentgrouplevel0
+ \ExplSyntaxOff
+ \RequirePackage{pdfx}
+ \ExplSyntaxOn
+ \let \currentgrouplevel \__ptxcd_grouplevel_before_pdfx:
+ \cs_undefine:N \__ptxcd_grouplevel_before_pdfx:
+% end of the workaround
%%hyperref
\hypersetup{hidelinks, unicode, hyperfootnotes=false}
\iow_new:N \ptxcd_xmpdata_stream
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudasize9pt.clo b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudasize9pt.clo
index a4c1136f9c..ed25995a83 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudasize9pt.clo
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudasize9pt.clo
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `tudasize9pt.clo' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `tudasize9pt.clo' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudathesis.cfg b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudathesis.cfg
index 13d35721c5..7e4226ca64 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudathesis.cfg
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tuda-ci/tex/tudathesis.cfg
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-%% This is file `tudathesis.cfg' version 3.39 (2024-06-27),
+%% This is file `tudathesis.cfg' version 3.40 (2024-07-01),
%% it is part of
%% TUDa-CI -- Corporate Design for TU Darmstadt
%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
%%
%% ============================================================================
%%
-\def\fileversion{3.39}
-\def\filedate{2024-06-27}
+\def\fileversion{3.40}
+\def\filedate{2024-07-01}
\RequirePackage{expl3}
\ProvidesExplFile{tudathesis.cfg}
{\filedate}{\fileversion}{Special Features for publication type 'thesis' using TU Darmstadt's Corporate Design (tuda-ci)}
@@ -56,8 +56,9 @@
}
{
\ptxcd_declare_caption:Nnn \departmentname {Fachbereich} {department}
- \ptxcd_declare_caption:Nnn \ptxcd_departmentprefix: {im~ \departmentname}{in~the~\departmentname{}~ of}
\ptxcd_declare_caption:Nnn \departmentfullname {\departmentname{}~ \ptxcd_department:} { \ptxcd_department:{}~ \text_titlecase:n{\departmentname}}
+ \ptxcd_declare_caption:Nnn \ptxcd_departmentprefix: {im~ \departmentname}{in~the~\departmentname{}~ of}
+ \ptxcd_declare_caption:Nnn \ptxcd_in_department {\ptxcd_departmentprefix:{}~\ptxcd_department:}{\ptxcd_departmentprefix:{}~\ptxcd_department:}
}
{\bool_if:NTF \g_ptxcd_dr_bool
{
@@ -203,7 +204,7 @@
\IfBooleanTF{#1}{
\tl_gset:Nn \ptxcd_department: {#3}
\tl_gset:Nn \ptxcd_in_department{#3}
- \IfNoValueTF {\tl_gset:Nn \ptxcd_box_department {#3}} {\tl_gset:Nn \ptxcd_box_department{#2}}
+ \IfNoValueTF {#2} {\tl_gset:Nn \ptxcd_box_department {#3}} {\tl_gset:Nn \ptxcd_box_department{#2}}
\clist_remove_all:Nn \g_ptxcd_Required_title_data_clist {department}
}{
\tl_gset:Nn \g_ptxcd_department_choice_tl {#3}
@@ -373,7 +374,7 @@
{\keys_set:nn {ptxcd/thesis} {printid=#1}}
\lowertitleback{
\urlstyle{same}
- \selectlanguage{ngerman}
+ \selectlanguage{german}
Bitte~zitieren~Sie~dieses~Dokument~als:
\tl_if_empty:NF \g_ptxcd_thesis_urn_tl {\\URN:~urn:nbn:de:tuda-tuprints-\g_ptxcd_thesis_urn_tl}\\
URL:~\url{https://tuprints.ulb.tu-darmstadt.de/\g_ptxcd_thesis_tuprints_tl}\\
@@ -530,7 +531,7 @@
\selectfont
{\ifx\@subtitle\@empty\else\usekomafont{subtitle}{\@subtitle\par}\fi}%
\usekomafont{subject}
- \bool_if:NT \g_ptxcd_dr_bool {\selectlanguage{ngerman}}
+ \bool_if:NT \g_ptxcd_dr_bool {\selectlanguage{german}}
\tl_if_empty:NF \g_ptxcd_titleintro_tl {\g_ptxcd_titleintro_tl\par}
\tl_if_empty:NF \g_ptxcd_thesis_drtext_tl {\g_ptxcd_thesis_drtext_tl\par}
{%
@@ -644,7 +645,7 @@
{\keys_set:nn {ptxcd/thesis} {affidavit=#2}}%
}%
\clearpage
-\begin{otherlanguage}{ngerman}
+\begin{otherlanguage}{german}
\bool_if:NTF \g_ptxcd_dr_bool {
\g__ptxcd_affidavit_dr_tl
} {
@@ -742,7 +743,7 @@
Use~"ignore-title-language"~Option~to~ignore~this~message~at~your~own~risk.
}
-\PassOptionsToPackage{ngerman}{babel}
+\PassOptionsToPackage{german}{babel}
\AtBeginDocument{
\@ifpackageloaded{babel}{}{
\msg_new:nnnn{tudapub/thesis} {missing-babel} {